EIA/EMP REPORT for EXPANSION FROM 0.6 MTPA NON RECOVERY COKE OVEN & 40 MW POWER PLANT TO 1.0 MTPA INTEGRATED STEEL PLANT, 1.2 MTPA NON RECOVERY COKE OVEN & 205 MW POWER PLANT of BENGAL ENERGY LIMITED DAUKA, TENTULMURI,PASCHIM MEDINIPUR,

Accredited Consulting Organization Accredited Laboratory GLOBAL TECH ENVIRO EXPERTS PVT. KALYANI LABORATORIES PVT. LTD. LTD. PLOT NO. 78/944, BALIANTA, PAHAL, C-23, BJB NAGAR, BHUBANESWAR- BHUBANESWAR, ODISHA 751014, ODISHA, PH. NO.-0674-2433487 MoEF&CC ACCREDITATION NO. 125 EMAIL- [email protected] FOR THE PERIOD OF 06.08.2014 TO 05.08.2019 NABET ACCREDITATED NABL ACCREDITATION NO. TC-7043 CATEGORY “A” CONSULTANT FOR THE PERIOD OF SL. NO.- 77 16.03.2017 TO 15.03.2020

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Compliance to the prescribed Terms of Reference vide Ltr no J-11011/28/2008-IA.II(I) dt: 21.06.17 Sl.No ToR Conditions Action Taken in EIA & EMP Report CHAPT Specific ToR BRIEF DESCRIPTION ERS PH was conducted by SPCB on 15.05.2018 at Project Site, Dauka, CH7 Dist-Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal. The details are given in Pg 1 Public Hearing shall be conducted by SPCB 214-224. The issues raised during PH and The issues raised during PH and commitment commitment of PP along with of the project proponent on the same along budgetary expenditure of Rs 1810 Ch7 with time bound action plan to implement the lakhs, expenditure budget head, commitment and financial allocation thereto time schedule has been given in 2 should be clearly provided para 7.8 in Pg 224-226 Project proponent should carry out social impact assessment of the project as per the OM J-11013/25/2014-IA-I dt 11.08.2014 issued by the ministry regarding the Social Impact assessment study CH7 guidelines on environment sustainability and has been conducted as per the OM enterprise social commitment (ESC) related issued by Ministry and the detailed issues. The SIA study so carried out should SIA has been attached as Annexure 3 form part of EIA/EMP report VI Detailed specification of Air Pollution Control Equipment shall be provided in EIA/EMP. Post The detail action plan along with Project monitoring shall be clearly specified monitoring schedule & frequency is CH6 along with the no. of locations, stations, illustrated in table 6.1 from page frequency of monitoring, parameters to be 187. 4 monitored, fund provision etc Permission exists for drawl of Permission for drawl of Surface water as 14,400 M3/day water from CH 2 proposed shall be provided alongwith Kangsabati River. The permission 5 EIA/EMP. letter is attached as Annexure III 11,216 nos. of trees have already Green belt in 33% of the project area shall be been planted in about 56.0 ha of planned with local and broad-leaved species CH4 land which is about 34 % of the and details of species, number, location,fund total area. The detail plan is given 6 provision etc shall be provided in the EIA/EMP. in para 4.8 Pg 177-178 The company has developed its own railway siding at Benapur station on Kharagpur-Balasore- CH 2 The Project proponent shall identify railaway Bhadrak Section of SE railway. The siding points to be used most frequently by it permission letter is attached as 7 for transportation of materials and goods. Annexure II The waste water generated from various operations shall be trated and reused. No effluent shall be CH 2 discharged outside. The company The plant shall be planned to Zero Liquid has envisaged Zero Liquid 8 Discharge (ZLD) Discharge. The plan for concreted floor with covered All the raw materials will be stored storage of raw materials and coal shall be Ch 2 under shed and over concrete floor. 9 provided in the EIA/EMP The details is given in Pg 56

TC - 1 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

The project proponent shall plan for solar light Power saving measures to be system for all common areas, street lights, undertaken for the plant includes villages, parking around the project area and plan for LED lights in residential CH 2 10 maintain the same regularly. area and solar syatems in The Project proponent plan for LED lights in peripheral areas. Details provided 11 their offices and residential areas. in Pg 64 The proponent shall submit plan for solid The detailed solid waste waste management as per the provisions of CH 2 Management Plan has been given SWM Rules, 2016 for thei residential colony as in table 2.4, under para 2.6.6 Pg 64 12 a part of the EIA/EMP report. CHAPT Standard ToR BRIEF DESCRIPTION ERS The Executive Summary includes the desired configuration, technical details, present environmental 1 Executive Summary status, Impact, Environmental Management Plan along with budgetary provisions. The details are enclosed in page 7-15. 2 Introduction The consultant for this project is M/s Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt Ltd., Bhubaneswar. They are Details of the EIA consultant including NABET i. CH 1 NABET accreditated “ A” Category Accreditation Consultant. Details of the consultant has been given in Chapter - 2 at page no 21. Mr. Rajeev maheswari is the owner of this project. He has about 25 years of experience in Steel ii. Information about the project proponent CH 1 production. Detailed information is provided in Para 1.2 of Chapter - I page no17. The project is located at Dauka, PS- Tentulmuri, Dist-Paschim iii. Importance and benefits of the project CH 1 Medinipur, West Bengal Given in Para 1.3.3 of Chapter - 1 page no 18-19. 3 Project Description The approximate cost of the project is 4943 crores. The tentative i. Cost of project and time of completion. CH 2 completion time is 3 years. The details are provided Para 2.6.8 & 2.6.9 of Chapter - 2 page no 71-72 The proposed project is an expansion project from 0.6 MTPA Coke Oven and 40 MW power to 1.2 MTPA Coke oven, 205 MW Products with capacities for the proposed ii CH 2 power and 1.0 MTPA Integrated project Steel Plant. The details of the configuration is provided in Para 2.4 in table no 2.2 of chapter - 2 page no 29

TC - 2 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

The proposed project is expansion If Expansion project, details of existing of existing facilities. The total land products with capacities and whether available for the project is 161.87 iii. adequate land is available for expansion, ha. Plant facilities cover 131.1 ha reference of earlier EC if any. and balance 30.77 ha is vacant area for future expansion. List of raw materials required and their source The major raw Materials are Iron iv CH 2 along with mode of transportation . Ore, Coal, Pig Iron The details of their procurement, their source and Other chemicals and materials required with mode of transportation is explained v CH 2 quantities and storage capacities in Para 2.6.3 in chapter - 2 page no 56 & 58 The existing plant had 2 no. of stacks attached to Coke oven, RMHP. The proposed expansion will have additional 12 no. of stacks attached to DRI Kiln, IF, EAF Sinter, additional Coke Oven & CPP. The detail is given in table 4.5. 6387 m3/day of waste water is generated which is treated in ETP Details of emission, effluents, hazardous and reused in the process. Detailed vi CH 7 waste generation and their management. water balance diagram & Schematic diagram of ETP is provided para 2.10 in chapter-2. There is no hazardous waste generated from the process. However, small amount of hazardous wastes like Spent Oil, ETP Sludge & Oil filters will be generated. The detail management plan is given in para 4.9 page 167. 13,165 m3/day of fresh water will be drawn from Kangsabat river. 153 MW of power will be required. Requirement of water, power, with source of Total manpower requirement is supply, status of approval, water balance 1355 both regular & contract vii CH 2 diagram, man-power requirement(regular and Permission letter with water contract) balance diagram is given in para 2.6.4 to 2.6.5 page no 59-62. The permission letters are annexed as Annexure III. Process description along with Process description along with major major equipments and machineries, equipments and machineries, process flow process flow sheet (quantitative) viii CH 2 sheet (quantitative) from raw material to from raw material to products has products to be provided. been given in para 2.5.2 of Chapter - 2 page31-46 Hazard identification & Risk Analysis with safety system Hazard identification and details of proposed ix CH 7 proposed for th project has been safety system illustrated in para 7.4 in chapter - 7, 193-195 x Expansion/modernisation proposals:

TC - 3 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

EC was granted on 02.01.2009 a. Copy of all the environmental vide letter no J-11011/28/2008-IA- Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto II(I) obtained for the project from MoEF / SEIAA Certified RO monitoring report shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified shows minor compliances was copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the detected. The PAs have already regional Office of the Ministry of Environment complied to the conditions and forests as per circular dated 30th may, identified by RO. PAs have already 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions complied to the conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental identified by RO. The details are clearances including Amendments shall be attached as Annexure I provided. In addition, status of compliance of CTO exists for the existing plant consent to operate for the ongoing existing and is valid till 31.03.2022 vide operation of the project from SPCB shall be letter No. 5899-2359/WPB(HRO)- attached with the EIA- EMP report. K/2009. b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/ or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of consent to establish/ No objection Certificate and consent Not Applicable to operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of fy 2005-2006 ) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site details The project is located at Dauka village of Pachim Medinipur District Location of the project site covering village, of West Bengal. Location of the Taluka/ Tehsil, District and state, justification project with all details has been i CH 2 for selecting the site, whether other sites were given in para 2.3 of Chapter - 2 & considered. in Chapter - 5 .No alternate site was considered as the project is the to be proposed in existing land. A topo sheet of the Study area of radius of 10 The project comes under Survey of km and site location on1:50:000/1:25:000 Toposheet no F45J6. Site ii scale on an A3/A2 sheet.(including all eco CH 2 location is given in para 2.3.2 in sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive chapter - 2 , fig 2.1 Page 26 places). Co –ordinates (lat-long) of all 4 corner of the The project site extends from 22 iii site. 15’ 22.96’’ N to 22 15’ 27.68’’ N and 87 22’ 53.37’’ E to 87 23’ CH 2 34.69’’ N with AMSL 32m .Table of Google map- Earth downloaded of the project iv boundary coordinates along with site google map is in ch- 2, Fig 2.2, page no 28, .

TC - 4 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant Lay out map showing existing unit area, green belt area, utilities etc. If located in blue color & proposed units in v CH 2 within an industrial area / Estate /Complex, pink color with all the facilities is lay out of industrial area indicating location of given in Fig - 2.5 of ch - 2. page 55 unit within the industrial area Photographs of existing facilities in Photographs of the proposed and existing (if 14.97 ha & Green Belt plantation applicable) plant site. If existing, show vi CH 3 in 53.41 ha with its direction is photographs of plantation/ green belt, in provided in para 3.2 under site particular. description in ch- 3 page no 73-76. Total land required for the project Land use break-up of total land of the project is 131.1 ha. Total of 161.87 ha has site( identified and acquired), Gov./ pvt.- been acquired by the proponent. vii Agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, CH 2 Land schedule with land use settlements, etc shall be included.(not breakup is given in para 2.6.1 table required for industrial area) 2.1 in chapter - 2 page no 52-53. The project is surrounded by 2 A list of major industries with name and type nos. of Steel Industries within 10 within study area (10km radius) shall be viii CH 3 km radius. The list of industries is incorporated. Land use details of the study given in table no - 3.2 in ch - 3 area page no 79. The area is dominated by Metamorphic rocks. The main rivers Geological features and Geo hydrological are Subarnarekha and Kangsabati. ix CH 3 status of the study area shall be included. The geological & geohydrological features is provided in para 3.5.4 & 3.5.6 of ch- 3 in page no 97-100. Details of the drainage of the project up to 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within The nearest river is Kangsabati, 1km radius of any major river, peak and lean about 16.7 km away from the site. season river discharge as well as flood The HFL is at a distance of 16.5 km x occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall CH 3 from the site. 10 km radius data of the past 30 years. Details of the flood Drainage, with description of the level of the project site and maximum flood area has been provided in chapter level of the river shall all so be provided. 3 in para 3.5.6. (Mega green field projects) The company owns 161.87 ha of Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is land for its existing and expansion not complete, stage of acquisition process and xi CH 2 facilities. The details of land expected time of complete possessions of the breakup is in para 2.6.1 table 2.1 land. in chapter - 2 page no 52-53.. There was no settlement in R & R details in respect of land in line with acquired industrial land or the land xii CH 3 state Govt policy. tobe acquired. Hence R&R does not arise. 5 Forest & wild life Related issues(If applicable): The existing land on which Permission and approval for the use of forest modification and expansion is land (forestry clearance), if any, and proposed has been allotted in i recommendations of the State Forest Raturia Industrial Area. No forest department.(If applicable) land is involved in the project.

TC - 5 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Land use map based on high resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site ii delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha). Status of application submitted for obtaining iii the stage 1forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National parks, Sanctuaries, biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map iv duly authenticated by chief wildlife Warden showing these features vis-a-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the chief wildlife Warden- thereon. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated by the chief Wildlife Warden of the state v Government for conservation of schedule1 fauna, if any exists in the study area. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the wildlife (protection) Act, 1972, to vi Standing Committee of the national Board for Wildlife. 6 Environmental Status Atmospheric inversion level at 7.00 am is 40m-80m & at 2.00 pm is Determination of atmospheric inversion level 1000m-1150m. Inversion level at the project site-Specific micro-metrological i CH 3 using site specific temp., humidity, data using temperature, relative humidity, wind speed & direction is given in hourly wind Speed and direction and rainfall Ch - 3 from page no 96 under section 3.5.3 8 locations were identified as per AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for windrose diagram and CPCB PM 10. PM 2.5, SO2, Nox, CO and other guidelines namely Keshuriya, parameters relevant to the project shall be bargopal, Daharpur, Nutandih, Silti, collected. The monitoring stations shall be ii CH 3 Belti, Shalka, Mirjapur. Major based CPCB guidelines and take into account parameters like PM10, PM2.5, SO , the pre-dominate wind direction, population 2 NOx ,CO monitored and the details Zone and sensitive receptors including are illustrated in Table 3.10 from reserved forests page no 91. Raw data of all AAQ measured for 12 weeks of 12 weeks Raw data of 8 AAQ all stations as per frequency given in the locations as per NAAQM standard is NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - Attached as Annexure IV. The iii min., max., average and 98% values for each summarized values including max., of the AAQ Parameters from data of all AAQ min. and 98th percentile is given in Stations should be provided as an annexure to table 3.10 the EIA Report.

TC - 6 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

8 locations were identified in the buffer area including 2 loactions in 60m upstream and downstream of Kangsabati river as per CPCB Surface water quality of nearby River (60 m guidelines. The locations are U/s & upstream and downstream) and other surface iv CH 3 D/s of River Kangsabati, Dauka drains at eight location as per CPCB/ MoEF& pond, Rampura Pond, Bagberia CC guidelines. pond, Banspukuria Pond, & Kalighai river. The details are Given in Table 3.12B from page no 109- 110 in ch - 3. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch No, The site does not fall near to v of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC.If CH 3 any polluted stretch of river yes give details identified by CPCB / MoEF & CC. Eight locations in Daharpur, Nutandih, Silti, Keshuriya, Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Bargopal, Belti, Shalkha, Mirjapur vi CH 3 locations shall be included were identified and the montoring results are Given in Table 3.12 A from page no 104 in ch - 3. 8 Noise monitoring locations were identified within 3 km radius from the project site. The monitoring Noise levels monitoring at minimum at 8 vii CH 3 values were found to be within locations within the study area. limits and the details are Given in para 3.5.8 in table 3.14 page no 121 in Ch - 3. Soil characteristics were monitored as per CPCB guidelines in 8 viii Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. CH 3 locations within the buffer area. Given in para 3.5.7 in table 3.13 page no 116 in Ch - 3. Traffic study including the type of vehicles and their frequency was carried out in NH 16 location for 4 Traffic study of the area ,type of vehicles, days. The proposed project will frequency of vehicles for transportation of impose additionl 2500 PCU/hr on ix CH 3 materials, additional traffic due to proposed existing road. The existing road can project , parking arrangement etc withstand the additional load without traffic congestion. The details are given in para 3.6 in page no 121-124 in Ch - 3. Detailed description of flora and fauna The detailed description of flora & (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study Fauna with all the rare, endemic area shall be given with special reference to and endangered species is attached x rare, endemic and endangered species. If CH 3 as Annexure V Schedule-1 fauna are found within the study As per the study report no area, a Wildlife Conservation plan shall be Schedule -1 fauna was found within prepared and furnished. the study area. Given in para 3.8 in Ch - 3. xi Socio-economic status of the study area. CH 3 Detailed SIA study is attached as annexure VI 7 Impact Assessment and environment Management Plan

TC - 7 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of AAQ modeling & Traffic modeling the specific terrain characteristics for has been carried out using the site determining the potential impacts of the specific Micro Meterological data project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all i CH 4 and the predicted GLC due to the sources of emissions (including same is stated under para 4.3.3 transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall from page no 151-153 & 155-158. be well assessed. Details of the model used in ch - 4 and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. Waste water generated from process shall be treated in the Water quality modelling - in case , if the proposed ETP & STP and will be effluent is proposed to be discharged in to the reused in the process. No Effluent local drain, then water quality Modeling study ii CH 4 will be discharged to local drains or should be conducted for the drain water outside the plant premises. SO, taking into consideration the upstream and water quality modeling is not downstream quality of water of the drain. envisaged .The detail is given in Page 154 The impact of the transportation of Impact of the transport of the raw materials raw materials and products has and end products on the surrounding been assessed through Traffic environment shall be assessed and provided. modeillng for present & proposed In this regard, Options for transport of raw iii CH 4 scenario. EURO IV/V vehicles materials and finished products and wastes conforming to emission norms will (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road be used for transportation. The transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall details are provided in chapter - 4 be examined. in page no 155-159 & 163-165. The details of waste water A note on treatment of waste water from management & disposal is covered different plant operations, extent recycled and under para 4.4.2 & page 172-174. reused for different purpose shall be included. Schematic Diagram of ETP & STP iv Complete scheme of effluent treatment. CH 4 has also been provided. No effluent Characteristics of untreated and treated will be discharged outside. Waste effluent to meet the prescribed standards of water will be recycled and reused in discharge under E (p) Rules. process. The stack emissions are given in table 4.5 which are used as model Details of stack emission and action plan for input for deriving the isopleth using v CH 4 control of emission to meet standards. ISCST 3 MODEL . Necessary pollution control equipment has been provided in the same table. Primary & Secondary Fugitive emission source & control vi Measures for fugitive emission control CH 4 measures is given in para 4.9 page no 146-147 ch - 4.3.3

TC - 8 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Hazardous waste are used oil, Details of hazardous waste generation and cotton easte, empty barrels and oil their storage, utilization and disposal. Copies filters. Hazardous wastes shall be of MOU regarding utilization of solid and given to authorized recyclers. Solid hazardous wastes shall also be included. EMP wastes inventory with their vii CH 4 shall include the concept of waste- generation, storage & management minimization, recycle/reuse/recover practices is given under para 4.3.3 techniques, Energy conservation, and natural at page no 166. MoUs for Fly ash, resource conservation. Bottom Ash and DRI fly ash are attached as Annexure VII Fly Ash generation, storage & Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as management practices is given viii per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan CH 4 under para 4.3.3 at page no 167. of action shall be provided. MoUs for Fly ash, Bottom Ash are attached as Annexure VII Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e land with not less than 11,216 nos. of trees have already 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, been planted in about 56.0 ha of width of plantation, planning schedule etc. ix CH 4 land which is about 34 % of the shall be included. The green belt shall be total area. The detail plan is given around the project boundary and a scheme for in para 4.8 Pg 177-178 greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest It ha been estimated that about rainwater from the roof tops and storm water 3,81,102 m3 of water can be x drains to recharge the ground water and also CH 4 harvested and used in plant. The to use for the various activities at the project details is provided under para 4.5 site to conserve fresh water and reduce the from page no 175-176 water requirement from other sources. The budgetary provisions for EMP is Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum 155.1 cr with recurring cost of xi for environmental pollution control measures CH 6 18.33 cr. The details is given in shall be included. table 6.2 with SEGREGATED OPEX & CAPEX. Page 188 The detail action plan along with Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring schedule & frequency is xii CH 6 monitoring shall be submitted. illustrated in table 6.1 from page 187. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man- The onsite & Offsite disaster made) Preparedness and Emergency management plan & Emergency Management plan including risk Assessment plan is given in section 7.6 with the xiii CH 7 and damage control. Disaster management hirachy of commands & emergency plan should be linked with district Disaster command structures covered Management plan. between 197-204 8 Occupational health Details of existing occupational & safety hazards. What are the exposure levels of The details of identification hazards and whether they are within Occupational Health Hazards & i permissible exposure level (PEL). If these are CH 7 respective mitigation measures not within PEL, what measures the company with PPE is been detailed in 7.12.1 has adopted to keep them within PEL so that from page no 207-209 the workers can be preserved.

TC - 9 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Details of exposure specific health status From the periodic monitoring and evaluation of worker. If the workers health is annual health check up of the being evaluated by pre designed format, chest employee base of M/s BEL Ltd, no x-rays, audiometry, vision testing (far & near trend of disease vectors were vision, color vision and any other ocular identified correlating to the type of ii defect) ECG, during pre placement and CH 7 job, or period of job for individuals. periodical examinations give the details of the Therefore, it may be inferred that same. Details regarding last month analyzed the temporary ailments if identified data of above mentioned parameters as per within the employee are not related age,sex duration of exposure and department to working conditions. wise. Health checkup has been carried Annual report of health status of workers with out & Analysis has been done for iii special reference to occupational health and TC, DC, ESR, HB, FBS, LFT, KFT, safety Urine Analysis, CXR,PFT,& ECG. Attached as Annexure VIII Plan and fund allocation to ensure the 1.5sr has been allocated for iv occupational health & safety of all contract CH 6 Occupational Health and Safety. and casual workers The detail cost is given in Pg 212 9 Corporate Environment Policy Does the company have a well laid down environment policy approved by its Board of i directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report The environment policy including Does the environment policy prescribe for safety measures and standard CH 7 standard operating process/ procedures to operating procedures is exhibited in bring into focus any infringement / deviation / page no 234-236. ii violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal The hierarchy for administrative with the environmental issues and for iii CH 7 control and reporting system is ensuring compliances with the environmental given in page no 236-238 clearance conditions? Details of the system may be given Does the company have system of reporting The company has a system for of non compliances/ violations of reporting of Non compliances & environmental norms to the board of directors iv CH 7 their remedies to head of the of the company and / or shareholders or Organization and stake holders. stakeholders at large? This reporting 239-240 mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. During construction period the Details regarding infrastructure facilities such existing infrastructural facilities will as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be be extended to labor force. The 10 provided to the labour force during CH 4 details with respect to sanitation & construction as well as to the casual workers Hygine is detailed under para 4.3.1 including truck drivers during operation. at page no 143 11 Enterprise Social Commitment(ESC)

TC - 10 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Adequate funds(at least 2.5% of the project As per the issues raised during PH cost) shall be earmarked towards the and the gas analysed in SIA study Enterprise Social Commitment based on public the company will spend 18.10 crore i Hearing Issues and item-wise details along CH 7 under CER activities. The details of with time bound action plan shall be included. distribution of budget is given Socio- economic development activities need under para 7.8 page 225-226. to be elaborated upon. Any litigation pending against the project and/ or any direction/ order passed by any Court of law against the project, If so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received There is no litigation pending 12 any notice under the section 5 of environment CH 1 against the company. Page 20 (protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Section of Air and water Acts? If so, Details thereof and compliance/ ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. ADDITIONAL TORS FOR INTEGRATED STEEL PLANT M/s BEL obtains Coal from Iron ore/coal linkage documents along with Singapore either through Vizag port 1 the status of environmental clearance of iron and Iron Ore from Barbil. The ore and coal mines linkage document is attached as Annexure IX CH 2 The major raw Materials are Iron Quantum of production of coal and iron ore Ore, Coal, Pig Iron The details of from coal and iron ore mines and the projects their procurement, their source and 2 they cater to. Mode of transportation to the mode of transportation is explained plant and its impact in Para 2.6.3 in chapter - 2 page no 56 & 58 For Large ISPs,a 3D view i.e DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in10 km radius The DEM map depicts high 3 from the proposal site. MRL details of project CH 3 elevation 61.1 m in NW region. The site and RL of nearby source of water shall be DEM is given in Fig 3.6, CH 3 indicated. Recent land-use map based on satellite imagery. High-resolution satellite image data High resolution multi spectral having 1m-5m spatial resolution like satellite Image namely LISS III has 4 quickbird, ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened CH 3 been considered for preparation of etc.for the 10 km radius area from proposed Land use map of the total which is site. The same shall be used for land provided in fig 3.4 & page 77-78. used/land cover mapping of the area. PM(PM10 AND PM2.5) present in the ambient The elemental analysis of PM10 & air must be analyzed for source analysis PM 2.5 has been carried out and 5 natural dust/RSPM generated from plant CH 4 the result is illustrated in Table operations (trace elements) of PM10 to be 3.10A from page no 94 carried over. All stock piles will have to be on top of a Stock piles will be stored on 6 stable liner to avoid leaching of materials to CH 2 impervious layer under covered ground water . sheds. Plan for implementation of the The CREP guideline compliance has 7 recommendation made for steel plants in the CH 6 been given in page 188-189 in CREP guidelines. table 6.3.

TC - 11 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, WB

Blast furnace slag will be handed over to ASO Cement. as per their agreement. EAF & IF slag will be 8 Plan for slag utilization. CH 4 used for construction after iron recovery. Details is given under para 4.3 at page no 166. 90 MW power will be generated from DRI & MBF gas and A part of Plan for utilization of energy in off gases (coke the gas after cleaning will be used 9 CH 2 oven ,blast furnace). in MBF tuyeres to heat blast air. 80 MW will be generated from Coke Oven Dry Quenching will be adopted for System of coke quenching adopted with 10 CH 2 the proposed project. Details given justification. in Pg 34 Under para 2.6.3 the chemical Trace metals Mercury, Arsenic and Fluoride 11 CH 2 analysis of coal is given in page no emissions in the raw material. 57. The occurrence of trace metals with 12 Trace metals in waste material especially slag. CH 2 their form in BF slag is illustrated under para 2.6.6 at page no 65. The trace metal in Kangsabati River 13 Trace metals in water CH 3 water is given in Pg 103 Lay out map showing existing unit Details of proposed layout clearly demarcating in blue color & proposed units in 14 CH 2 various units pink color with all the facilities is given in Fig - 2.5 of ch - 2. page 55 Complete process flow diagram describing Process description along with 15 each unit, its process and operations along major equipments and machineries, with material balance process flow sheet (quantitative) CH 2 from raw material to products has Details on design and manufacturing for all 16 been given in para 2.5.2 of the units Chapter - 2 page31-46 Hazardous waste are used oil, Details on environmentally sound technologies cotton easte, empty barrels and oil for recycling of Hazardous materials as per filters. Hazardous wastes shall be 17 CH 4 CPCB guidelines may be mentioned in case of given to authorized recyclers. handling scrap and other recycled materials. Details given under para 4.3.3 at page no 166. 13,165 m3/day of fresh water will be drawn from Kangsabat river. 153 MW of power will be required. Total manpower requirement is Details on requirement of energy and water 1355 both regular & contract 18 CH 2 along with its source and authorization. Permission letter with water balance diagram is given in para 2.6.4 to 2.6.5 page no 59-62. The permission letters are annexed as Annexure III. Details on toxic metal content in waste 19 The occurrence of trace metals with material and its composition and end use. CH 2 their form in BF slag is illustrated Details on toxic content (TCLP), composition 20 under para 2.6.6 at page no 65. and end use of slag

TC - 12 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 7 CHAPTER-1 ...... 16 INTRODUCTION...... 16 1.0 GENERAL ...... 16 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ...... 16 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT: ...... 17 1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION ...... 18 1.3.1 NATURE & SIZE OF PROJECT ...... 18 1.3.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE: ...... 18 1.3.3 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION ...... 18 1.3.4 NATIONAL STEEL POLICY: ...... 19 1.3.5 GLOBAL STEEL SCENARIO ...... 19 1.3.6 DOMESTIC SCENARIO: ...... 19 1.4 LITIGATION/COURT CASE AGAINST THE COMPANY ...... 20 1.5 SCOPE OF THE PRESENT STUDY DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE) ...... 20 1.6 AUTHORIZATION ...... 21 1.7 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT: ...... 21 CONCLUSION: ...... 21 CHAPTER-2 ...... 23 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 23

2.0 CONDENSED DESCRIPTION OF THOSE ASPECTS OF THE PROJECT LIKELY TO CAUSE ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS...... 23 2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ...... 23 2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT ...... 23 2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT(MAPS SHOWING GENERAL LOCATION, SPECIFIC LOCATION, PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT) ...... 24 2.3.1 GENERAL LOCATION ...... 24 2.3.2 SPECIFIC LOCATION ...... 25 2.3.3 PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT ...... 27 2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION (INCLUDING ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRED BY OR FOR THE PROJECT) ...... 27 Project configuration & product mix ...... 27 Table 2.2 Project Configuration Before And After Expansion ...... 28 2.5 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION: ...... 28 2.5.1 TECHNOLOGY ...... 28 2.5.2 PROCESS DESCRIPTION ...... 29 DRY QUENCHING FLOW SHEET ...... 32 Fig 2.1 Process & material flow sheet of M/s BEL ...... Error! Bookmark not defined. 2.5.3 MATERIAL BALANCE: ...... 46 Table 2.4 Sources and type of Pollution from the Proposed Project & mitigation measure .. 48

1 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

2.6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING DRAWINGS SHOWING PROJECT LAYOUT, COMPONENTS OF PROJECT ETC. SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE FEASIBILITY DRAWINGS WHICH GIVES INFORMATION IMPORTANT FOR EIA PURPOSE...... 49 2.6.1 LAND DETAILS ...... 49 Table 2.1 Land schedule of project site core zone ...... 49 Table 2.1A Land utilisation of project site core zone ...... 49 2.6.2 PROJECT LAYOUT ...... 50 Table 2.3 Water Requirement ...... 54 Fig 2.2 Water Balance Diagram ...... 55 Table 2.4 Solid Waste Generation ...... 59 Table 2.5 Summary Of Manpower Requirement ...... 60 Table 2.6 Category-wise break-down of manpower ...... 61 Table 2.7 Total capital cost of Project ...... 61 2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT TO MEET ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS, ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING CONDITIONS OR OTHER EIA REQUIREMENTS (AS PER REQUIRED SCOPE) ...... 63 2.8 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE...... 64 CONCLUSION ...... 64 CHAPTER-3 ...... 65 DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENT ...... 65 3.0 INTRODUCTION ...... 65 3.1 STUDY AREA, PERIOD & COMPONENTS ...... 65 3.1.1 STUDY AREA ...... 65 3.1.2 STUDY PERIOD...... 65 3.1.3 COMPONENTS ...... 66 SITE CONNECTIVITY ...... 66 Fig 3.1 Location of Site ...... 66 3.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE ...... 67 3.3 TOPOGRAPHY ...... 67 3.3.1 LAND USE PATTERN OF BUFFER ZONE ...... 67 Fig 3.4 Landuse & Land Cover MapLAND USE PATTERN OF 10KM BUFFER ZONE OF PROJECT SITE ...... 67 3.4 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AS IDENTIFIED IN THE SCOPE WITH METHODOLOGY ADOPTED. BASE MAP OF ALL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS...... 69 3.5 BASELINE STATUS OF STUDY AREA ...... 70 Table-3.2: Temperature Profile of the study area ...... 70 Table-3.3: Maximum and Minimum Humidity of the Study Area ...... 70 Table-3.4: Rainfall Pattern in the Region ...... 71 3.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS DURING STUDY PERIOD...... 71 Table-3.5: Summarized Meteorological Data at site...... 72 Table-No. 3.6: Overall Wind Frequency Distribution ...... 72 3.5.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ...... 74 Table 3.7 Monitored parameters and frequency of sampling ...... 74 Table 3.8 Techniques used for ambient air quality analysis ...... 75 Table-3.9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards as per MoEF Notification under Schedule-VII, Rule- 3(3B). dt 18.11.09 ...... 75 Table- 3.10 A: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 76 Table 3.10 B Summary of Ambient Air Quality Result ...... 77

Table 3.10A: Chemical characterization of RSPM (PM10) ...... 80

2 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

MIXING HEIGHT ...... 81 ToR-4(ix) Geological features and Geo-Hydrological status of the Study Area shall Be Included 83 3.5.4 GEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA ...... 83 Fig 3.13 Map Showing the geological features of the study area ...... 3.5.5 GEOMORPHOLOGYOF THE STUDY AREA ...... 83 Fig 3.14Geomorphological Map of the area ...... 3.5.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT: ...... 84 Fig 3.15 Ground water Prospect Map of the area ...... Fig 3.16 Drainage Map of the study area ...... Table- 3.12: Surface and Groundwater Sampling Locations ...... 85 Table 3.12 A Ground Water analysis result ...... 87 Table 3.12 B Surface Water analysis result ...... 91 3.5.7 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS ...... 95 Fig 3.17 Soil Map of The area ...... Table- 3.13: Details of Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 96 Table 3.13 A Soil Analysis Results ...... 98 3.5.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT: ...... 100 DISCUSSION ...... 103 THE NOISE READING TAKEN WERE WITHIN THE LIMITS AS THERE IS NO SUCH NOISE GENERATING SOURCE EXCEPT VEHICULAR MOVEMENT. DURING FESIVALS THE NOISE LEVEL INCREASES...... 103 3.6 TRAFFIC STUDIES: ...... 103 3.7 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT OF THE 10KM. RADIUS OF THE STUDY AREA: .... 106 3.7.1 Ecological Overview ...... 106 3.7.2 Objective: ...... 107 3.7.3 Floral Characteristics ...... 108 Plankton Analysis ...... 108 Table 3.16 Quantitative Assessment of Natural Plant species & Calculation of Biodiversity Index of Natural Plant Species in the study area ...... 111 3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ...... 113 3.8.1 OBJECTIVE: ...... 113 3.8.2 DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN ...... 114 3.8.6 GAP ANALYSIS ...... 114 3.9 CONCLUSION: ...... 115 CHAPTER-4 ...... 116 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & MITIGATION MEASURE ...... 116

4.1 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROJECT LOCATION, POSSIBLE ACCIDENTS, DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION, DECOMMISSIONING OR REHABILITATION OF A COMPLETED PROJECT ...... 116 4.1.1 Objectives of Impact Prediction ...... 116 4.1.2 Impact Prediction & Assessment ...... 117 4.1.3 Pollution Potential ...... 117 4.2 METHODS USED FOR THE STUDY OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ...... 117 Table 4.1: Parameter Impact Value of Environment Components ...... 120 Table 4.2 Impact Identification Matrix for M/s Bengal Energy Ltd...... 121 4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION & MEASURES FOR MINIMISING AND/OR OFFSETTING ADVERSE IMPACT IDENTIFIED...... 123 4.3.1 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE: ...... 123 Table 4.4: Action Plan for Excavation and Muck Disposal during Construction ...... 126 4.3.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ...... 127

3 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 4.5: Details of predicted stack emission from proposed expansion Project ...... 130 Table 4.6 Assessment of GLC of pollutants without APC equipments ...... 133 Isopleth of NOx ...... Table 4.7 The GLC values after implementation of APC systems are ...... 137 Table 4.3 Solid Wastes utilization & disposal measures ...... 138 Table 4.9 Hazardous Waste Management ...... 139 4.4 EMP AT DESIGN STAGE ...... 139 4.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP) AT CONSTRUCTION STAGE: 140 4.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP) AT OPERATIONAL PHASE . 141 E S Ps ...... 141 4.5 RAIN WATER HARVESTING ...... 147 4.6 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENTS: ...... 148 4.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ...... 149 4.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT...... 150 4.10 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS ...... 151 4.11 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS (CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING SIGNIFICANCE, ASSIGNING SIGNIFICANCE) ...... 152 CONCLUSION ...... 154 CHAPTER-5 ...... 155 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ...... 155 CONCLUSION ...... 155 CHAPTER-6 ...... 156 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ...... 156

6.1 TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF MONITORING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 156 6.2 ADVANTAGES OF MONITORING ...... 156 6.3 SAMPLING LOCATIONS ...... 157 6.4 DATA ANALYSIS ...... 158 6.5 REPORTING SCHEDULE ...... 158 Table 6.1 Monitoring Schedule ...... 159 6.6 BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP ...... 161 Table 6.3 Investment towards EMP, Implementation & its yearly maintenance ...... 161 Table 6.4 CREP Compliance ...... 161 CONCLUSION ...... 163 CHAPTER-7 ...... 164 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 164

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT: ...... 164 7.2 OBJECTIVES ...... 164 7.3 DEFINITION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ...... 165 7.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS ...... 165 Gen. ToR 3(x) Hazard Identification and details of proposed safety measures...... 165 Table 7.1 Hazard Identification of the Proposed Steel Plant ...... 166 7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK EVALUATION...... 169 Table 7.2 – Determination of Risk Potential ...... 169 7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 170

4 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 7.3 Manpower to be in position ...... 170 7.7 ROLE OF KEY PERSONS ...... 172 7.7.1 WORKS MAIN CONTROLLER: ...... 172 7.7.2 SITE INCIDENT CONTROLLER: ...... 173 7.7.3 COMBAT TEAM LEADER ...... 173 7.7.4 RESCUE TEAM LEADER ...... 173 7.7.5 AUXILIARY TEAM LEADER ...... 174 Table 7.4 ACTION PLAN FOR ON-SITE EMERGENCY ...... 174 7.8 SILENT HOUR COMMAND STRUCTURE ...... 175 7.9 ACTIVATION & CLOSING PROCEDURE FOR ON-SITE EMERGENCY...... 176 7.9.1 ACTIVATION PROCEDURE ...... 176 7.9.2 FACILITIES AVAILABLE FOR ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: ...... 177 7.10 FACILITIES AVAILABLE ...... 177 7.11 OBJECTIVE OF ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN ...... 178 7.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ...... 179 7.12.1 Occupational Health Hazard ...... 179 7.12.2 EXPOSURE LIMITS ...... 181 7.12.3 FIRST AID MEASURES ...... 182 7.12.4 EXPOSURE CONTROLS AND PERSONAL PROTECTION ...... 183 Table 7.5 Health Hazard in Major Shops: ...... 184 7.8 PUBLIC HEARING ...... 187 7.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY ...... 198 CONCLUSION ...... 199 CHAPTER-8 ...... 200 PROJECT BENEFIT ...... 200

8.1 PROJECT BENEFIT ...... 200 8.2 INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT ...... 200 8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ...... 201 8.4 REVENUE GENERATION TO CENTRAL & STATE GOVERNMENT ...... 202 CHAPTER-9 ...... 203 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ...... 203 CONCLUSION ...... 203 CHAPTER-10 ...... 204 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ADMINISTARATIVE) ...... 204

10.1 EMP IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING ...... 204 10.2 METEOROLOGY ...... 204 10.3 EMISSIONS AND AIR QUALITY...... 204 10.4 DRAINAGE SYSTEM ...... 204 10.5 WATER QUALITY ...... 205 10.6 NOISE LEVEL ...... 205 10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ...... 205 10.8 LABORATORY FACILITIES ...... 205 10.9 UPDATING OF EMP ...... 205 10.10 ORGANISATION AND MANPOWER ...... 205 10.11 FUNCTIONS OF EMP CELL ...... 210

5 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

CHAPTER-11 ...... 213 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ...... 213 CHAPTER -12 ...... 222 CONSULTANT PROFILE ...... 222

6 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ToR 1 Executive Summary

i) Project name and location Proposed Expansion project of M/s. BEL is located over 161.87 ha of land at village-Dauka, PO- Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal, which extends from 220 15’ 22.96’’ N to 220 15’ 27.68’’ N and 870 22’ 53.37’’ E to 870 23’ 34.69’’ N with, with 32 AMSL appearing on Toposheet No-73M/6 (F45J6). The proposed expansion is confined over the same land of 161.87 ha.

ii) Products & Capacities (existing & proposed) M/s. BEL, was granted EC vide J-11011/28/2008-IA II (I), 2nd January, 2009for 0.5 MTPA Integrated steel in MBF,DRI, EAF & CCM route; 1.2 MTPACoke Oven & 140 MW CPP which included both WHRB & FBC. But the unit could install 0.6 MTPA Coke Oven & 40 MW CPP and has now applied and granted ToR for 1.0 MTPA integrated steel, 1.2 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke OVEN & 205 mw POWER Plant. The configuration & capacities are as given in table below.

Facility Existing Existing Proposed Proposed Final Product End use Configuration capacity in configuration capacity in capacity TPA TPA Non.Recovery 1x0.6 MTPA 6,00,000 1x0.6 MTPA 6,00,000 12,00,000 Lam Coke MBF CO Plant CPP(Coke Oven gas) 1x40 MW 40 MW 1x40 MW 40 MW 80 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale DRI Kiln - Nil 4x500 TPD 6,40,000 10,88,000 Sponge Iron EAF & IF 4,48,000 4x350 TPD CPP (DRI) - Nil 68 MW 68 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale MBF,2.7T/m3day - Nil 2x320m3 5,96,000 5,96,000 Hot Metal EAF & IF

Sinter Plant 1x60m2 - Nil 1x60m2 10,00,000 10,00,000 Sinter MBF 2T/m2.hr, 340days

EAF with LF, - Nil 2x80T 8,32,000 8,32,000 Liq. Steel LF 16H/day, 325days

LF - Nil 1x25T Holding Liq. steel CCM

C C M - Nil 2,500 TPD 8,15,000 8,15,000 Steel Billet Sale

IF 15H/day, 325 - Nil 3x20T 2,92,500 2,92,500 Liq. Steel CCM days C C M - Nil 1,000 TPD 2,80,000 2,80,000 Steel Billet Sale

CPP (BF gas fired ) - Nil 1x22 MW 22 MW 22 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale AFBC - Nil 1x35 MW 35 MW 35 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale A S U - Nil 120 TPD 1,200 m3/hr 1,200 Oxygen Use in MBF m3/hr Nitrogen & EAF

iii) a. Requirement of land

7 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The project area is located at Vill-Dauka, Po-Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh in Paschim Medinipur district of West Bengal. The company has in its possession 161.87 ha of land. The proposed expansion will be accommodated in available vacant area of this land. This is an industrial barren land. b. Requirement of Raw material with source of supply. Major Raw material inventory for project after modification cum expansion with source and mode of transportation is estimated and given below.

Material Gross Capacity in TPA Source Mode of Transport Coking Coal 16,80,000 Imported Ship/Rail/Road Non-Coking Coal 17,96,780 Talcher Rail Iron Ore 19,98,800 Barbil, Banspani Rail Iron Ore fines 7,68,000 Barbil, Banspani Rail Dolomite 1,36,000 Biramitrapur Rail/Road Lime stone 1,39,000 Biramitrapur Rail/Road

Other chemicals required for the proposed project is

Sl No Item Description Unit Quantity Per Annum 1 DM plant resins KG 342 2 Hydrochloric acid KL 178 3 Caustic soda KG 287 4 Lubricants KG 3,112 5 Lubricants LTR 10,015 c. Requirement of water The total water requirement after the expansion project will be 13,165 m3/day, which will be sourced from river Kangsabati. Two intake wells at the river, one at Jinsar 220 23’ 34.42” N and 870 21’ 49.32” E and other at Uttershimla 220 23’ 19.30” N and 870 23’ 05.03” E has been set up. Transportation of water from river to project site will cover a pipe length of 23.7km and cross canal, NH-6, -Kharagpur Rly. Line and pass along the length of NH-60, and outfall at 220 14’ 45.48” N and 870 23’ 23.08” E. Permission has already been from Government of west Bengal, SE Rly etc. This water project is to supply 10 MGD i.e. 40,920 m3/day and part of job has already been completed. d. Requirement of Power Power requirement after expansion will be 153 MW. Own Captive Power generation will be 205 MW. After usage balance power of 52 MW will be supplied to State Grid. e. Requirement of Fuel 16,80,000 TPA Coking Coal, 17,96,780 TPA Non coking Coal will be used as fuel in project. iv) Process description in brief Steel production in proposed expansion will be in DRI/MBF-IF/EAF- route. Lump Iron Ore along with Coal and dolomite will be fed to Kilns for sponge iron production. Similarly, Iron ore agglomerate sinter will be manufactured in sinter plant and will be fed to MBFs with coke, Oxygen, dolomite & pulverised coal injection for production of hot metal. Hot metal from MBF & Sponge Iron will be used in IFs and EAFs for production of liquid steel which will be casted in CCM for production of billets..

8 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

v) Capital cost of the project, estimated time schedule The total project cost has been estimated as Rs 4943 crore. This will include pollution control equipments which will be installed along with process equipments and a CER cost of 18.10 Crore. The plant will be commissioned and give commercial production in three after obtaining Environmental Clearance. vi) Site selected for the project The project is located at Dauka, Tentulmuri, Paschim Medinipur. The expansion has been proposed in the acquired area on which existing plant is running. It has well developed infrastructure like road network, railway siding etc. No national park or wildlife sanctuary or eco sensitive zones or places of archaeological importance are present within 10 km radius around the project and the site does not come under critical polluted area. Hence alternate site has not been considered. vii) Baseline Environmental data. For the preparation of EIA report a monitoring schedule covering winter season of the year was carried out from 1st Nov 2017 to 31st Jan 2018. The consultant had engaged NABL accreditated laboratory , M/s Kalyani Laboratories Pvt Ltd for carrying out monitoring under their strict supervision.The impact identification started with collection of baseline data such as existing ambient air quality, qualities of ground water, surface water, soil, noise level prevailing in the area and meteorological parameters like temperature, humidity, wind speed and direction, cloud cover etc.

Land The general land use/land cover features of the buffer zone include settlements, agricultural land, vegetation and forest, collieries both in use & disused, wasteland, water bodies, wet land, and industrial land, infrastructure and others. Agriculture land of buffer zone is about 66%, followed by 16.5 % rural settlement and about 3.1% dense forest. Water Kangsabati River is of high significance in the region as it caters to the water requirements of most of the villages and the majority of the industrial units in the region. River is about 20 km away from the project site. In 1978, the area was affected by flood and there after no flood hazard has been observed since last 40 years. The mean sea level of the river is 26m and the MSL of the plant is 33 m. Annual avg. Rain fall project area being 1440 mm and project area 20 ha there will be about 3,81,102m3 of rain water harvested per annum and will meet summer supply to plant i.e. lean period of river Kangsabati. The analytical results of surface water samples at different location for various parameters reveal that all the parameters comply with IS: 2296 (Class ‘C’) standards indicating their suitability for drinking and other purposes after conventional treatment followed by disinfection. Similarly the analysis results of groundwater samples showed all the parameters are within the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500 standards for drinking water. Climate Climate in the study region is generally dry and hot and is characterized with seasonal variations of temp., humidity, rainfall etc. Summer is from March to June. South West monsoon brings rain to the area from mid June to September. Post monsoon are October & November. November to February are winter in the area. The area receives fairly good amount of rainfall from the southwest monsoon during June to September. Light showers of rain occur during the months of October, November and sometimes in December also Annual Average rain fall 1440 mm Meteorological conditions In order to determine the micrometeorological conditions of the study area a temporary micro- meteorological monitoring observatory was set up near the site from Nov 2017-Jan 2018. The results were compared with data of IMD station Midnapore. At the site Overall predominant wind direction has been from North and the North East direction during study period. The average wind velocity found to be 3.72 m/s and the calm period is 34.83%.

9 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Ambient air The study area represents mostly industrial environment. Air quality in the project area is affected by the presence of polluting industry nearby. The prominent sources of air pollution in the study area are due to emission from industries, vehicular movement and domestic coal burning as fuel in some parts of the study area. 3 During the study period, the concentrations of PM10 measured to vary between 93.6-61.9 g/m at 3 different locations of the study area. The concentrations of PM2.5 varied between 49.8-27.2 g/m at different locations of the study area. During the study period, the average levels of SO2 concentrations at 3 all location varied from 15.4-6.1 g/m . The concentrations of NOX values varied between 28.7-10.5 g/m3 at different locations. The concentrations of CO value ranged between 789-342 µg/m3 at different locations during the study period Soil analysis The study area analysis results of the soil parameters show deficiency normal nutrients and micro nutrients of. The bulk density of the study area ranges from 1.13 to 1.3 gm/cc. The other nutrient content like nitrogen, potassium and phosphate content of the soil is very low indicating land not suitable for agriculture purposes. This is to be taken care of in agricultural land as well as growing trees for green belt. Flora and Fauna Flora and Fauna of the study area reveals that no Schedule- I type of fauna found in the study area. In faunal population; cattle, goats, dogs, rats, insects are common in the study area. As per IUCN's "Red Data Book", none of the taxa found in this region could be marked as rare or endangered plant species. Socio Economic The socioeconomic features around the 10km radius of the plant site have been collected through primary and secondary data collection. The study area covers 12425 inhabitants. Out of the total population 53 % are male and 43% are female. SC population is 25%, ST 1.0% and other 74%. 57 % of the total population is literate. Priority to be given to local people in employment in proposed expansion project to improve economy of the locality. viii) Identification of Hazard in handling, processing and Storage of material and safety systems provided. All the shops will have their own list of hazards, which have been identified and damage to human being and environment has been discussed with risk management, which can reduce if not mitigated fully. The major on-site emergency situation may occur from storage and handling, fuel gas, molten metal and slag handling, acids, alkali storage and handling and electrical short-circuit. Proper safety equipments will be provided to the workers and proper standard operating procedure will be followed during handling and processing hazardous material. Hazards in various working area have been identified, its severity has been estimated and mitigation has been suggested. Hazard Identification & Risk Analysis for different units has been addressed with identification of most critical hazard operations. ix) Likely Impact of the project on air, water, land, flora fauna Air Environment: The pollutant emissions from the proposed project will have maximum ground level concentration as 3 3 3 3 33.48 µg/m for PM10, 31.23 µg/m for PM2.5, 44.65µg/m for NOx and 62.18 µg/m for SO2. With installation of APC systems like bag filters, and ESPs the maximum ground level concentration will come 3 3 3 down to 2.53 µg/m for PM10, 1.49 µg/m for PM2.5 and 34.11 µg/m for SO2. However there will be occasions when dust venting may be forced due to APC failure although inter locking provision has been suggested for tripping the unit. Action plan has been suggested to protect crops of the villagers during such situations. In case of failure of APC immediate action will be taken at most impact points with water jet mixed system which will be truck mounted.

Water Management

10 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

As the plant water system is designed based on maximum recirculation system. The effluents likely to be generated from the proposed plant are:  Backwash Waste from Filtration Plant;  Run-off water from Raw Material Storage Yards;  Waste Water from Billet Caster;  Cooling tower blow-down of various shops; and  Plant Sewage & Canteen Effluents.

The effluents will be treated in ETP and will be reused. M/s BEL abides to Zero Discharge Liquid norms for its existing plant. Rain water harvesting will be done to reduce raw water drawl during lean period of Damodar.

Noise Pollution Management The noise level within the plant boundary is occupational noise levels and confined within shops. The level will be further minimized when the noise reaches the plant boundary and the nearest residential areas beyond the plant boundary, as elaborate green belt development is envisaged for all along the boundary for attenuation of noise and fugitive emission. All the equipment in the steel plant will be designed/operated in such a way that the noise level shall not exceed 85 dB (A) as per the requirement of Standard.

Solid Waste Management The comprehensive EMP enlists the management plan for each individual unit.

Solid waste Quantity in Utilisation measures TPA EAF & IF slag 1,20,000 Use in construction work

IF & EAF flue dust 24.000 Will be used in making sinter for use in BF DRI Dolchar 2,72,000 Use in AFBC to generate steam for power generation

Power plant Fly ash 1,50,750 Supply to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per MOU. DRI ash & dust 5,75,600 Land feel and dump in abandoned coal mines for which permission to be sought BF slag 1,84,760 To be used in sinter plant & balance to be Sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU 20.09.2018 BF sludge + dust 2,93,670 To be used in sinter plant & balance to be Sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU 29.09.2018 Power plant Bottom Ash 1,00,500 Sold to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd, MOU 30th August, 2018

In case of excess BF slag and sludge over sale, this can be used as raw material for iron ore sinter making.

Measures for Improvement of Ecology: There is no wildlife sanctuary within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant. The core zone area is devoid of plantation. There will not be any loss of plantation because of the project. On the other hand, the company will provide the comprehensive green-belt cover in 33 % of the project area as per the MoEFCC norms to improve the local ecology. The company plans to acquire the nearby abandoned coal quarries with deep gorges and holes and will fill the same with the non-hazardous solid waste and will develop thick green belt cover over the sites. All these steps will considerably improve upon the ecology of the area. x) Impact Mitigation Measure

11 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Gaseous Emission

a. Hot flue gas with particulate matter, SO2, CO2 and NOx will be generated from DRI kilns, Flue gas will pass through, DSC, ABC & ESPs for separation of particulate matter and clean gas will be sucked by ID fans and vented to atmosphere through high stack. Efficiency of ESPs being >99%, particulate matter emission will come down. In the existing plant 1 no. of ESPs for Cement rinding units is installed and additional 4 ESPs and 5 Bagfilters will be installed. b. Fumes generated from Induction Furnace will be cleaned in bag filters and vented to atmosphere through ID fan and stack. Emission will come down. c. Sinter plant and FBC will have ESPs to clean gaseous emission which are then sucked by ID fans and vented to atmosphere. d. Both DRI Kiln flue gas, Coke Oven gas will have WHRB boiler for removal of heat for generation of steam for power. Ventury scrubber will be used in MBF to remove particulate matter in the form of sludge. BF dust and sludge having residual carbon will be used in making sinter. With this pollution control measure the resultant ground level concentration will come down from estimated value as follows.

3 3 3 PM10 from 33.48 to 2.53 µg/m , PM2.5 from 31.23 µg/m to 1.49 µg/m , SO2 from 62.18 to 34.11 µg/m3

Liquid Effluent a. Industrial waste water from MBFs, DRI kilns and CPP will pass through ETP, where neutralization and settling will take place. After treatment the turbidity will come down from 60 to <15 NTU, oil & grease from 31 to <5PPM and suspended particle from 1000-5000 to <30 PPM. b. Domestic waste water will pass through STP having equalization, aeration and settling tank. Industrial and domestic effluent water after settling tanks will undergo filtration through gravel & sand bed and will be used for toilet flushing, green belt watering, dust suppression and vehicle washing. c. Water quenching will be avoided and dry quenching will be adopted for red hot coke. This will eliminate waste water generation and treatment from Coke Oven Plant.

Solid and Hazardous Waste a. Fly ash and bottom ash from CPP will be supplied to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per MOU for fly ash brick manufacturing. Bottom ash , fly ash and kiln accretion from DRI kiln will be used as road making and land fill material. Possibility of dumping DRI ash & dust in abandoned coal mines to be explored. b. BF slag & sludge will be utilized in sinter making and balance will be sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU. IF slag normally contains about 15% Iron, hence slag will be cooled, crushed and undergo magnetic separation. Residual iron thus recovered will be recycled to IF for re-melting and slag which has high silica content and equivalent to river sand will be used as construction material/land fill. c. Used oil, DM plant resins and lead batteries like hazardous materials will be handed over to authorized dealer/suppliers xi) Hazard Identification & Risk Analysis It may be observed that the major on-site emergency situation may occur from coal & chemicals storage and handling; fuel gas handling, molten metal and slag handling, acids and alkali storage and handling and electrical short-circuit. The off-site environmental disaster may occur if large-scale fire and explosion

12 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

occurs, the effect of which extends beyond the plant boundary. The off-site environmental disaster may occur due to significant environmental degradation for a sustained period. Probable Hazards has been identified through the process of HIRA for major units like ASU, DRI, SMS, Rolling mill, Sinter & CPP. The respective mitigation majors are also enlisted along with the onsite emergency Plan. The Environmental management plan includes the environmental Risk mitigation measures. BEL has a well-developed Disaster Management Plan consisting of the preparedness plan for onsite and offsite disasters and the role of key persons during occurrence of any disaster. An emergency cell headed by Works Main Controller and followed by Site Controller, Combat Leader, Rescue team operates to prevent any type of disaster. The DMP also states the activation and closing procedure for onsite emergency along with the responsibilities of each member.

xii) Issues raised during Public Hearing Public Hearing for proposed expansion from its 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant to 1.0 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant, 1.2 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 205 MW Power Plant at Dauka, PO- Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal by M/s Bengal Energy Limited was conducted on 15.05.2018, at 12.00 hrs at the project site, WB.

Sl.No Name of Public Issues raised by Public Commitment of P P 1 Sri Sarat Pramanik, Source of water for the plant and Water requirement will met from nearby Tentulmuri concern on pollution due to river for which the company has requisite expansion permission. Pollution control norms of statutory authorities will be followed & proper control measures will be taken for abatement of pollution. Green belt will be further strengthened. 2 Sri Subod Dey, Khorigaria Concern on pollution due to Pollution control norms of statutory expansion, its control so as to authorities will be followed & proper Sri Sukumar Das, provide a better environment for control measures will be taken for Khorigaria local village. abatement of pollution. Green belt will be further strengthened. 3 Sri Mantu Behari Patra Enquired about development of CSR activities are being carried out the area due to expansion regularly and will also continue on regular basis. 4 Sri Anil Singh, Banspukuria Employment provision for local The issue will be addressed. Sri Dipak Pal, Tentulmuri people and their safety aspects. 5 Sri Badal Patra, Tentulmuri Requested the proponent to CSR activities are being carried out assist local people for health regularly and will also continue on regular protection and provide food like basis. gur and channa to the labours. 6 Sri Durgapada Das, Provision of training programs CSR activities are being carried out Khorigaria for skill development to local and regularly and will also continue on regular Sri Dhananjoy Bhuiya, employment opportunities. basis. Khorigaria Sri Bhadreswar Singh, Nangunia 7 Sri Sujit Khara, Concern about control of Pollution control norms of statutory Malka pollution and employment authorities will be followed & proper opportunities for locals. control measures will be taken for abatement of pollution. Green belt will be

13 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

further strengthened.

xiii) CER Plan with proposed expenditure The company will spend 18.10 crores of its project cost on CER activities based on circular . This will be spent along the construction activities of the project and cover all the issues raised by public during Public Hearing and as committed by project proponent. 2nd Yr 3rd Ist Yr (in Total (in S.N0 Item Description (in Yr (in lacs) lacs) lacs) lacs) Refreshers course to technical persons, on advanced industrial training and Rent Establishment + Training Material + 1 60 60 60 180 practical exposure to Stipend+ faculty industries, like process, safety, disaster etc. 12 Nos of New & Development of water shed Existing water Digging, Paving, de- and renovation of water bodies 2 bodies @ 4 siltation & removal 16 16 16 48 in Banspukuria, Tentulmuri Nos/Yr. @ Rs of Aquatic weeds villages 400000 3 Villages with Construction of village community hall, 3 community center and its 3500000/ Village 35 35 35 105 recreational and renovation study centers Proposing 4 km CC Rs 1200000./Km for Strengthening of approach 4 Approach & widening & 48 48 48 144 roads Village Roads strengthening Renovation of the 3 Schools & 3 school building, Adoptation of primary schools 5 Anganwadi construction of 25 25 25 75 and Anganwadi Centres centres toilets, provide bench & desk Providing deep irigation points with electricity, supply of high yield seeds, Technical and Infrastructural 6 fertilizer to poor farmers. The villages will 35 30 65 130 aid to farmers. be decided in consulattion with local administration. Hand loom and Dhokra metal casting are famous cottage industries of the area are 7 Promote artisans 15 22 18 55 in ruined condition to be resumed with modernisation Providing Tractors, Back Hoe cum 8 Swatch Bharat Mission toploader, dust bins and development of 300 300 225 825 the dump yard Electrification of the village with energy 9 Energy efficient street light 77 78 76 231 efficient LED bulbs. Plantation and distribution of Adoptation of 5 villages for plantation and 10 5.4 7.2 4.4 17 saplings in and around the distribution of saplings

14 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

villages

11 Total expenditure 1810

xiv) Occupational Health Measures Sl. No. Group Item Potential Health hazard Preventive measures

I Raw materials Iron ore & Coke, Eye/skin irritation Water sprinkling’ and products Coal , lime stone/Dolo Respiratory track diseases Dry fogging in handling conveyors, ID fan Other fluxing minerals due to Dust, burning due to bag filter, PPE like safety shoes, Product steel local fire Dust mask and safety goggles. Acids/Alkalis Water jet for eye washing II Major shops DRI kiln flue gas CO, dust, heat Pollution Control Equipments for direct exhaust of the gas Sinter Plant Dust, heat, Respiratory track diseases, Well ventilation of work place with air ventilating systems noise Head Ache PPE like gloves, dust mask to prevent dust inhalation Captive power Fly ash, explosion, noise, Electric shock, injury due to Use of PPE, barricading plant vibration, HT, electric chemicals, burn/ eye injury high voltage area. equipments, Acid and alkali III Utilities Fuel gas Gas leaks Fire and gas Use of PPE Distribution Poisoning Electric power Short circuit Electric shock Use of PPE Supply IV All shops Falling from Collapse of scaffoldings Injury, breaking of bone Proper scaffolding to height withstand Breaking of slings Load and use of safety belt Tested from time to time. Falling of heavy People working over Head injury Use of helmet and Objects from Head, next floor safety shoes height

xv) Post Project Monitoring Plan Depending upon prevailing predominant wind direction AAQ monitoring stations have been decided where monitoring instruments shall be installed for measuring polluting parameters at regular intervals. Similarly Fugitive emission will be monitored twice a month and Stack monitoring will be continuous with Online monitoring systems. Three locations has been identified for Ground Water and Surface water monitoring which will be carried out twice in a year. ETP, STP, CT will be monitored once a month or as per the Standard Operating Procedures.

15 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

1.0 GENERAL

M/s. Bengal Energy Limited (BEL) is a group company which is an agglomeration of companies actively involved in the trading of steam coal, coking coal, coke and Iron ore fines etc. It is manufacturer of metallurgical coke & also involved in power generation &distribution services in , West Bengal.

The company has already acquired 161.87 ha of land on which existing project is operating. The Company was accorded prior Environmental Clearance vide Letter No. J- 11011/28/2008-IA II(I) dated 2nd January 2009 for 0.5 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant, 1.2 MTPA Non-Recovery coke oven plant and 140 MW power Plant.

Out of the facilities granted in EC, the company has installed and running only 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant and balanced facilities have not been installed and validity period of EC is over. Consent to operate for existing running facilities issued by West Bengal Pollution Control Board vide letter No-CO 88332 has been renewed and valid up to 30.3.2022.

The existing operating project is located at-Dauka, P.O-Tentulmuri, PS-Naraingarh, in Paschim Medinipur district of West Bengal. The location is well connected to rest of India. The company has come out with expansion proposal for which ToR has already been issued by EAC (Industry-1) in their 19th meeting held during 8th-9th June 2017. The expansion proposal is to manufacture 1.0 MTPA steel product by installation of Sinter Plant DRI kilns, IFs, EAFs, MBF, ASU and 165 MW Power plant in addition to one more 0.6 MTPA Non-recovery Coke Oven unit.

The Government of India has made it mandatory for all developmental projects to prepare a detailed EIA study so that the impacts of the proposed developmental activity can be predicted and a suitable management plan can be implemented before commissioning of a project as per EIA Notification 2006 and amendments thereby. In view of the above, extensive Base line study has been done as per terms of reference issued for core zone and 10km radius Buffer zone of project area. EIA/EMP Report has been prepared in line with the Terms of Reference (ToR) suggested by Environmental Appraisal Committee (Industry-I).

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

The purpose of this EIA report is to collect current base line status, predict adverse impact on existing environment due to the proposed project &suggest measures to reduce the burden of environmental impacts for sustainable development. EIA study has ever increasing importance as a tool for developmental decision-making. Environmental impact assessment; as an environmental instrument, shall predict proposed activities that are likely to have a significant impact on the local and regional environment and hence is subject to a decision for necessary mitigations. It is also used as a planning tool to promote sustainable development by integrating environmental considerations into a wide range of proposed action plans.

16 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The purpose of this EIA study is also to critically analyze the manufacturing process of different products proposed to be manufactured with reference to types and quantity of different raw material consumption, possible source of waste water, dust/gas emission and hazardous waste generation, their adverse impact on environment and health of flora and fauna & control measures to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive environment management plan along with recommendations in proposed environment management system.

This process is applied prior to major decisions and commitments made by project proponent while setting up project. A broad definition of environment is adopted. The social, cultural and health effects are considered as an integral part of EIA. Particular attention is given in EIA practice for preventing, mitigating and offsetting the significant adverse effects of proposed project on the environment.

Long term objectives of EIA are to: 1. Protect human health and safety; 2. Avoid irreversible changes and serious damage to the environment; 3. Safeguard valued resources, natural areas and ecosystem components; and 4. Enhance the social aspects of the proposal.

EIA is an administrative process that identifies the potential environmental effects of undertaking a proposal, and presents these environmental effects alongside the other advantages and disadvantages of the proposal to the decision-makers. In the vast majority of EIA procedures this means that the outcome of the EIA process provides advice to the decision-makers it does not provide a final decision. So, by itself, the EIA procedures cannot be expected to stop a proposal, although this is an outcome that some members of the general community and environment groups may expect.

EIA cannot be regarded as a means of introducing an environmental “veto” power into administrative decision-making processes. Decisions that are unsatisfactory from an environmental point of view can still be made, but with full knowledge of the environmental consequences. The final decision about a proposal depends upon the likely severity of the adverse effects, balanced against other expected benefit.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT:

The project is a red category Integrated Steel expansion project & basically a prime metallurgical unit proposing to produce 1.0 MTPA steel billets from Sintered Iron Ore and comes under schedule 3(a) category-A of EIA Notification, 2006.

Gen.ToR 2(ii) Information about the Project Proponent

Managing Director of M/s Bengal Energy Limited is Er.Rajeev Maheshwari. He is an engineering graduate with a degree in Mining from IIT, Kharagpur and has over 25 years of overall experience in Mines, Ferro alloys, coal and coke trading business. Director Mr.Om Jalan, a graduate in Commerce, has over 15 years of experience in the trading business of coal and coke. Director – Operations Mr.Navin Maheshwari, Chartered Accountant & Cost Accountant, is involved in the operational and liaison aspects of BEL. Chief Project Coordinator Mr.Arun Kumar Maharaj, Mechanical Engineer, has an experience of over 30 years in power plant, heat exchangers and ESP, responsible for

17 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB rendering his technical expertise in the commissioning and execution of related projects in Bengal Energy. President – Projects J K Choudhary, holds a degree in B.Sc (Engineering) and has worked for many reputed companies, handling top management responsibilities in Projects, Operation, Maintenance and Marketing namely MMTC Limited, Neelachal Ispat Nigam Limited, Jindal Steel & Power Ltd, Visa Steel Ltd. Clientele Tata Steel, Tata Metaliks, SAIL, Bhushan Power & Steel Ltd, Usha Martin & Mideast Integrated Steel Ltd. and many more.

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION

1.3.1 NATURE & SIZE OF PROJECT The existing project of M/s BEL is running with 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant. The proposed expansion is to manufacture 1.0 MTPA steel product by installation of one more non-recovery Coke oven Plant, Sinter Plant DRI kilns, IFs, EAFs, MBF, ASU and 165 MW Power plant.

Hence the project is a brown field Red Category steel manufacturing unit. It is a primary metallurgical industry; manufacturing steel from Iron ore and comes under schedule 3(a), category ‘A’ of EIA notification September, 2006.

1.3.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE: The project is located at-Dauka, P.O-Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, in Paschim Medinipur district of West Bengal. The project site of M/s Bengal Energy Limited extends from 220 15’ 22.96’’ N to 220 15’ 27.68’’ N and 870 22’ 53.37’’ E to 870 23’ 34.69’’ N, AMSL 32m.

The project has 161.87ha of land which can be found in Survey of India topo sheet No- F45J8 The existing project has well developed infrastructure and the expansion project will avail this facility.

Gen. ToR 2(iii) Importance and benefits of the project

1.3.3 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION India produced 88.97 million tons(mt) , 89.79 mt and 96 mt of crude steel during 2014, 2015 and 2016 respectively. In lieu of this, Govt. of India has drawn following strategies:  The Minister of Steel & Mines has reiterated commitment of Central Government to support the steel industry to reach a production target of 300 Million Tonne Per Annum (MTPA) in 2025.

 Government has planned Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs) with four iron ore rich states i.e., Karnataka, Jharkhand, Orissa, and Chhattisgarh to set up plants having capacity between 3 to 6 MTPA.

 The Central Board of Excise and Customs (CBEC) has issued a notification announcing zero export duty on iron ore pellets, which will help the domestic

18 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

industry to become more competitive in the international market. Facts show importance of setting up steel industry.

Therefore for commercial viability as well as to meet the National target, proposed expansion is sought for. 1.3.4 NATIONAL STEEL POLICY: The Indian government announced National Steel Policy (NSP) in November, 2005 envisaging a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 7.3% per annum in the steel sector up to 2019-20. To achieve this, the NSP aims to increase indigenous production capacity from 38 MT in 2005 to about 110 MT by 2019-20, through a multipronged strategy.

 However in 2006-07 domestic crude steel production grew at the rate of 10.9% and consumption at 11.6%, accordingly the estimated for production of steel was revised in 2008 and was projected at 180MT as target to be achieved by 2019- 20.  In 2010-11 India produced 78MT, in 2012-13 81MT, and in 2013-14 84 MT crude steel. At the same time world steel production in 2013 and 2014 was 1,607 MT & 1,636MT crude steel respectively.  Need to boost per-capita steel consumption in rural area to improve quality of life.  Appropriate steps must be taken to ensure adequate and timely supply of basic Raw materials and processed inputs from domestic and over see sources.

1.3.5 GLOBAL STEEL SCENARIO  In 2017, the world crude steel production reached 1690 million tonnes (mt) and showed a growth of 4% over 2016.  China remained world’s largest crude steel producer in 2017 (832 mt) followed by Japan (105 mt), India (101.4 mt) and the USA (82 mt).  World Steel Association has projected Indian steel demand to grow by 7.5% in 2018 and by 7.3% in 2019 while globally, steel demand has been projected to grow by 3.9% in 2018 and by 1.4% in 2019. Chinese steel use is projected to grow by 6% in 2018 and show nil growth in 2019.  Per capita finished steel consumption in 2017 is placed at 212 kg for world and 523 kg for China by World Steel Association. The same for India was 69 kg in 2017. 1.3.6 DOMESTIC SCENARIO: The Indian steel industry has entered into a new development stage, post de-regulation, riding high on the resurgent economy and rising demand for steel.

Rapid rise in production has resulted in India becoming the 2nd largest producer of crude steel during the current year (2018) so far, from its 3rd largest status in 2017. The country is also the largest producer of sponge iron or DRI in the world and the 3rd largest finished steel consumer in the world after China & USA.

In a de-regulated, liberalized economic/market scenario like India the Government’s role is that of a facilitator which lays down the policy guidelines and establishes the

19 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB institutional mechanism/structure for creating conducive environment for improving efficiency and performance of the steel sector.

In this role, the Government has released the National Steel Policy 2017, which has laid down the broad roadmap for encouraging long term growth for the Indian steel industry, both on demand and supply sides, by 2030-31.

The said Policy is an updated version of National Steel Policy 2005 which was released earlier and provided a long-term growth perspective for the domestic iron and steel industry by 2019-20.

The Government has also announced a policy for providing preference to domestically manufactured Iron & Steel products in Government procurement. This policy seeks to accomplish PM’s vision of ‘Make in India’ with objective of nation building and encourage domestic manufacturing.

Steel industry was de-licensed and de-controlled in 1991 & 1992 respectively. India is currently the 2nd largest producer of crude steel in the world.

In 2017-18, production of total finished steel (alloy + non alloy) was 126.85 mt, a growth of 5.6% over last year.

Production of Pig Iron in 2017-18 was 5.73 mt, a decline of 45% over last year.

India was the largest producer of sponge iron in the world. The coal based route accounted for 79% of total sponge iron production (30.51 mt) in the country in 2017-18.

[Source: Ministry of Steel]

Gen. ToR 12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any court of law against the project. If so details thereof. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of Environment (protection) Act, 1986or relevant sections of Air & Water Act?

1.4 LITIGATION/COURT CASE AGAINST THE COMPANY

No, litigation or court cases are pending against the project nor any direction/order has been passed by any court of law against the project. The unit has not received any notice from the regulatory authority under EP Act 1986 or Air & Water Act.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE PRESENT STUDY DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE)

The scope of study covers the core zone and the buffer zone covering 10 km radius area from the boundary of the core zone (plant area). Following are the details of regulatory scoping carried out:  Literatures have been reviewed and secondary data relevant to the study area have been collected.

20 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 Environmental monitoring has been conducted to generate baseline data with respect to soil, air, water & noise as per the terms of reference so as to evaluate the existing environmental status in the study area.  Incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed project activities have been predicted with the help of software.  Evaluation of the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area has been done using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impacts methodologies.  Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving and restoring the environmental quality of the area for sustainable development have been worked out.  Regular Environment monitoring program & remedial measure for a clean environment has been planned.  Details of Occupational & safety Hazards and their mitigation measures have been made.

1.6 AUTHORIZATION

M/s. Bengal Energy Limited has entrusted M/s Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd., Bhubaneswar for the preparation of EIA report for their expansion project.

ToR 2(i) Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation.

M/S Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd., Bhubaneswar is QCI- NABET accredited “A” grade consultant Ref: SL No 77.QCI/NABET Notification Dt. March 2019

In accordance to the scope of work, M/s. GTEEPL team visited the project site along with accredited laboratory team at-Dauka, P.S.-Tentulmuri, in the district of Paschim Medinipur, W B. During their visit, the team collected samples like Air, Water, Soil & Noise from the project site for analysis and generation of Base line data and studied availability of infrastructure facilities like raw materials, water, power and transportation facilities. The team also made socio-economic study of 10km buffer zone of the project site to know existing socio-economic status of the locality and studied flora & fauna of the locality. The representative of M/s.BEL accompanied GTEEPL team during site visit and Base line study.

1.7 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

M/s GLOBAL TECH ENVIRO EXPERTS PVT LTD, Bhubaneswar expresses its deep gratitude to M/s. Bengal Energy Limited for entrusting the assignment of preparing and providing all documents required for submission of EIA report and for the active interest and cooperation extended by the concerned officials of M/s Bengal Energy Limited.

CONCLUSION:

The Company was accorded prior Environmental Clearance to set up 0.5 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant with coke oven and power plant in January 2009 but then steel market remained sluggish and the company could not venture to set up steel plant and could set up a part of coke oven & power plant.

21 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Now the market has recovered in 2017-18 India’s steel production has reached b126.58 MTPA, and target has been set by the “Ministry of Steel” to achieve the 300 MTPA steel production by 2030. Hence the company has come up with a fresh proposal for 1.0 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant in line with the target. The company has acquired sufficient land to set up the industry but the process route and project configurations are to be decided; requirement of power, raw material & water to achieve 1.0 MTPA steel to be estimated and their source and availability to be explored. Cost of the project and completion time is required to be estimated. Similarly solid waste and waste water generated are to be estimated. All these aspects need to be addressed in next chapter.

22 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 CONDENSED DESCRIPTION OF THOSE ASPECTS OF THE PROJECT LIKELY TO CAUSE ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS.

M/s Bengal Energy Limited, at: Dakua, Tentulmuri is presently running with 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant. After proposed expansion M/s BEL will manufacture 1.05 MTPA steel Billet using facilities of 4x500TPD & 4x350 TPD DRI kilns, 3X20T IF, 2X80T EAF, 2X320 m3 MBF,120 TPD ASU( to produce oxygen & Nitrogen required for the project), 1.2 MTPA Non recovery Coke oven plant and generate 205 MW Power from Waste Heat recovery and AFBC.

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed project is 1.0 MTPA Integrated steel expansion project. It is a Primary metallurgical processing industry to manufacture steel billet for sale through DRI-MBF- IF/EAF route with facilities of making coke and produce Oxygen & Nitrogen. This being an integrated steel project comes under Red category polluting industry, but pollutions will be under control with proper Environmental Management Plan.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

Steel is a core industry and its demand is strongly linked to the overall economic activity of the Nation. Given the inherent long-term potential of the Indian economy and its cyclical nature, the long-term prospects of the steel industry are fairly comfortable. The demand and production has been growing at a healthy rate for the last few years and the forecast for the next decade and half is also very promising.

Steel plays a vital role in the development of any modern economy. “Per capita consumption of steel” is generally accepted as a yardstick of socio-economic development and living standards of people. No wonder, crude steel production in the world, since the beginning of last century, has been increasing steadily touching >1.5 Billion Metric Tonne mark in 2014.India produced 88.97 million tons(mt) , 89.79 mt and 96 mt of crude steel during 2014, 2015 and 2016 respectively, where as The Minister of Steel & Mines has reiterated commitment of Central Government to support the steel industry to reach a production target of 300 Million Tonne Per Annum (MTPA) in 2025. As such, no developing country can afford to ignore steel owing to its strategic importance in development.

The scope for raising the total consumption for steel is huge, Per capita consumption of steel in India at current levels is about 65 kg. As a comparison per capita steel consumption in China is 430 kg and the world steel consumption per capita average is 180 kg. The proposed integrated steel project aims at manufacturing Mild steel& Alloy steel billets, Coke and Oxygen for sale and internal use. All these products have high market demand. Steels of different grade has high demand in construction work, equipment manufacture as well as domestic appliance manufacture and steel as a whole has

23 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB forward and backward linkages in terms of material flow, income and employment generation. The facts clearly indicate the importance of this project to manufacture steel.

Gen Tor-4(i) Location of the Project Site Covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State and Justification for Selecting the Site, whether Other Sites Were considered.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT(maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout)

Location of a manufacturing plant is influenced by important factors like proximity to raw material resources, infrastructure facilities like road, railway network, power supply etc and availability of water & other utilities. Considering the above factors and after inspecting several sites, the company has selected the site at Dauka near Kharagpur in Paschim Medinpur district of West Bengal.

The location for the proposed expansion project is selected inside existing land At- Dauka, P.O. Tentulmuri, P.S. Narayangarh Dist. Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal in the state of West Bengal where existing plant is running. The location is well connected with road & rail. The NH-60 connecting to Balasore – Rupnarayanpur (Kharagpur) is only 01 Km away from the proposed site & the Balasore-Kharagpur railway line is passing only at 01 Km away from the proposed site. As river Kansabati is flowing 18Km away from the location, water will be drawn from the river to meet the plant water requirement.

The site is also well connected with the raw material source like coal and iron ore. The coal will be fetched from Talcher/Ib valley coal fields within 250Km and the iron ore will be sourced from Joda/Barbil area of orissa, around 200 Km from the proposed site.Nearest seaport Haladia, Dhamra & Paradeep located nearer to the proposed site.

Location of the proposed integrated steel plant satisfies the requirement of site selection criteria. The site is not surrounded by heavily populated locations. There There are no national park, biosphere reserve, historical/archeological sites/monuments and sea/estuaries etc. within the 10 km radius of the site.

Therefore, the present site fulfils all the basic requirements of the proposed industry and the statutory requirement of the MoEFCC and hence no alternative site has been considered. .

2.3.1 GENERAL LOCATION

The project site of M/s Bengal Energy Limited extends from 220 15’ 22.96’’ N to 220 15’ 27.68’’ N and 870 22’ 53.37’’ E to 870 23’ 34.69’’ E, AMSL 32m.

24 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

2.3.2 SPECIFIC LOCATION

TOPOSHEET OF STUDY AREA

Gen. ToR 4(ii) A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and the site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000scales on an A3/A2 sheet (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Toposheet of 10km radius buffer zone of project site has been given below. The Topo sheet shows the connectivity and indicates that the project boundary or the battery limit does not belong to part of any National Park, wild life sanctuary or Natural/ Biosphere reserve. Buffer zone also does not contain any features of archaeological/ historical and cultural/aesthetic importance

From the Toposheet it is seen that 1) There is no major river in the buffer zone of the project site.River Kanska is outside 10km radius buffer zone

2) Slope is towards Kanska river, i.e. towards north.

3)Kharagpur city is thickly populated and on eastern side of project site.

25 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 2.1 Environment Sensitivity around 10 km radius

Sl.No. Areas Name/ Aerial distance Identity (within 10 km.) Proposed project location boundary 1 Areas protected under Nil NA international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value 2 Areas which are important or No such sensitive NA sensitive for ecological reasons - areas exist. Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, wild life sanctuary, mountains, forests 3 Areas used by protected, Nil NA important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration 4 Inland, coastal, marine or Nil NA underground waters 5 State, National boundaries Nil Not within 10km radius of project boundary 6 Routes or facilities used by the Nil No such route public for access to recreation or present within 10 other tourist, pilgrim areas km. radius 7 Defence installations Nil Not existing 8 Densely populated or built-up Nil Kharagpur town is area beyond 10km radius 9 Areas occupied by sensitive man- Small places of Scattered made land uses (hospitals, worship schools, places of worship, community facilities) 10 Areas containing important, high No such NA quality or scarce resources (ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) 11 Areas already subjected to Nil NA pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded)

26 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

12 Areas susceptible to natural No Zone III of Earth hazard which could cause the quake zones project to present environmental problems (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

Gen. ToR 4(iv) Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site

Gen. ToR 4(iii) Co-ordinates (lat-Long) of all four corners of the site

2.3.3 PROJECT BOUNDARY & PROJECT SITE LAYOUT

Google -Earth map of M/s Bengal Energy Limited project site, down loaded and has BEEN shown below been. Co-ordinates of all the four corners of project site have been shown on satellite picture of the project site.

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION (INCLUDING ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRED BY OR FOR THE PROJECT)

Project configuration & product mix

Gen. ToR 3(ii) Product with capacities for proposed project.

Gen. ToR 3(iii) If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is availabl e for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

This is an expansion project on the same land on which existing plant is running.Prior EC taken vide F.N0. J-11011/28/2008-IA II(I),2nd January,2008. The existing plant is having 0.6MTPA non-recovery coke oven plant and 40 MW power plant based on waste heat recovery from coke oven gas.

The expansion project will have one more 0.6 MTPA non-recovery dry quenching Coke oven plant, 4x500TPD and 4x350 TPD DRI kilns, 2x320m3 MBF, 1x60m2 Sinter plant, 2x80T EAF, 2x20T IF with LF, 120 TPD Air Separation Unit to produce Oxygen and Nitrogen & 165 MW power generation from Waste Heat recovery & AFBC. So that 1.0 MTPA steel billet Plant, 205 MW power Plant and 1.2 MTPA coke oven plant will be there after expansion.

Existing project configuration, production capacity, Expansion project configuration, production capacity and final production capacity of project has been given in the table 2.2 below.

The project has 161.87 ha of land and even after expansion there will be 30.77 ha of vacant space which can accommodate further expansion. Hence land is adequate for expansion.

27 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 2.2 Project Configuration Before And After Expansion

Facility Existing Existing Proposed Proposed Final Product End use Configuration capacity in configuration capacity in capacity TPA TPA

Non.Recovery 1x0.6 MTPA 6,00,000 1x0.6 MTPA 6,00,000 12,00,000 Lam Coke MBF C O Plant CPP(WHRB COB) 1x40 MW 40 MW 1x40 MW 40 MW 80 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale DRI Kiln - Nil 4x500 TPD 6,40,000 10,88,000 Sponge Iron EAF & IF 4,48,000 4x350 TPD CPP (WHRB DRI) - Nil 68 MW 68 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale MBF,2.7T/m3day - Nil 2x320m3 5,96,000 5,96,000 Hot Metal EAF & IF Sinter Plant - Nil 1x60m2 10,00,000 10,00,000 Sinter MBF 2T/m2.hr, 340days EAF with LF, - Nil 2x80T 8,32,000 8,32,000 Liq. Steel LF 16H/day, 325days LF - Nil 1x25T HoldingLiq. steel CCM

C C M - Nil 2,500 TPD 8,15,000 8,15,000 Steel Billet Sale IF15H/day, 325 days - Nil 3x20T 2,92,500 2,92,500 Liq. Steel CCM C C M - Nil 1,000 TPD 2,80,000 2,80,000 Steel Billet Sale CPP (BF gas fired ) - Nil 1x22 MW 22 MW 22 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale AFBC - Nil 1x35 MW 35 MW 35 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale A S U - Nil 120 TPD 1,200 m3/hr 1,200 Oxygen Use in MBF m3/hr Nitrogen & EAF

2.5 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION:

Gen. ToR 3(ix) & Additonal ToR 15 Process description along with major equipments and machineries, Process flow sheet(Quantitative) from Raw material to products to be provided.

2.5.1 TECHNOLOGY

The process route selected by M/s BEL for 1.0MTPA steel making is through DRI-MBF-IF and EAF-LF-CCM route. The technology is well proven. In order to utilize iron ore fines and waste materials sinter will be produced & used in Blast furnace. The unit wise process description has been discussed below. 12

28 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

2.5.2 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Additional ToR 16 Details on design and manufacturing process for all the units

1.Coke Oven Coking coal is crushed & screened and charged in oven of batteries. The shape of Coal/coke bed is parallelepiped & located in the upper part of the oven. The oven operates under negative pressure.

Chargrd coal is heated in oven and volatile matter is released from coal and burns inside on top of the coal bed utilizing air entrained through the various ports/openings (channels) located in both side doors and the oven roof called primary air.

This burning of VM provides the heat required for the coke making process. Partially combusted gases exit the top chamber through "down comer" passages in the oven wall and enter the sole flue. Combusted gases collect in a common tunnel and exit via a stack which creates a natural draft in the oven for circulation. Secondary air is introduced into the sole flues which completes combustion.

Due to the temperatures generated, all of the potentially polluting hydrocarbons and byproducts are completely burnt within the oven and avoid pollution.

The coking front advances from the bottom and from the top, joining somewhere in the middle. The design of the flues and the control of the air flow allow the coking rate at the top and bottom of the coal bed to be equalized.

Heat generated due to combustion is only partially utilized in making Coke and balance heat goes with waste fluegas and recovered in WHRB generating steam at pressure which drive turbogenerator and generates power.

The cool waste gas is cleaned in a flue gas desulfurization plant prior to being discharged to the atmosphere Desulphurization is carried out by aspersion of lime slurry on the gas. At least 80% of the SO generated during coking is eliminated. This equipment 2 generates solid calcium sulfate and sulfide as a waste

29 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

COKE OVEN FLUE GAS FLOW PATH

Coke oven gas of 93,000 to 1, 15,000Nm3/hr. at temperature of 9000C to 12000C comes out of each battery. The gas composition will be about

CO2 7.1 %

H2O 13.0 %

N2 71.2 % SPM 76.0 mg/m3

30 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

SO2 224 ppm CO gas can be cooled down to 160-1700C after heat recovery in boilers. After recovery of waste heat Coke Oven gas can be vented to atmosphere through ID fan & high stack.

Stamp charging of coal in the ovens will be adopted. Stamp charging technology facilitates to produce high strength & high quality BF coke. Stamp charging reduces emission during charging and minimizes door leakages.

Non-Recovery type Coke Oven has following advantages

 Various types of coal can be blended for production of coke without affecting the quality of coke.

 Cost of production is less due to usage of low rank coal.

 Emission can be minimized as ovens are operated in negative pressure and operated in close loop system.

 Utilization of waste heat for generating steam and power.

 Lower Capital investment.

Major Equipements of Coke Oven after expansion has been given in Table 2.3

Table 2.3 Configuration Coke Oven Plant

Sl. No Component Existing for 0.6 Proposed for Total MTPA expansion0.6 MTPA 1 No. of Battery 04 04 08 2 No.of Ovens 160 160 320 3 Coal stamping box 02 02 04 4 Charging car 02 02 04 5 Pushing car 02 02 04 6 Hot coke car 02 02 04 7 Quenched Coke 02 02 04 Pusher 8 Flue dampers for 04 04 08 stacks

Quality of LAM Coke From 1.2 MTPA Cove Oven Plant

Ash 2.5 % Max Sulphur 0.6 % Max Phosphorus: 0.03 % Max CSR 63-66% CRI 23-25% M 10 8 Max M 40 82 Min

31 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Steam Turbo Generator

Multistage, Nozzle governed, Horizontal spindle, two bearings, Impulse type bleed cum condensing steam Turbine suitable to receive steam flow of 140-160 TPH at 64 kg/cm² pressure, 480°C temperature and 35 to 40 MW power can be generated from 0.6 MTPA Coke Oven Plant.

Additional ToR 10 System of coke quenching adopted with justification

Coke Dry quenching

Dry Coke Quenching is an energy efficient and environmental friendly technology. In this process, Red-hot coke at about 1,100°C is charged into the coke cooling tower, and inert gas normally Nitrogen is blown into the tower from the bottom. Heat exchange takes place with the circulating inert gas. After the gas is heated to a high temperature like 800°C, it is introduced to waste heat recovery boiler to convert water in the boiler tubes into steam. The temperature of the coke at the cooling tower outlet is reduced to approximately 200°C.

DRY QUENCHING FLOW SHEET

Inert Gas moves upward and Coke moves downward by gravity and in the process, they exchange heat. Coke is discharged at the bottom. The passage time of the coke through the chamber / cooling chamber is around 5 to 6 hours and the rate of inert gas required for cooling is around 82,000 Nm3/hr.

32 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The hot Inert gas coming out from cooling chamber contains heavy coal dust & suspended particles. Coal dust may deposit on water tubes of WHRB and reduce its heat transfer efficiency hence inert gas is passed through Primary & Secondary dust collectors

Justification of dry quenching

Due to advantages as stated below, dry quenching is justified.

Advantage of Dry quenching

 The moisture content of coke produced by dry cooling as around 0.2 % as compared to that of around 5 % in wet quenched coke. It helps in reducing the coke rate in blast furnace. Moisture in coke needs additional heat in the blast furnace for evaporation.  Use of dry cooled coke reduces the coke rate in the blast furnace by around 2 % - 2.5% as per blast furnace units.  Since the hot coke is cooled gradually by the inert gas, it is free from surface pore and internal cracks normally present in the wet quenched coke  Water consumption is reduced significantly & waste water handling is ruled out.  The waste heat is recovered in general can produce steam @500-700kg/T of coke, hence 140-185 kwn/T of coke can be generated. So from proposed 0.6MTPA coke oven it is expected that about 8MW power can be generated.

2.DRI Kiln

Sponge Iron is the metallic form of iron produced from reduction of iron oxide below the fusion temperature. It is obtained when iron oxide (generally lumpy iron ore – “Hematite”) is reduced to metallic form in solid state itself. Since there is no melting, external shape is retained. Color changes from red to black. Due to removal of oxides there is 30% reduction in weight. The true density changes from about 4.4 to 7.8 gm/cm3. Thus, there is about 54% reduction in true volume and this is manifested in the formation of pores throughout the interior of sponge iron pieces. Under the microscope, a sponge like structure is seen and hence it is named sponge iron, but it is not at all soft like sponge as the name suggests. Two processes of direct reduction of Iron ore is prevailing all over the world. 1) Gas based & 2) solid or Coal based.

M/s BEL is proposing 4 rotary DRI kilns of capacity of 500 TPD and 4 nos. 350 TPD capacity based direct reduction of hematite ore by SL / RN process technology.

Coal based processes

Customized or Indigenous Process: In India, the coal based DRI production process employs a rotary kiln as the main reactor wherein the process of reduction of the iron oxide is carried out with coal as reductant. Refractory lining of about 150-200 mm thickness is given inside the kiln to protect the shell. The kiln has a general slope of 2.5 - 3% down towards the discharge end. There is air blowers mounted on the kiln shell having dampers to provide required air for combustion at different heating zones.

33 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Sized iron ore and coal in required proportion are fed in to the kiln with the help of the weigh feeders at the feed end. Due to the rotational motion of the kiln and due to the slope provided, the charge moves forward to the discharge end. Thermocouples are mounted on the kiln to measure and control the temperature of the different heating zones. Fine coal is also injected through the discharge end of the kiln with the help of the coal injector machines & lobe compressor, to meet the additional carbon and volatile matter requirement of the reaction. Kiln discharge material which is a mixture of sponge iron and char (mixture of unreduced iron, uncalcinated limestone, gangue and semi burnt coal) is taken to a rotary cooler. Water is sprayed on the cooler shell to indirectly cool the kiln discharge mix to about 120°C. The cooler also has a slope of about 2.5%. The cooler discharge falls onto a hopper and taken through conveyors for screening of fines and coarse materials. After separating the -3 mm and +3 mm sizes in the product screen, the cooler discharge mix is subjected to magnetic separation where sponge iron is separated from char. Sponge iron and char of coarse and fine sizes are stored in separate silos or hoppers. The reducing gases generated from the combustion of the coal, flow counter current to the direction followed by the solids and emerge from the feed end. The kiln is maintained at a positive pressure of about +5 mm water column. The flue gases then pass through the gravitational Dust Settling Chamber (DSC) and pass on to the After Burning Chamber (ABC) located right above the DSC. In the ABC, the residual CO is converted to non- toxic CO2. Therefore, in ABC the off-gas laden with combustible matter is burnt. On the top of the ABC, there is an emergency cap to maintain the kiln pressure by letting out the accumulated gases.

The latest trend in DRI plant is to use Electrostatic Precipitator for dust trapping. In this system, the flue gas, at about 900 °C - 950°C, is taken to a Gas Conditioning Tower (GCT) where quenching water is added to cool the gas to about 150°C. The cooled gas then travels to the Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP). Dust is trapped in the ESP and the flue gas is let out using chimney. DRI plants install Waste Heat Recovery Boilers (WHRB) after the ABC, to utilize the waste heat content of the flue gas. The WHRB generates steam at high pressure and use it to run turbines and produce electricity.

Reaction mechanism of coal based DRI kiln:

There are two major temperature zones in the kiln. The first pre-heat zone is where the charge is heated to 900 — 1000°C. The second metallization zone is held fairly constant at 1000-1050°C. The charge into the kiln consists of a mixture of iron oxide lump, fluxes such as limestone and/or dolomite (amount depending of sulfur content of the coal) and medium volatile non-coking coal. In the pre-heating zone, the moisture is driven off first, and then the hydrocarbons and hydrogen evolve by thermal decomposition of the coal. As the combustible gases rise from the bed of solid material, a portion of the gases is burnt in the free board above the bed by controlled quantities of air introduced through the air tubes. As the kiln rotates, the primary mode of heat transfer is by radiation to the tumbling charge and subsequently by internal solids mixing and renewal of the exposed bed surface. In the pre-heat zone, the reduction of iron oxide proceeds only to ferrous oxide (FeO) (Equation 1).

34 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Fe203 + CO = 2 FeO + CO2...... (I) Final reduction to metallic iron occurs in the metallization zone by reaction of CO with

FeO to form CO2 and metallic iron (Equation II).

FeO + CO = Fe + CO2 ...... (II)

Most of the CO2 reacts with the excess solid fuel in the kiln and is converted to CO according to the Boudouard reaction (Equation III).

CO2+C= 2CO...... (III)

Coals with higher reactivity are preferred as they provide rapid conversion of CO2 to CO, thereby maintaining reducing conditions in the kiln metallization zone. The highly endothermic reaction of coal with CO2 prevents the bed from overheating and attaining high temperature that could lead to melting or sticking of the charge. High coal reactivity decreases the reduction zone bed temperature but increases the relative capacity. Desired bed and gas temperature in the freeboard can be achieved with high reactivity fuels even with very high throughput rates.

DRI kiln flow sheet of M/s BEL.

3. Mini Blast Furnace:

Blast furnace is a vertical shaft furnace that produces liquid metal from lump iron ore / and sinter by the reducing action of carbon(coke) at a high temperature in the presence of a fluxing agent limestone. Blast furnaces consist of several zones: a crucible-shaped hearth at the bottom of the furnace; an intermediate zone called a bosh between the hearth and the stack a vertical shaft (the stack) that extends from the bosh to the top of the furnace; and the furnace top, which contains a mechanism for charging the furnace. The furnace charge, or burden, of iron-bearing materials (e.g., iron-ore pellets and sinter), coke, and flux (e.g., limestone) descends through the shaft, where it is preheated and reacts with ascending reducing gases to produce liquid iron and slag that accumulate in the hearth. Air that has been preheated to temperatures from 900° to 1250° C together with injected fuel such as pulverized coal is blown into the furnace

35 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB through multiple tuyeres (nozzles) located around the circumference of the furnace near the top of the hearth; these nozzles may number from 12 to as many as 40 on large furnaces. The preheated air is, in turn, supplied from a bustle pipe, a large-diameter pipe encircling the furnace. The preheated air reacts vigorously with the preheated coke, resulting in both the formation of the reducing gas (carbon monoxide) that rises through the furnace, and a very high temperature of about 1,650° C that produces the liquid iron and slag.

The bosh is the hottest part of the furnace because of its close proximity to the reaction between air and coke. Molten iron accumulates in the hearth, which has a tap hole to draw off the molten iron and, higher up, a slag hole to remove the mixture of impurities and flux. The hearth and bosh are thick-walled structures lined with carbon- type refractory blocks, while the stack is lined with high-quality fireclay brick to protect the furnace shell. To keep these refractory materials from burning out, plates, staves, or sprays for circulating cool water are built into them.

The stack is kept full with alternating layers of coke, ore, and limestone admitted at the top during continuous operation. Coke is ignited at the bottom and burned rapidly with the forced air from the tuyeres. The iron oxides in the ore are chemically reduced to molten iron by carbon and carbon monoxide from the coke. The slag formed consists of the limestone flux, ash from the coke, and substances formed by the reaction of impurities in the ore with the flux; it floats in a molten state on the top of the molten iron. Hot gases rise from the combustion zone, heating fresh material in the stack and then passing out through ducts near the top of the furnace.

Technology: High temperature melting of Iron ore/Sinter using coal, coke and Oxygen. Design parameter: BF Volume: 2 x 320 cum Productivity: 2.70 t/cum/day/Furnace Charging system PLC controlled batching, weighing and Charging by belt Conveyors No. of working days: 345 days Tapping 10 taps/day (avg.) In order to reduce the coke rate and to ensure furnace productivity it is proposed to install three checker filled type stoves. The stoves will be fired by clean blast furnace gas. The stoves are designed to provide hot blast at a temperature of 1150 deg C.

 PCI system The Pulverized coal dust injection system will be adopted to reduce costly coke consumption.

Raw coal will be ground to produce coal of 80% below 75 microns. Inert atmosphere will be maintained in the ball mill for safety. The ball mill will be connected to bag filter. The powder coal will be stored in the fine coal silo and injected through tuyeres.

 Gas cleaning plant

36 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

A gas cleaning plant to clean the raw BF gas from dust catcher with the following main technological parameters is envisaged. A gravity type dust catcher (inner diameter 8.5 m) will be installed forcollection of larger size dust from raw blast furnace gas. A spiral conveyor will be installed below the dust catcher to collect dust and the dust will be sent to sinter plant through trucks. The fine dust laden gas will subsequently be passed through double venture scrubbers for further arrest of dust. The advantage of this kind of scrubber is that is greatly reduces investment cost and its maintenance is easy. In ventury scrubber with variable throat water will be spread at a control rate to obtain desired cleanliness of gas. The gas than will pass through a cyclone for removal of moisture and finally the gas passes through an automatic leaf type gate valve filter and clean gas at a pressure of 0.08-1.0 kg/ cm2 will be delivered for stove heating and power plant. The water from gas cleaning plant shall be classified in rake classifiers and BF Sludge in the form of cake will be transported for use in sinter plant as it contains more than 40% Fe2O3 and about 37% carbon.A flare stack will be provided to burn excess/unused BF gas. Water seal pot will be used to prevent back firing.

BF gas has the following characteristics

 Very low calorific value (CV) in the range of 700 to 850 Kcal/Cu m. CV is very much dependent on the coke rate.

 It has a high density. It is around 1.250 Kg/Cu m at the standard temperature and pressure (STP) which is 0 deg C and 1 atm. Pressure. This density is highest amongst all the gaseous fuel. Since the density is higher than the density of air it settles in the bottom in case of a leakage.

 It has low theoretical flame temperature which is around 1,4550 C.

 It has low rate of flame propagation. It is lower than any other common gaseous fuel.

 BF gas burns with a non- luminous flame.

 Auto ignition point of BF gas is around 6300 C.

 BF gas has lower explosive limit (LEL) of 27% and upper explosive limit (UEL) of 75% in an air gas mixture at normal temperature and pressure.

 The high pressure of BF top gas is utilized to operate a generator (Top gas pressure Recovery Turbine – i.e. TRT in short). TRT can generate electrical energy (Power) up to 35 kWh/ ton of hot metal, i.e. about 2.5 MW without burning any fuel..

Slag granulation system

Liquid slag coming out of blast furnace will be granulated by high pressure water Jet (below box). The slag will flow in the slag runner in the cast house in the end of which a granulator will be installed. The solidified slag granules and water mix will flow into a settling tank, where the solids will settle down at the bottom. Hot clear water will flow into a clean water tank for recycling. The granulated slag will be lifted by a grab crane and taken to the storage area by trucks. Pig casting machine and ladle repair shop

Two pig casting machines will be provided to cast hot metal into pigs as required. The pig casting machine will be of strand type. The weight of each pig can be below 10kg for

37 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB ease of handling. From the machine, the pigs will be collected directly in a pig handling truck, placed below the pig casting machine. The loaded pig handling truck will be taken out to storage/despatch area after weighment in the weigh bridge. Pig casting machine will be provided with to cast the liquid hot metal into pigs. There will be a ladle repair shop adjacent to PCM for handling the ladle brought in for relining.

Technological parameters of MBF

No of blast furnace 2 Useful volume, m3 320 Productivity, t/d m3 2.66 I % iron in HM 92 Coke rate (dry), kg / THM 470 PC injection, kg /THM 80 Slag rate, kg / THM ( Tons of Hot Metal) 300 Top pressure, kg/cm2 (g) operating 0.8

About 2.5 MW power can be generated from BF Top gas by setting up pressure Recovery Turbine. 4. Induction Furnace

BF-Basic OxygenFurnace route is selected for integrated steel Plants having annual production capacity>1.0 MTPA. DRI-EAF-IF route of steel making is adopted for mini steel plants of capacity 0.5 to 1.0 MTPA. India is the first country using Induction Melting Furnaces for making mild steel. As a matter of fact, EAFs are not making mild steel of structural quality for over a decade now. The bulk of structural quality mild steel for long products is manufactured by Induction Melting Furnaces. The EAF units have also installed Induction Melting Furnaces. There are several reasons for the popularity of Induction Melting Furnaces for making steel. They consume less power comparing EAFs. Expenditure on electrode is nil. They use lesser quantity of refractory. Initial investment is less on plant and equipment. Thus, there are economic advantages in making steel through Induction Furnaces route.

M/s BEL proposes medium frequency coreless Induction Furnace. A coreless furnace has no inductor or core, unlike the channel furnace. Instead, the entire bath functions as the induction heating area. Copper coils encircle a layer of refractory material surrounding the entire length of the furnace interior. Running a powerfulelectric current through the coils creates a magnetic field that penetrates the refractory and quickly melts the metal charge material inside the furnace. The copper coil is kept from melting by cooling waterflowing through it.

The furnace coil, which produces the electromagnetic field is not designed to get hot. Although some heat is conductedfrom the molten bath through the lining to the coil, most ofthe heat load on the coil is caused by current flowing throughit. This requires that it becontinually cooled, not only to increase its electrical efficiency but to prevent it from melting.

Typically, the cooling system is built into the coil itself whichis made of hollow copper tubing in which the cooling waterflows. The water picks up the heat caused by the

38 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB current aswell as heat conducted from the metal through the refractoryand carries it to a heat exchanger for removal.

M/s Bengal Energy Limited proposes to install 3x20T, 10H IFs. The charge will be approx:32% hot metal, 62% DRI, 6%scrap and pig iron. Furnace transformer rating= 7MVA

5. Electric Arc Furnace

Steel making in India utilizes oxygen as well as electric energy. About 56% of total steel is made using electric route. Out of this 56%, 22% steel is made on Electric Arc Furnaces (EAF) and rest on Induction Furnace (IF). Lately, there has been varying inclination towards adapting EAF technology for steel making in India. This is mainly because of factors such as investment cost, operational cost, raw material availability, government policies etc.In Electric Arc Furnace steel making method, scrap or DRI or some amount of hot metal are added to the furnace. Arcing is done to melt the solid raw material. Oxygen is blown to reduce the carbon.

EAF works with the principle of generating electric arc on the raw material and melting it with heat. Normally connected to a transformer of 3 phase electrical source, graphite electrodes are used for transferring the electrical energy to the raw material kept in the vessel and creating the arc. It is a batch process and when molten metal is tapped to the ladle it is called as ‘heat’, hence to specify the electric arc furnace mainly two points are required: Heat Size & Transformer Capacity.

The EAF are of heat size varies from 5T to 300T. This can process any raw material like scrap, DRI or hot metal. EAFs were developed with the idea of melting scrap. In the beginning, these were used mainly for foundries and for small alloy making units. But knowing the advantages of productivity, energy utilization, metallurgical working etc, EAF became popular in integrated steel plants also with all heat sizes.

Advantages of EAF are many. It is the equipment which can be tailor designed, specifically suiting the requirement of the process. In different countries based on the raw material availability, technology suppliers adjust the design of EAF. In western countries, where scrap availability is high, EAF operates for scrap melting and in Middle East, where gas based DRI is available; EAFs are designed for flat bath operation.

In case of operation of an EAF, the cost of electricity is the major component. In case of IF the requirement of electricity is similar like EAF. However, in EAF, part of the electrical energy can be substituted by chemical energy (exothermic reaction of carbon with oxygen) leading to lower costs.

Steel quality depends upon possibility and efficiency of the particular melting unit to remove undesired elements like C, S, P etc. On this frontEAF score over IF.

In case of EAF when raw material is DRI, dephosphorization can be done in EAF and desulphurization can be done during ladle refining. Such metallurgical work is not possible in IF.

After melting the raw material, if the liquid melt contains P higher than the specified limits, P is converted to oxides with oxygen blowing and remains in slag of EAF. De-

39 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB phosphorization occurs near steel melting point, by maintaining an oxidizing atmosphere i.e. Oxygen blowing which increases the content of oxygen in the metal bath.

M/s BEL proposing 2x80T, 16 H EAF for making alloy steel of low S &P.Hot metal will be transferred from blast furnace to steel melt shop at one end of the furnace aisle. Hot metal will be charged into the EAF, utilizing the shop crane, through side launder.

Production MS & CS billets

2x80T EAF and 3x20T IF will consume about 68% solid charge and 32% hotmetal from MBFs and produce liquid steel. This will be treated in ladle Furnace for secondary metallurgical treatment before casting in to billets.The grades of steel of production of saleable billets has been proposed as follows:

CS IS:1875/71

CS IS:2830/75

CS IS: 2831/75

MS IS: 432/66

MS IS: 2062/69

6. LADLE FURNACE (LF)

LF will be equipped with arc heating, inert gas stirring, wire feeding and alloy addition facilities. This unit will also be utilized to hold the heat for an extended period of timeshould it be necessary for reasons, such as sequencing of heats in CCM. Provision for bottom purging with Ar/N2 will be provided.

The refining cycle time in the LF will normally be around 30 to 40 minutes, depending on the extent of treatment and holding required. All heats from EAF can thus be conveniently handled by LF.

Number of units: One (1) Nominal capacity: 80 tons Transformer rating: 15MVA Type of unit: Lift / lower roof type

The furnace cover (roof) will be of the lifting and lowering type. The ladle will be brought to the treatment position on a transfer car. The LF cover will be water-cooled. LF unit will be equipped with ferro-alloy storage bunkers and addition facilities, wire feeder, hand held temperature measurement and sampling device and inert gas rinsing facility from ladle bottom.

Argon rinsing station

Provision of an on-line argon rinsing installation will be kept in the layout for rinsing of the steel and temperature measurements. The steel grades not requiring temperature

40 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB adjustment and alloy additions and also not requiring hold up for sequencing operations can be directly delivered to CCM, after rinsing and temperature measurements.

Vacuum degassing (VD) unit (optional)

It is proposed to install one VD unit for treatment of steel for low gas content. In addition, for evacuation of gases, rinsing if steel by inert gas through porous plug and small amounts of alloy addition for trimming temperature measurement and sampling can be done. Treatment time in VD unit will be around 30 minutes. Liquid steel handling

Liquid steel from the IF and EAF will be tapped into a preheated ladle, while it is placed on a transfer car. Each ladle will be equipped with a slide gate system and fitted with porous plug at the bottom for inert-gas stirring. The steel in the ladle will be tapped free of slag as far as practicable. The transfer car will transfer the steel ladle into the LF aisle for treatment at LF. After treatment, the ladle will be placed on the lifting and lowering type ladle turret of the CCM by the overhead crane. On completion of the casting, the slag in the ladle will be dumped on the ground in a specified area. The ladle will then be taken back to the preparation area and placed on the ladle stand for slide gate and porous plug setting and preheating.

7. CONTINUOUS CASTING MACHINE (CCM)

No. of machines One Hi-speed caster No. of strands Three with provision for 4th strand. Type of machine Tubular moulds, bow type and multi-point unbending Steel grade to be cast Alloy and special steels including auto grades, spring steel (Si-Mn), free cutting steel, LC/HC steel. Ladle capacity, T: 80 and 25 Ladle handling Ladle turret Size range to be cast: Size / Length 120-140 Sq.mm / 6 to 12 m Design Speed Up to 6.0m/min Billet cutting device: Auto gas cutting machine Method of discharge: On horizontal discharge roller table to turn over cooling bed with billet packet device

The CC machine will be equipped with ladle shroud manipulator to protect the metal stream from atmospheric oxidation during teeming operation. Necessary tundish preparation facilities, moulds and Segment assembly, testing and storage facilities will also be provided. Automatic control system for functioning of the billet casting equipment including casting speed, primary/secondary cooling water system and billet transfer system up to the end of cooling bed will also be provided. Provision of emergency water supply to caster will be made.

8. SINTER PLANT

41 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The two main technologies for agglomeration are sintering and pelletizing. The sintering process is adopted for agglomerating relatively coarse iron ore fines whereas pelletizing is adopted in case of very fine ores generated during beneficiation. The sintered iron ore, which comes out as big cakes at discharge end is broken to –150 mm size lumps by a sinter breaker. Then the sinter is sent to the sinter cooler. The cold sinter is sent by conveyor to the cold sinter crushing and screening building which generates the different size products: 5 to 50 mm size sinter is sent to blast furnaces. –5 mm size return fines are sent to proportioning building. Apart from conservation of iron ore by utilizing the ore fines, instead of discarding, the other benefits of charging sinter into blast furnace are listed below:

 Utilization of steel plant wastes, such as flue dust, mill scale, coke breeze etc. during the sintering process.  Decrease in coke rate of blast furnace.  Increase in productivity of blast furnace.  Reduction of charging of raw lime stone and dolomite into BF.  Decrease in production cost of iron. M/s BEL is planning to install sinter plant for catering to its blast furnaces requirement and reduction of hot metal production cost.

The process of sintering iron ore fines is defined as an agglomeration process in which coarse iron ore fines (-10 mm size) are joined together by firing them together in the

42 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB presence of carbonaceous fuel so as to generate incipient fusion between the particles. The fused particles join together and form cake. These are then cooled and crushed to desired size and screened before sending them to blast furnace. It is found that fluxed sinters are more beneficial to blast furnace as compared to non- fluxed sinter. This is because, by charging the entire flux requirement of blast furnace into the sinter mix the heat required for calcinations of fluxes could be reduced to a great extent. Such a step led to reduction in heat load inside the blast furnace resulting in decreased coke rate.

In order to obtain good quality sinter, the ore fines, fluxes, fuel and dust from de-dusting plants etc. have to be mixed in proper proportions. For this purpose, the materials are kept in separate bunkers and calculated amounts are collected from respective bunkers by means of weigh feeders on to a single conveyor which transports them to a mixing & nodulizing drum. The sinter mix components are thoroughly mixed inside a rotating drum which also helps in formation of small nodules of the sinter mix. The nodular size of the mix helps in achieving adequate permeability of the sinter mix bed when charged on to the sintering machine. Measured amount of water is also mixed in the sinter charge for achieving proper modulization.

The mix from the mixing and nodulizing drum is taken to the sintering building and charged into the sintering machine which is an continuous chain made up of pellets having gratings to permit suction of atmospheric air through the sinter mix during the movement of the sintering bed from one end to the other.

Immediately after completion of charging on the sintering strand, the sinter mix enters into a heating zone where the carbon particles of the coke breeze get ignited. Simultaneously, air is sucked through the sinter mix bed by means of suction boxes (below the pallets) which are connected to the suction fan. While the sinter machine with sinter mix bed moves forward, the combustion front in the sinter bed moves downwards. By the time a particular cross-section of the sinter bed reaches the discharge end, the combustion front reaches bottom of the sinter mix and the sintering process gets completed.

Technological parameters of Sinter plant

No of Sinter Plant 1 Useful Area, m2 60 Productivity, t/ m2.hr 2.1 I % iron in sinter 65 (minimum) No of working days in a year 340 Fuel for ignition BF gas Calorific value of BF gas 700-800 kcal/m3 Size of Sinter for BF feed +5 to - 50 mm

9. OXYGEN PLANT Atmospheric air is the main input to the Oxygen Plant and it is sucked by air compressors through filter media, air enters a purifier consisting of twin Molecular Sieve driers, working alternatively. The Molecular Sieves remove the Carbon dioxide & moisture from the process air before the air enters Air SeparationUnit.

43 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The air has to be cooled to sub- zero temperatures for liquification & the cryogenic refrigeration & the cooling is provided by highly efficient turbo expander, which cools the air to temperature almost below -165 to-1700C.

Oil free, moisture free and Carbon Dioxide free air enters into low pressure plate fin type Heat exchanger where the air is cooled below sub- zero temp, by air expansion process in the turbo expander.Due to the excellent thermal efficiency we can achieve a temperature difference delta t as low as 20 C at the warm end of these exchangers. Air gets liquefied when it enters the air separation column & gets separated into oxygen & nitrogen by the process of rectification. In cold box, air is separated into its components by means of distillation which employ a thermal process known as cryogenic rectification to separate the individual components from one another in order to produce high-purity nitrogen, oxygen and argon in liquid and gaseous form. Oxygen & nitrogen so obtained is compressed to 30 bars and sent to Bullets/Steel melt.

Liquid Oxygen is available at the outlet of the ASU at a purity of 99.6%. Liquid Nitrogen is also available at the outlet as a alternate product at purity of 99.99%(up to 3ppm as required).Nitrogen gas will be available as a byproduct. Production capacity of the Oxygen Gas Plant is 1 x 1200 m³/hr. Out of the gaseous oxygen, Liquid Oxygen & Nitrogen is 120 TPD & liquid argon is 3 TPD. Adequate bullets for oxygen store will be installed. The oxygen will be supplied in processing plants as and when required. No water or fuel is required in the manufacturing process though compressors and other machines need cooling water to remove heat of compression.

The dust free atmospheric air is sucked in by a multi-stage air compressor through a filter and compressed to the working pressure. After each stage, intermediate coolers and water separators are provided. The compressed air then passes through the evaporation pre-cooler and then to the alumina-molecular sieve battery where the moisture and carbon di-oxide are removed from the process air. It then passes through the heat exchanger No.1 where it is cooled by the out-going waste nitrogen and product oxygen. A part of this cold air then flows through an expansion machine and the balance through the 2nd heat exchanger. An expansion valve, RI, controls the ratio of the two air streams. Both these streams of air then unite in the medium pressure column where it partially liquefies. The liquid air (rich liquid) then passes through the expansion valve R2 to upper column, which is at lower pressure than the medium pressure columns. Similarly, the liquid nitrogen (poor liquid) travels from the medium pressure column to the upper column through an expansion valve R3 where the separation of oxygen and nitrogen occurs. Nitrogen being more volatile passes out as a gas from the top of the column of the Oxygen plant and this waste nitrogen flows through both the heat exchangers cooling the in-coming air. Similarly, the product oxygen is also passed through the two heat exchangers to cool the incoming air and then to the filling manifold via a liquid pump.

Air separation plants produce nitrogen, oxygen and argon using air as raw material and electrical power & cooling water as utilities. While there are variations in process details, reflecting desired product mix and other factors, all air separation plants below to one of two general process categories.

10. POWER PLANT

44 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Additional ToR 9 Plan for utilization of energy in off gases (coke Oven, Blast furnace)

Total power production has been envisaged at 205 MW, including existing 40 MW based on running Coke Oven Plant. Sum up of 205 MW: 40 + 40 MW power shall be produced by utilizing waste heat of gases from coke oven for which 4 X 2 numbers of waste heat recovery boilers shall be installed with 2 numbers of turbo generator sets of 40 MW each. 90 MW Power shall be produced by utilizing waste heat of DRI kilns, and Blast furnace gas for which waste heat recovery boilers and gas fired boiler with 1 number turbo generator set would be installed. Generation of remaining 35 MW power has been envisaged based on AFBC Boiler. WHRB and AFBC Boilers will have same specifications, which are as follows. Working Pressure 66kg/cm2 abs Super heater temperature 4850C BFW temperature 1300C Operating hours 365x24hrs The boilers will be complete with evaporator steam drum, mud drum, bank of super heaters, economizers, ID fans, ESPs and internal piping etc. Soot blowing and de super- heating system will also be provided.

Emergency DG Set

No. 2000 kVA emergency DG set will be provided to cater the loads during emergency conditions. The DG set will be sized considering the essential loads like steam turbine lube oil system, generator seal oil systems, Air pre-heaters, turning gear motor, jacking oil pumps, lifts, battery chargers, emergency AC lighting, etc. during any emergency condition. The DG Set will be started automatically in case of failure of AC Power. Manual starting facility from Central Control Room will also be provided in addition to automatic starting.

2.5.1 PROCESS AND MATERIAL FLOW DIAGRAM

45 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

2.5.3 MATERIAL BALANCE:

Material Balance of 2x320m3 MBF

Input in TPA Output in TPA Sinter 6,04,000 Hot Metal 5,96,000 Hematite ore 2,58,000 BF slag 1,84,760 Coke 2,86,080 BF sludge+ dust 2,93,670 PCI 42,910 BF gas 1,76,560 Dolomite 60,000 - - Total 12,50,990 Total 12,50,990

Material balance of 1x60m2 Sinter Plant Input in TPA Output in TPA Iron Ore fines 7,68,000 Sinter 6,72,000 Lime stone/dust 96,000 Flue gas 2,76,500 Dolomite fines 76,500 - - Coke breeze 62,400 - - BF Dust & sludge 2,73,600 - - Recycle Total 12,76,500 Total 12,76,500

Material balance of 4x500 TPD & 4x350 TPD DRI Kilns Input in TPA Output in TPA Hematite Iron Ore 17,40,800 Sponge Iron 10,88,000 Coal 8,61,700 Dolchar 2,72,000 Injection Coal 5,36,500 DRI dust 5,93,850 Air injection 6,08,900 Flue gas 52,62,350 Lime stone 43,500 Fly Ash 12,27,300 Combustion Air 46,52,100 - - Total 84,43,500 Total 84,43,500

Material balance of 3x20T IF & 2x80T EAF Input in TPA Output in TPA DRI 6,30,000 Liquid Steel 11,24,000 Hot metal 5,39,000 Slag 1,20,000 Pig 57,000 Flue+ Dust 24,000

46 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Scrap 22,000 Ferro alloys 20,000 Total 12,68,000 Total 12,68,000

Iron balance Fe from DRI@85% =5, 35,500 TPA Liquid steel 11, 24,000 TPA Fe from HM & Pig @92% = 5, 48,320 TPA Fe from Scrap @95% = 20,900 TPA Ferro alloys ~19,500 TPA Total 11, 24,220 TPA

Material balance of1.2 MTPA Coke Oven Plant Input in TPA Output in TPA Coking CoalNet & Dry 16,80,000 LAM Coke & coke breeze 12,00,000 Coke Oven gas 4,80,000 Total 16,80,000 Total 16,80,000

Material balance of 35 MW Power Plant Input in TPA Output in TPA Char 2,72,000 Fly Ash 1,50,750 Non-coking coal 1,12,500 Bottom Ash 1,00,500 - - Flue gas 1,33,250 Total 3,84,500 Total 3,84,500

Energy Balance for 35 MW power plant Char 31.5TPH@ 1800kcal/kg = 20.62 MW Coal 13.02 TPH @ 3100 kcal/kg = 14.68 MW Total = 35.20 MW

47 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 2.4 Sources and type of Pollution from the Proposed Project & mitigation measure

Sl. Emission Mitigation Section/ Types of No Operation released waste measures Unit pollution . generated 1. Raw Stock pile, Fugitive dust Air pollution, soil Water sprinklers, Fully Material crushing, emission & water pollution covered conveying, dry and scrap screening, fog, suction swivel hood, Handling material transfer & bag filter, green belt 7 charging etc. storage of material on concrete floor/under shed 2 Induction Melting of sponge Fume and slag Air pollution & Bag filter, high stack, iron Furnace iron, pig and scrap soil pollution recovery & slag disposal

3 MBF Reduction of iron CO, CO2& Nox; BF Air pollution. Slag granulation. Sludge ore/ sinter by coke slag & sludge. Hot Thermal & soil and slag use in sinter at 16000C water from pollution making & sale to cement granulation of slag plant, ventury scrubber, burning of excess BF gas to generate power 4 EAF Quality steel Fume and slag Air pollution & Bag filter, stack, iron production using soil pollution recovery from slag and HM from MBF, slag disposal scrap & DRI 5 Sinter plant Agglomeration of Particulate matter, Air pollution, ESP and high stack

sized iron ore fines CO2& NOx by fusion at 12000C 6 CCM Casting Spillage of hot Water pollution Settling tank, mill scale continuously liquid metal and recovery & recycle. molten steel in contact with hot multi strand water and mill casters scale 7 AFBC Production of Particulate matter, Air pollution Land ESP, high stack, silencer

Steam for power CO2, SO2, NOx and pollution, Noise for steam venting, ETP generation generation of fly pollution & water and bed ash pollution 8 Non Production of coke Particulate matter, Air pollution, Waste heat recovery from

recovery and Generation of SO2 & NOx thermal pollution COG, Dry quenching of red Coke Oven Steam for power & Water pollution hot coke to avoid water generation pollution, heat recovery from DQC 9 DRI kilns Production of Particulate matter, Air pollution, Dust settling chamber, Sponge iron using, SO2 & NOx thermal pollution After burning chamber, Iron ore, coal & Water pollution & Waste Heat recovery & lime stone soil pollution ESP

48 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

2.6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING DRAWINGS SHOWING PROJECT LAYOUT, COMPONENTS OF PROJECT ETC. SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE FEASIBILITY DRAWINGS WHICH GIVES INFORMATION IMPORTANT FOR EIA PURPOSE.

2.6.1 LAND DETAILS

M/s BEL has in its possession of 161.87 ha of land on which existing plant is running and proposed expansion facilities will be accommodated in the vacant spaces available on this land. The entire land will be used for setting up plant facilities, rain water harvesting, water & raw material storage, solid waste dumping yard and development of green belt.

ToR-4 (vii) Land use break up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private-agricultural, forest, wasteland, waterbodies, settlements etc. shall be included (not required for industrial area)

The project of M/s Bengal Energy Limited is located at Dauka, Tentulmuri, Dist-West Medinipur, and West Bengal. It is the core zone and the project boundary or the battery limit does not belong to part of any National Park, wild life sanctuary or Natural/ Biosphere reserve. It also does not contain any features of archaeological/ historical and cultural/aesthetic importance.

Table 2.1 Land schedule of project site core zone

Land Type Area in ha Industrial land 161.87 Forest Land 0 Water Logged land 0 Agricultural Land 0

The total land of 161.87 ha has been acquired by M/s BEL and is available for the project and its expansion will be carried out on the vacant areas within the existing plant boundary. The detailed breakup of the land is given in the table below:

The entire land will be used for setting up plant facilities, rain water harvesting, raw water, product, raw and waste material storage and establishing green belt.

Table 2.1A Land utilisation of project site core zone

Sl. No. Different Units Area in ha.

1 Existing plant Facilities 14.97

2 Proposed plant Facilities 24.28

3 Raw Material Storage 13.00

4 Water storage Facility 5.20

5 Rain water harvesting 5.20

6 Solid Waste disposal area 12.21

49 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

7 Internal roads & others 2.83

8 Green belt 53.41

9 Vacant Space available for further 30.77 expansion Total 161.87

Gen. ToR-4(xi)Status of acquisition of land. If land is not complete stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

M/s Bengal Energy Limited has acquired entire land of 161.78ha. It has no forest, waste land, water bodies nor settlements inside acquired land. Existing coke oven Plant is running on this land. Expansion facilities will be accommodated on vacant spaces of this land.

Gen. ToR-4(xii)R & R details in respect of land in line with state Government Policy.

Entire land has already been acquired and existing plant is operating on this land. No settlement was there and so R&R has not been required.

2.6.2 PROJECT LAYOUT The Project general layout showing existing and expansion facilities have been shown below.

Gen. ToR 4(v) & Additional ToR 14 Layout map indicating existing as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, green belt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, Layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial Area/Estate.

The raw material handling system for storage and supply of various raw materials has been located near the consumer section. All the major users are connected to this system by conveyors. All raw materials are proposed to be received in dump trucks and unloaded in the raw material receiving yard. Sufficient space is earmarked to cater to the needs of all the units of the plant.

All the plant facilities are laid out considering the need for optimized earthwork, rational material flow, economy in operations and the space requirements for rational development. The layout also takes into account the stage wise commissioning of the individual units of the proposed project. The plant layout has been made in such a manner so that the material flow from the units will be smooth and convenient, considering the process flow chat.

The power plant has been located near waste gas source suitably considering the location of the DR plants & coke oven from which the major fuel sources for power generation will be available. Adequate space is provided in all the production blocks for accommodation the immediate service facilities such as the sub-stations, water recirculation, yard utilities etc.

50 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

PROJECT LAYOUT MAP WITH PROJECT COMPONENTS

The general layout of the plant has been developed with requisite provision for landscaping and greenbelts with a view to avoid adverse impact on the environment. 33% of total land is earmarked for this purpose. Existing facilities have been shown in blue colour and proposed facilities in pink.

2.6.3 RAW MATERIAL INVENTORY

The major raw material for Coke oven Plant, Integrated Steel Plant and AFBC Boilers will be as follows:

Gen.ToR 3(iv) List of Raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Material Gross Capacity in Source Mode of Transport TPA Coking Coal 16,80,000 Imported Ship/Rail/Road Non-Coking Coal 17,96,780 Talcher Rail Iron Ore 19,98,800 Barbil, Banspani Rail Iron Ore fines 7,68,000 Barbil, Banspani Rail Dolomite 1,36,000 Biramitrapur Rail/Road Lime stone 1,39,000 Biramitrapur Rail/Road

Transportation of Raw material as well as products will be done only by Environmental compliant Bharat/Euro III vehicles. Mater to be transported fully covered to avoid spillage on Roads. Materials will be transported to the site through the existing railway siding.

Sp ToR(vii) Project proponent shall identify railway siding points to be used frequentl.

The company has developed its own railway siding for transporation of raw materials and products. Permission exists for siding at Benapur Station on Kharagpur-Balasore- Bhadrak Section of South Eastern Railway. The permission letter has been attached as Annexure II

Specific ToR (ix) Plan for concreted floor with covered storage (sheds) of Raw material and coal shall be provided in the EIA EMP report.

51 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Raw material will be partly indigenous and partly imported, but all of them might have various trace elements harmful to animal of plant health, when leached by rain water and finally mixed with surface or ground water. Dolchar is a byproduct of DRI kilns but it is considered as Raw material for AFBC. All the Raw materials to be stored under shed and over concrete floor.

Additional ToR 11 Trace metals Mercury, Arsenic, and fluoride emissions in the raw material

M/s Bengal energy is proposing to get imported coal as raw material for its project. Hence average value of trace elements has been taken into consideration, which are as follows.

Average range & Average values for trace elements in international coal

Element Average range mg/kg Average, mg/kg As 0.36-9.8 2.69 B 11-123 47 Be 0.1-2.0 1.0 Cd 0.01-0.19 0.093 Hg 0.03-0.19 0.091 Pb 1.1-22 7.0 Se 0.15-5.0 2.15 Cr 2.9-34 17.6 Cu 1.8-20 10.8 Ni 1.5-21 11.1 Zn 5.1-18 12.7 Source: (Creelman, 2002)

Toxicity of trace elements

Cd has no known biological function. It accumulates in the kidneys and liver. It is carcinogenic and can cause emphysema and fibrosis of the lung

Cr is also carcinogenic. It accumulates in the liver and spleen. Cr exists in the non-toxic form Cr (III) and tends to be absorbed onto clays, sediments and organic matter. It is therefore not very mobile in the environment. Cr(VI) is more mobile and more toxic

Exposure to Hg causes neural and renal damage, and cardiovascular disease. Organo- mercury compounds bio-accumulate, particularly in fish.

Pb causes anaemia and has cardiovascular, neurological and gastrointestinal effects. Some compounds are animal and possibly human carcinogens.

Although Se is an essential element, the safe range is narrow. Elevated levels cause gastrointestinal disturbance, liver and spleen damage, and anaemia. B-rich soils can limit plant growth resulting in decreased crop yields. Limits have been adopted on the permissible levels of B in wastewater and water for irrigation.

Mitigation measure of toxic trace elements

52 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Boiling Points of Hg, As, Se, Cd and Pb are 356.70C, 6130C, 684.80C, 766.80C & 17490C respectively. In coal fired system of power plants or DRI Kilns temperature remains above BP of these elements except Pb.

For a typical coal combustion plant the most important gaseous species are As asAsO,

As4O6, and As2O5, Cd as elemental Cd and CdO, Hg as elemental Hg, Pb as PbO, Sb as

SbO, Se as SeO2, and Zn as element Zn. Co, Cu, Ni and some of the Cr are not volatilised and found in PM2.5 fly ash particles as ferrite spinels Source :Zevenhoven and Kilpinen (2001)

Class 1: Elements that are approximately equally concentrated in the fly ash and bottom ash, or show little or no small particle enrichment. Examples include manganese (Mn), beryllium (Be), cobalt (Co), and chromium (Cr)

Class 2: Elements that are enriched in the fly ash relative to bottom ash, or show increasing enrichment with decreasing particle size. Examples include arsenic (As), cadmium, (Cd) lead (Pb), and antimony (Sb)

Class 3: elements which are emitted in the gas phase (primarily mercury (Hg) and, in some cases, selenium (Se)).

Trace elements when vaporised, deposit on surface of finest ash particle at reduced temperature and get separated in ESPs Or Bagfllters. These are then used in making bricks or cement and get fixed with them and does not affect the environment.

Gen. ToR 3(v) other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacity.

In addition to above stated major Raw material following materials will also be required.

Sl No Item Description Unit Quantity Per Annum 1 DM plant resins KG 342 2 Hydrochloric acid KL 178 3 Caustic soda KG 287 4 Lubricants KG 3,112 5 LDO/HSD LTR 10,015

LDO & HSD are coming under Petroleum Class B. No license needed for transport or storage of Petroleum Class ‘B’ (Non-Bulk) in quantity not exceeding 2500 ltrs. And in container not exceeding 1000 ltrs.

Additional ToR 17 Details on environmentally sound technologies for recycling of hazardous materials as per CPCB guidelines may be mentioned in case of handling scrap and other recycled materials.

The project will use heavy building scrap materials so as to avoid generation of dioxins and furans from residual paints of scrap. The hazardous materials like used oil, oily cotton waste, used lead cells, spent resins are generated from the process will be sold

53 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB to authorized recyclers.BF dust & sludge contains toxic trace elements along with C & Fe so it will be used up in Sinter which otherwise could have affected environment.

3(viii) The project proponent shall furnish the requisite documents from the contract authority in support of drawl of ground water and surface water and supply of electricity.

2.6.4 WATER REQUIREMENT

3(vii) Requirement of water, power,with source of water, status of approval,water balance diagram, manpower requirement

Additional ToR 18 Details on requirement of energy and water along with its source and authorization from the concerned department. Location of water intake and outfall points(with co-ordinates)

Water will be required to control temperature rise in various process. There will be circulating water in close or open circuit. Non-contaminated water will be reused in the process after cooling. Contaminated water will be settled, treated, filtered and reused and there by fresh water requirement will be reduced. Loss of water as non-recoverable waste water and through evaporation are to be made up to circulating circuit as fresh make up water.

Table 2.3 Water Requirement

Sl. No Facilities Make up water requirement Cum/day 1 4 X 500TPD, 4 X 350 TPD, DRI plant 255

2 Captive power plant 205 MW 6,150

3 Blast Furnace 2,300

4 Coke Oven Batteries 108

5 EAF & IF (1 MTPA) 2,200

6 Sinter Plant 1x60m2 1,125

7 Water for drinking & Sanitation purpose(domestic) 200

8 Compensation for losses in soft water circuit 100

9 Contingency requirement 100

9 Total Make up water 12,538

10 Losses at plant water balancing , reservoir & raw 627 material plant Total Raw water requirement from river 13,165

54 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Although fresh make up water requirement will be about 12,538m3/day to meet losses during transportation and storage, and provision for contingency taken into consideration water drawl from river will be 13,165m3/day. The probable source of supply of raw water for the project shall be Kangsabati river. Water intake facilities at source and conveying main shall be provided for ensuring raw water supply to plant on a continuous basis. The capacity of plant water balancing reservoir, catering to plant make –up water needs, is considered to provide for a contingent storage of seven days. This capacity is arrived at on the assumption that raw water supply to plant shall be made possible on a continuous basis.

2.6.4.1 Water management &balance diagram

Fig 2.6 Water Balance Diagram

Specific ToR(viii) The plant shall be to zero liquid discharge

55 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Waste water generated from various units will be about 6,387 m3/day and domestic waste water will be about 270 m3/day. This will be treated in Neutralization tank, filtered through sand/gravel bed and will be used for toilet flushing, dust suppression, road and vehicle washing and green belt. There will be Zero discharge outside project boundary.

2.6.4.2 Location of water intake and outfall points (with co- ordinates) Water for the project of M/s BEL will be sourced from river Kangsabati. Two intake wells at the river, one at Jinsar 220 23’ 34.42” N and 870 21’ 49.32” E and other at Uttershimla 220 23’ 19.30” N and 870 23’ 05.03” E has been set up. Transportation of water from river to project site will cover a pipe length of 23.7km and cross canal, NH-6, Howrah- Kharagpur Rly. Line and pass along the length of NH-60, and outfall at 220 14’ 45.48” N and 870 23’ 23.08” E. Permission has already been from Government of west Bengal, SE Rly etc. This water project is to supply 10 MGD i.e. 40,920 m3/day and part of job has already been completed.

Permission exists for drawl of 14,400 m3/day of water from Kangsabati River.The water permission letter is attached as annexure III

56 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

2.6.5 POWER REQUIREMENT& GENERATION

The requirement of power for project will vary with stages of development. Even after the commissioning of the captive powers, grid support will be required.

Construction power would be taken from available 132KVA/220KVA line for which discussion is under progress with WSEB. Construction power required for the proposed plant will be about 500kVA.

Power requirement for the project after expansion are estimated as follows: Unit Power requirement in MW(approx.) 1,2 MTPA Coke oven 03.00 4x500 TPD & 4x350 TPD DRI Kilns 12.00 2x320m3 MBF 11.00 1x60m2 Sinter Plant 05.50 2x80T EAF with LF& CCM 64.00 3x20T IF with LF 21.00 ASU 02.00 Lighting & domestic use 01.50 A/c& ventilation, Air compressor, Water 12.50 Pumping system etc. Power Plant internal consumption 20.50 Total 153.00

Air conditioning Package air conditioning units will be provided for the following areas.

1. Coal handling control room 2. Ash handling control room 3. ESP control room 4. DM Plant control room 5. Switchyard control room 6. Administration Building Split air conditioning units will be provided for the following areas:

1. Conference room 2. Laboratory Ventilation system

The ventilation system envisaged for the plant will achieve the following.

 Scavenging out structural heat gain and heat load from various equipment, hot pipes, lighting etc.

57 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 Reduction of air pollution due to generation of obnoxious gases / aerosol contaminants like acid fumes, dusts etc. Following areas are proposed for ventilation

 Turbine building  Coal mill building  ESP building (equipment room)  Air compressor room  AC plant room  DM plant MCC room  Raw water pump house  Clarified water and fire water pump house  CW pump house  Chlorination Room  Miscellaneous rooms in powerhouse building like cable spreader room, electrical switchgear room, battery room, toilet, elevator machine room etc.  Battery room in Switchyard  DG set building  Workshop Captive Power generation Source Power generation in MW WHRB of Coke Oven gas 80 WHRB of DRI Kilns 90 AFBC utilizing dolchar 24.5 CDQ & TRT system 10.5 Total 205

Generation 205 MW Consumption 153 MW Surplus Power 52 MW About 8.0 MW power will be generated from dry coke quenching system & 2.5 MW power will be generated from TRT of Blast furnace; totaling 10.5 MW, hence AFBC generation will be reduced by same amount, so that pollution load will be reduced. There will be Infrastructure to draw power from grid during construction period; same infrastructure will be utilized for supply of balance power to state grid.

Specific ToR (x) Project proponent shall plan for solar light system for all common areas, street lights, villages, parking around the project area.

Specific ToR (xi) Project proponent plan for LED lights in their offices and residential areas.

Following power saving measures shall be taken up for the project.

58 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

1) LED lights in control room and working area 2) Solar light system for internal roads, street lights, village lighting etc 3) Variable Frequency drive for ID fans and blowers. 4) Capacitor back to improve power factor. 5) MBF top gas pressure recovery turbine to be set up to generate atleast 35 KW/ton of hot metal produced

Emergency DG Set

No. 2000 kVA emergency DG set will be provided to cater the loads during emergency conditions. The DG set will be sized considering the essential loads like steam turbine lube oil system, generator seal oil systems, Air pre-heaters, turning gear motor, jacking oil pumps, lifts, battery chargers, emergency AC lighting, etc. during any emergency condition. The DG Set will be started automatically in case of failure of AC Power. Manual starting facility from Central Control Room will also be provided in addition to automatic starting. 2.6.6 SOLID WASTE GENERATION

Specific ToR(xii)& Additional ToR 8 Proponent shall submit plan for solid waste management. Plan for slag utilization.

Additional ToR 12 Trace metals in waste material especially slag .

Additional ToR 19 Details on toxic metal content in the waste material and its composition and end use (particularly slag).

Additional ToR 20 Details on toxic content( TCLP), composition and end use of slag.

Total solid waste generation and its management has been given in table 2.4 below

Table 2.4 Solid Waste Generation

Solid waste Quantity Utilisation measures in TPA EAF & IF slag 1,20,000 Use in construction work

IF & EAF flue dust 24.000 Will be used in making sinter for use in BF DRI Dolchar 2,72,000 Use in AFBC to generate steam for power generation Power plant Fly ash 1,50,750 Sold to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd DRI ash & dust 5,75,600 Land feel and dump in abandoned coal mines for which permission to be sought BF slag 1,84,760 To be used in sinter plant & balance to be Sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU 20.09.2018 BF sludge + dust 2,93,670 To be used in sinter plant & balance to be Sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU 29.09.2018

59 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Power plant Bottom 1,00,500 Sold to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd, MOU 30th August, Ash 2018

Composition of BF dust/Sludge

Component Concentration in BF dust/sludge in % (w/w) C 24–40 Fe 15–40 Ca 1.4–5.7 Zn 0.1–0.5 Pb 0.02–0.07 Na 0.02–0.47 K 0.20–0.80 S total 0.20–1.3

BF slag & dust contains C & Fe in substantial amount it will be used in sinter making and used as raw material in MBF. Flue dust from IFs & EAF will also be used in sinter making. Composition of EAF & IF Slag Similarly IF and EAF slag only contains Fe and Silica. Fe is recovered by magnetic separation and is used as substitute of slag So, TCLP test is not envisaged as toxic trace elements are not present.

Hazardous waste management Hazardous waste generated from the project are Resins from DMplant, spent oils which are to be handed over to authorized dealers/suppliers.

2.6.7 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

Based on the unit operations & services, it is estimated that the total requirement of manpower for the facilities proposed will be about 1,355 persons and a summary of manpower is given below:-

Table 2.5 Summary Of Manpower Requirement

Department Shifts Total per Total on / Section General I II III week Pay Roll day Coke Oven 20 60 60 60 200 230 Plant Sponge Iron 15 100 100 100 315 325 Plant BF 10 30 30 30 70 75 EAF & IF 10 75 75 75 235 250 Captive Power 15 50 50 50 165 175 Plant Sinter Plant 5 20 20 20 65 70 Maintenance, 30 40 40 40 170 175 Adminstration,

60 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

marketing of product & procurement of Raw material Quality 5 15 15 15 50 55 Assurance and Lab Total 110 390 390 390 1280 1355

Table 2.6 Category-wise break-down of manpower

Category Total Management personnel 65 Technical specialist 150 Supervisory staff 185 Highly skilled staff 225 Skilled 535 Semi-skilled staff 167 Office staff 28 Total 1,355

Gen. ToR 3(i) Cost of Project and time of completion

2.6.8 TOTAL CAPITAL COST

The total capital cost include cost of plant & machinery, Pre-operative expenses and others.

Table 2.7 Total capital cost of Project

Units Cost in Rs. Crore Land & Site development 40.00 Infrastructure development 200.00 Civil and structural steel work 1,000.00 Mechanical & electrical equipment (as erected) 2,481.90 CER activities as per PH issues 18.10 Design, engineering & consultancy 160.00 Plant cost 3,900.00

A Plant Cost 3,900.00

B Other fixed Investment

61 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Preliminary expenses: 58.50 Preoperative expenses 39.00 Sub total (B) 97.50 C Contingency: 195.00 D Interest during construction 250.00 E Margin money for working capital: 500.00

Total Capital Cost: A+B+C+D+E = 4942.50 ~4943.00 Crores Capital Cost , Rupees - Crores 4,943.00 Equity 1,482.90

Borrowing 3,460.10

2.6.9 PROJECT COMPLETION TIME

Estimated time of implementation of the project is 36 months, the breakup of time schedule is as follows: Railway siding construction work will take approximately 12 months. It is envisaged that certified equipment data required for design of equipment foundations will be made available by equipment suppliers within the shortest possible time form the date of placement of firm orders on them.

The total duration of structural steel work is estimated at 10 to 30 months Equipment manufacture and delivery Manufacturing and delivery of major equipment for proposed plants is to be made available within a period from ‘Placement of Order’ date as follows: IF and EAF: 15 months DRI: 15 months CPP: 18 months BF: 12 months SP: 12 months Erection of equipment for the plant facilities will commence after availability of civil & structural fronts as well as receipt of equipment at site to match the sequence of erection

 Erection of equipment is to be completed by 9 and 10 months from the commencement of erection work for coke oven.  Erection of equipment for captive power plant is to be completed by 8 to 10 months from the commencement of erection work for CPP.  Erection of equipment is to be completed by 9 and 10 months from the commencement of erection work for DRI kilns 1 to 4 respectively  Erection of equipment is to be completed by 9 and 10 months from the commencement of erection work for DRI kilns 5 to 8 respectively  Erection of equipment is to be completed by 7 - 9 months from the commencement of erection work for Blast Furnace.  Erection of equipment is to be completed by 7-9 months from the commencement of erection work for Sinter Plant

62 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 Erection of equipment is to be complete by 11 months from the commencement of erection work for steel melt shop.

Trial run and commissioning

After completion of erection of equipment for plants, commissioning activities will be taken up sequentially. This will consist of cold run; hot run and performance guarantee tests. Commercial production will commence after completion of all performance tests. Test, trial run and commissioning of different plants are scheduled for completions from “Placement of Order” are given here-under: Power Plant: 21 months DRI Plant: 18 months Blast Furnace: 12 months Sinter Plant: 12 months IF and EAF: 12 months

2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT TO MEET ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS, ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING CONDITIONS OR OTHER EIA REQUIREMENTS (AS PER REQUIRED SCOPE)

Following pollution mitigation measures have been proposed to be incorporated into the project to meet environmental standard of air, water, noise and soil. Air a) DSC, ABC, ESPs with ID fans and high stack for DRI Kilns b) ESP & high stack for Sinter plant & power plant c) Bag Filters with ID fans and high stacks for: 1) IFs 2) EAFs 3) Raw material Handling Plant d) Dust catchers with Ventury Water scrubbers: MBFs e) Green belt covering entire boundary line as dust sink for the project f) WHRB for DRI kilns and Coke oven plant to avoid thermal pollution of air.

Water a)Domestic water treatment STP b) Industrial water treatment ETP c) Recycle/Reuse of treated water and Zero waste water discharge out side project boundary. d) Dry quenching of red hot coke to avoid waste water generation

Noise a) Procurement of low noise making, silent type machinery for installation b) Acoustic enclouser for sound producing machines c) Green belt development surrounding project area

63 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

d) Providing ear guards to working personnel and air tight control rooms.

Soil a) Storing of Raw material and solid waste on impervious floor and under shed. b) Utilisation/disposal soon as possible c) Avoiding use of polythene. M/s BEL is a polythene free industry.

Detail mitigation measures have been given in Ch-4

2.8 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE.

M/s Bengal Energy Limited has proposed steel production through well proven DRI-MBF- EAF/IF technology. No untested or new technology has been proposed.

CONCLUSION

This chapter has given an elaborated description about the type, need, location environmental sensitivity, magnitude of the project and technology, process description, along with requirement of raw material, water, power, manpower etc.

Being a red category polluting industry, it is likely to have environmental impacts on the local ecology (Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Vegetation, animal & Human being). Therefore there is need for present base line study of project area, which will be influenced due to emissions & effluents from project.

Socio economy, geology, hydrogeology, flora & fauna of the area surrounding project need to be studied which may be affected due to the project this will also help in quantifying the impact caused due to the expansion project. In order to ascertain the impact of proposed project on the environment it is essential to study the baseline environment of the surrounding area. In the forth coming chapter the baseline study has been carried out.

64 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the existing environmental baseline status of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd. at Dauka, PO- Tentulimuri, P.S-Naraingarh, in the district of Paschim Medinipur, WB and its surrounding areas. It includes the physical environment (comprising meteorology, air, water and land components), biological components and socio- economiy, which may get affected due to the expansion of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, as an integrated steel plant. “Environment “in EIA context mainly focuses on , but not limited to physical, chemical, biological, geological, social, economic and aesthetic dimensions along with their complex interactions which affects individuals, communities and ultimately determines their forms, character, relationship and survival. The major purposes of describing the environmental settings of the study area are:  To understand the project need and environmental characteristics of the area.  To assess the existing environmental quality.  To identify environmentally significant factors or sensitive geographical and biological locations.

3.1 STUDY AREA, PERIOD & COMPONENTS

M/s Bengal Energy Ltd has its existing Coke oven and power Plant at Dauka, Tentulmuri in Paschim Medinipur district of West Bengal. The project site extends from 220 15’ 22.03’’ N to 220 14’ 26.31’’ N and 870 22’ 53.38’’ E to 870 23’ 10.63’’ N with Average altitude of 32 m 3.1.1 STUDY AREA The study area comprises three parts for the generation of baseline data collection:

 Core zone – The plant site where the proposed expansion will be under taken.  Buffer zone- It consist of 10 km aerial coverage around the core zone.  Environmental Sensitive zone- it extends up to 15 km aerial coverage around the project site.

The brief description of the present environmental scenario obtained from primary (monitored) data and partly from the secondary source (Govt. offices) the description covers the major environmental components like. 1) Physio-chemical (air, water, soil, noise etc.), 2) Biological (flora, fauna & ecology), 3) Human (Socio-economic) & 4) Aesthetics

3.1.2 STUDY PERIOD Base line study period of core and buffer zone of project site was winter, from 1st November, 2017 to 31st January 2018.

65 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

3.1.3 COMPONENTS SITE DESCRIPTIONS

The location of the site in the Indian Map of 1: 10, 00, 000 scale followed by 1: 50, 000 for the preparation of 10 Kilometers of terrain features with 100/200 meter contour to generate the 3 dimensional view of the project site all these explain physio-geographical condition of the study area. SITE CONNECTIVITY The location is well connected by road and Rail. NH-16 connecting to Balasore– Kharagpur is only 0.6 Km away from the project site & Balasore-Kharagpur railway line is passing only at 0.5 Km away from the site. River Kangsabati is flowing 15 Km away from the location

Fig 3.1 Location of Site

66 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

3.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE

Gen.ToR 4(vi) Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/green belt in particular.

Some photographs of the project site showing existing plant & vacant space for expansion.

3.3 TOPOGRAPHY

The land surface of the area is characterised by hard rock uplands, lateritic covered area, and flat alluvial and deltaic plains. Extremely rugged topography is seen in the western part of the area and rolling topography is experienced consisting of lateritic covered area. These rolling plains gradually merge into flat alluvial and deltaic plains to the east and south east. The soil is fairly fertile. Kangsabati, Silabati, Subarnarekha, Keleghai and their tributaries are the main rivers of the area. The soil is fertile alluvial and the area is flat. To the west, the Chota Nagpur Plateau gradually slopes down creating an undulating area with infertile laterite rocks/ soil. The landscape changes from dense dry deciduous forests in the west to marshy wetlands in the east. The alluvial portion may be further subdivided into two divisions. First, it is a strip of purely deltaic country nearer to the Hooghly and the Rupnarayan, intersected by numerous rivers and watercourses subject to tidal influences.

3.3.1 LAND USE PATTERN OF BUFFER ZONE

Tor 5 (ii) Land Use Map Based on High Resolution Satellite Imagery

LAND USE PATTERN OF 10KM BUFFER ZONE OF PROJECT SITE

Area Area (%) LAND USE (Sq. km) Canal 1.49 0.4 Crop land 243.91 66.0 Dense forest 11.58 3.1 Groves 0.23 - Industry 2.70 0.7 Institution 5.56 1.5 Open forest 6.96 1.9 Plantation 3.96 1.0 Quary 0.14 - Railway 1.10 0.3 Reservoir 0.27 - River 1.51 0.4 Road 4.37 1.2 Scrub forest 5.57 1.5 Scrub land 3.11 0.8

67 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Settlement 61.07 16.5 Tank 10.00 2.7 Urban area 6.66 1.8 Total 370.19 100

Out of the total study area, major portion is agricultural land which covers 66%, Settlement contributes 16.5% and forests land 4.6%. So, agricultural products become the main source of income of the local people.

The study area can be classified as given below;

Crop Land (243.91 Sq Km) : The major portion of the study area is covered by crop land, the major crop grown is Paddy and is grown throughout the year. The area is not well connected with canal irrigation system mostly deep borewell is dended for irrigation purpose. Farmers to be encouraged for adopting farming of crops by using modern techniques, dairy farming to meet the need of the industrial population.

Forest (28.3 Sq Km): Total forest area is fairly well. The scrub land present can be converted to plantation purpose which may increase the forest cover.

Industry (0.27 Sq Km.) : Industry is negligible in the study area.

River & Canals (3.0 Sq Km.) River Kanshabati is the main river flowing beside the study area. Canal irrigation system needs to be increased looking into the crop land and fertility of the soil in this area.

Tank & Resirvoir (10.27Sq km): Both are considered as wetlands are a good sign of ecological importance, but the pollution parameters are to be checked regularly.

The major land use pattern is crop land, it means majority of the people depends on agriculture. Settlement is in 61.07 sq.km area. Forest land covers around 10% of total land. Average Rain fall in the area is 1400 mm and there is potentiality of good crop. Industry covers only 2.3% of 10km radius study area.

Tor 4(viii) List of Industries with name and type within study area

Type Distance Direction Sl. in km w.r.t No. Name of Industry project Essen Fabricators Pvt Ltd (Heavy Steel foundary 9.17 NW 1 Engineering Division) Plastic 7.13 S 2 Supreme Industries Ltd Manufacturing

Tor 5(i) Permission and approval for use of Forest Land if any and recommendation of the status forest deparment (if applicable)

68 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The project area does not have any forest land. The entire land has been has been converted to Industrial land. Hence forest clearance is not applicable.

Tor-5(iii) Status of application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

The proposed project does not have forest land and the expansion is intended to be carried out within the existing premises. So, stage I forest clearance is not applicable.

Tor-5(iv) The Projects To Be Located Within 10km Of The National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors Of Wild Animals The Project Proponent Shall Submit The Map Duly Authenticated By Chief Wildlife Warden Showing These Features Vis - À-Vis The Project Location And The Recommendations Or Comments Of The Chief Wildlife Warden-Theoren.

There is no such National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals within the 10 Km radius of the project. So, map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden is not envisaged.

Tor-5(v) Wildlife Conservation Plan Duly Authenticated By The Chief Wildlife Warden Of The State Government For Conservation Of Schedule I Fauna , If Any Exists In The Study Area

Not applicable

Tor-5(vi) Copy Of Application Submitted For Clearance Under The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 To The Standing Committee Of The National Board For Wildlife

Not Applicable

Additional ToR 3 For large ISPs s 3-D view i.e DEM(Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from the proposal site.

3-D view i.e DEM (Digital Elevation Model) of buffer zone of 10km radius has been given below. The digital elevation map of the study area depicts that the high elevation is 61.1m in the North West region of the area and 10.5m in South West and eastern part. It shows there is a slope gradient towards SW from NW.

3.4 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AS IDENTIFIED IN THE SCOPE WITH METHODOLOGY ADOPTED. BASE MAP OF ALL ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS.

To quantify and interpret the additional impacts due to air emissions, effluent discharge, solid waste dumping and noise propagation due to expansion of Steel plant at a later date, it is necessary to know the present quality of environment with respect to various attributes considered under impact identification. The environmental factors include air, water, noise, soil, land use, flora & fauna, socio-economic and demographic pattern in order to understand the base line environment quality a monitoring schedule covering Post-Monsoon season of the year was carried out from the month of November 2017 to

69 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

January 2018.The impact identification started with collection of baseline data such as ambient air quality, quality of ground water, surface water, soil, noise and meteorological parameters like temperature, humidity, wind speed and direction, cloud cover etc. The field studies/ site survey/ interaction with different government agencies was carried out to collect data/ information pertaining to flora & fauna, climate, socio- economic and demographic factors, land use pattern, forests, geology, geomorphology, hydrology, hydro-geology, soil and agriculture, mineral resources etc. This chapter describes the existing baseline environmental condition in of the 10km radius area of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd. Project site study area.

3.5 BASELINE STATUS OF STUDY AREA

3.5.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS OF THE STUDY AREA The climate in the study region is generally hot and humid and is characterized with seasonal variations of temperature, humidity, rainfall etc. The year is mostly divided into following season.

Sl. no. Season Month 1 Winter December to February 2 Summer March to May 3 South west June to September Monsoon 4 Post Monsoon October and November

The climate setting of the area has been arrived by generation of primary data to ascertain the values and validating with the existing secondary data from the nearest IMD station at Midnapore.

Temperature

The temperature profile of this region is presented in the following table.

Table-3.2: Temperature Profile of the study area

Sl. Description Minimum Maximum No. Temperature (0C) Temperature (0C) 1 Summer Season 24.0 41.0 2 Winter Season 14.0 30.0 3 Monsoon season 22.0 38.0

Humidity

The maximum and minimum humidity values of the region are given below.

Table-3.3: Maximum and Minimum Humidity of the Study Area

Maximum humidity 66% Minimum humidity 53%

70 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Rainfall The area receives fairly good amount of rainfall from the southwest monsoon during June to September. Light showers occur during the months of October and November. The average annual rainfall of the study area is 1440 mm. The rainfall characteristics of the region are given in the following Table-3.4.

Table-3.4: Rainfall Pattern in the Region

Predominant rainy season (monsoon) July to September

Average annual rainfall (mm) 1440

Most rainy Month July, August

Soil The soils of the study area are mainly red earth comprising loamy sands, sandy loams and clay loams. The soils of Paschim Medinipur district are predominantly red laterite and alluvial.

3.5.2 METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS DURING STUDY PERIOD.

Meteorology of the study area plays an important role in air pollution dispersion. The prevailing micro-meteorological conditions at the site regulate the dispersion and the dilution of air pollutants in the atmosphere. The predominant wind speed at the core zone will decide the direction and the distance of the most affected area from the proposed activity. Regional meteorological scenario helps to understand the trends of the climatic factors. It also helps in determining the sampling stations in predicting the post project environmental scenario. Meteorological perameters exerts a critical influence on Air Quality as the pollution arises from the interaction of atmospheric contaminants with adverse meteorological conditions such as temperature inversions, atmospheric stability and topographical features like hills, canyons and valleysplays a major role. The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind direction, temperature, which together determines the atmospheric stability.Hence it is an indispensable part of any Air Pollution Studies and required for interpretation of baseline information.

Monitoring Period

Meteorological data was collected for the study period of three months (November 2017 to January 2018). The data collected during the monitoring period represents the winter season. In order to determine the micrometeorological conditions of the study area a temporary micro-meteorological monitoring observatory was set up near the site. The following parameters were recorded at hourly intervals continually during the study period.  Wind speed  Wind direction  Relative humidity  Temperature  Cloud cover

71 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Wind speed and direction are measured by anemometer; air temperature by thermometer, relative humidity is measured by hygrometer and cloud cover recorded through visual interpretation. The localized data generated in the study area have been compared with the data compiled from the nearest IMD observatory at Midnapore. At the meteorological station wind speed & direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover were recorded at hourly intervals throughout the monitoring period. Total rainfall for the entire monitoring period was also recorded. The summarized meteorological data is given in Table-3.5.

Wind roses on eight-sector basis (N, NE, E, SE, S, SW, W, NW) have been drawn for 00- 24 hours. From the analysis of data the overall predominant wind direction has been from North to South followed by North-East to South-West. The average wind velocity is 3.72 m/s and the calm period is 34.83%. Details of the overall wind frequency distribution during the study period at the site is given in Table 3.5. The Wind Rose diagrams for winter season are given as Fig-3.2, Fig-3.3, Fig-3.4 , Fig-3.5 and Fig- 3.6.

Table-3.5: Summarized Meteorological Data at site.

Wind Speed Temperature Relative Rainfall Cloud (Km/Hr) (oC) Humidity (%) cover Period 24 hr Total (Oktas) Max Min Avg Max Min Avg Max Min Avg Max (mm) Mean (mm) Nov.- 12.8 0.3 3.1 32 14 15 66 62 63 Nil Nil 0 2017 Dec.- 12.7 0.4 3.0 30 11 12 65 56 61 Nil Nil 1 2017 Jan.- 12.9 0.3 2.9 33 12 10 63 55 60 Nil Nil 0 2018

Temperature The mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures recorded during the study period are 10.0ºC and 33.0ºC respectively. The relative humidity varied between 55% to 66% during the study period.

Rainfall No rainfall was recorded during the study period and there was clear sky. Station ID: 42803 Run ID: Dauka Year: 2017-2018 Date Range: November 1st. - January 31st. Time Range: 00:00-23:00

Table-No. 3.6: Overall Wind Frequency Distribution

72 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Wind Direction 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total 348.75 - 11.25 0.195592 0.028581 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.224174 11.25 - 33.75 0.000344 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000344 33.75- 56.25 0.153926 0.012741 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.166667 56.25-78.75 0.016529 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.016529 78.75-101.25 0.051309 0.006543 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.057851 101.25-123.75 0.008953 0.000689 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.009642 123.75-146.25 0.025482 0.002755 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.028237 146.25-168.75 0.024449 0.003444 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.027893 168.75-191.25 0.023760 0.005510 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.029270 191.25-213.75 0.003788 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.003788 213.75-236.25 0.039945 0.002755 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.042700 236.25-258.75 0.006198 0.000344 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.006543 258.75-281.25 0.010675 0.002066 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.012741 281.25-303.75 0.002410 0.000689 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.003099 303.75-326.25 0.017906 0.000689 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.018595 326.25-348.75 0.001033 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.001033 Sub-Total: 0.582300 0.066804 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.000000 0.649105 Calms: 0.350895 Missing/Incomplete: 0.000000 Total: 1.000000 Frequency of Calm Winds: 34.83% Average Wind Speed: 3.72 m/s

73 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

3.5.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air quality in one locations in core zone and eight locations in impact (Buffer) zone i.e. 10 Km radius of the study area around the proposed project site as the center taken to form the baseline information over which the predicted impacts has been superimposed to find out the net impacts on the air quality of the surrounding environment of the project area. The design of the network of ambient air quality monitoring stations in the study area was done based on the following criteria.

 Meteorological conditions on a synoptic scale & predominant wind direction derived from plotted wind rose  Topography of the study area  Representation of the regional background levels  High population area

Air pollution in the project area is not bad . The prominent sources of air pollution in the study area are due to emission from, vehicular movement and domestic fuel as coal burning in some parts of the study area.

The pollutants of concern area are Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), SO2, NOX and CO. Ambient air quality monitoring in the study area was carried out for the pollutants of concern as per the project requirement. The selected sampling locations for air quality study are shown in Fig-3.7. Air quality monitoring stations were selected. All the ambient air quality monitoring stations were installed on flat roof, at least 3m above the ground level with no obstructions and ensuring free flow of the wind.

Duration of sampling

The Duration of Sampling of Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), SO2,

NOX, was each twenty-four-hourly continuous sampling per day and CO was sampled for 8 Hours continuous thrice in 24-hour duration monitoring. The Monitoring was conducted for two days in a week for four months. This was to allow a Comparison with the present revised standards mentioned in the latest gazette notification of MoEFCC 2009.

Sampling Frequency The Ambient Air Quality Parameters along with their Frequency of Sampling are given below

Table 3.7 Monitored parameters and frequency of sampling

Parameters Sampling Frequency

Particulate Matter (PM10) 24 Hourly Sampling twice a week for 3 months

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 24 Hourly Sampling twice a week for 3 months

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 24 Hourly Sampling twice a week for 3 months

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) 24 Hourly Sampling twice a week for 3 months Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 Hourly Sampling for 24 Hour twice a week for 3 months

74 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Instrument Used for Sampling Respirable Dust samplers (APM 460BL, FPS 550) have been used for monitoring

Particulate Matter (PM10, PM2.5). Gaseous Pollutants like SO2, NOX, were collected in the impinger of attachment box (APM - 411) connected with RDS.

In General, the following points were taken in to consideration during sampling  Height of the sampler inlet 3 – 10 m above the ground level.  The Sampler more than 20 m away from large trees.  Distance of the sampler to any air flow obstacle i.e. buildings, more than two times the height of the obstacle above the sampler.  There was unrestricted air flow in three of four quadrants.

Table 3.8 Techniques used for ambient air quality analysis

Sl. No. Parameter Technique Technical Protocol

1 Particulate Matter (PM10) Respirable Dust Sampler IS: 5182 Part IV (Gravimetric Method)

2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5 ) FP Sampler (Gravimetric IS: 5182 Part IV Method) 3 Sulphur Dioxide Modified West and Gaeke IS: 5182 Part II method 4 Oxides of Nitrogen Jacob & Hochheiser IS: 5182 Part VI method 5 Carbon Monoxide NDIR IS: 5182 Part X

Table-3.9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards as per MoEF Notification under Schedule-VII, Rule- 3(3B). dt 18.11.09

Concentration in Ambient Air Time Industrial, Ecologically Sl. Pollutant Weighted residential, Sensitive Area No. (in µg/m3) Methods of Measurement Average Rural and (Notified by Other Area Central Govt.) Sulphur Dioxide Annual * 50 20 - Improved West and Gaeke 1 3 (SO2) (µg/m ) 24 hours ** 80 80 - Ultraviolet fluorescence Nitrogen Dioxide Annual * 40 30 - Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na- 2 3 (NO2) (µg/m ) 24 hours ** 80 80 Arsenite) Particulate Matter - Gravimetric (size less than Annual * 60 60 3 -TOEM 10µm) or PM 24 hours ** 100 100 10 - Beta attenuation (µg/m3) Particulate Matter - Gravimetric (size less than Annual * 40 40 4 - TOEM 2.5µm or PM ) 24 hours ** 60 60 2.5 - Beta attenuation (µg/m3) - UV photometric 8 hours ** 100 100 5 Ozone (O ) (µg/m3) - Chemilminescence 3 1 hour ** 180 180 -Chemical Method - AAS/ICP method after Annual * 0.50 0.50 6 Lead (Pb) (µg/m3) sampling on EPM 2000 or 24 hours ** 1.0 1.0 equivalent filter paper

75 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

- ED-XRF using Teflon filter Carbon 8 hours ** 02 02 - Non dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) 7 Monoxide (CO) 1 hour ** 04 04 spectroscopy (mg/m3) Ammonia (NH ) Annual * 100 100 - Chemiluminescence 8 3 (µg/m3) 24 hours ** 400 400 - Indophenol blue Method - Gas chromatography based Benzene (C H ) continuous analyzer 9 6 6 Annual * 05 05 (µg/m3) - Adsorption followed by GC analysis Benzo(a)Pyrene - Solvent extraction followed by 10 (BaP) – particulate Annual * 01 01 HPLC/GC analysis phase only(ng/m3) - AAS/ICP method after sampling Arsenic (As) 11 Annual * 06 06 on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter (ng/m3) paper - AAS/ICP method after sampling 12 Nickel (Ni) (ng/m3) Annual * 20 20 on EMP 2000 or equivalent filter paper

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals. ** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly mentioned values, as applicable, complied with 98 % of the time in a year, 2 % of the time; they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

ToR-6(ii) AAQ data at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other parameters relevant to the projects shall be collected.

Table- 3.10 A: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Sl. Locations Distance Direction Type of area No. (Km) 1 Keshariya 7.0 NW Plantation Area Bargopal Rural & Residential 2 4.7 SE Area 3 Daharpur 5.89 S Proximity to Industries Nutandih Rural & Residential 4 5.54 SW Area 5 Silti 5.7 SW Residential Area 6 Belti 6.8 SW Residential Area Shalkha Rural & Residential 7 7.0 N Area Mirjapur Rural & Residential 8 5.1 E Area

Source: Monitoring, Period: Nov’2017 to Jan ‘2018, Site Specific AAQ Data

Selection Criteria: The AAQ monitoring location were selected in the down ward movement of air in that particular season, which was dectected by running windrose with monthly micrometerological data of that area.

The sampling locations are given in Fig 3.12.

76 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 3.10 B Summary of Ambient Air Quality Result

3 3 3 3 PM10 (µg/m ) PM2.5 (µg/m ) SOX (µg/m ) NOx(µg/m3) CO (µg/m ) Location Location 98th 98th 98th 98th 98th Code Name Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min perc perc perc perc perc A1 Keshuriya 80.2 68.1 80.2 35.3 30.0 35.2 9.6 8.2 9.6 12.6 11.2 12.6 465 395 465.0 A2 Bargopal 79.8 62.8 79.7 35.7 27.6 35.5 9.4 6.1 9.4 12.6 10.5 12.6 431 372 430.5 A3 Daharpur 92.3 66.8 85.8 43.5 29.4 39.5 9.6 6.2 9.5 18.9 14.7 18.2 417 357 415.6 A4 Nutandihi 76.3 61.9 74.2 33.6 27.2 32.6 7.6 6.2 7.0 17.5 14.2 17.3 473 384 459.7 A5 Silti 77.4 65.7 77.1 36.4 30.9 36.3 8.4 6.1 8.4 16.3 13.8 16.3 403 342 401.2 A6 Belti 75.8 64.8 74.8 33.3 28.5 32.9 9.1 7.8 9.0 15.8 13.5 15.6 409 350 403.9 A7 Salkha 77.5 64.3 76.4 34.1 28.3 33.8 8.8 7.3 8.7 15.2 12.2 15.0 450 373 443.7 A8 Mirjapur 75.8 65.4 75.8 33.4 28.8 33.4 8.2 7.1 8.2 17.5 15.1 17.5 413 357 413.0 Range Value 92.3-61.9 43.5-27.2 9.6-6.1 18.9-10.5 473-342 1 hour average : 4000 µg/m3 8 hour NAAQS (Nov 2009) 100 (24 hours) 60 (24 hours) 80 (24 hours) 80 (24Hourly) average : 2000µg/m3 Attachment SLE-133 Attachment SLE-133 INSTRUMENT USED AND Fine Particulate Non dispersive Infra Spectro photometric Spectro photometric Improved West and METHODS OF Sampler SLE- 105 and Red (NDIR) analysis (West-Geake analysis (West-Geake Gaeke MEASUREMENT Gravimetric Spectroscopy method) method) IS-5182 (Part-23) 2006, IS-5182 (Part-2) 2001, IS-5182 (Part-6) 2006, IS- 518 2 (Part 10 PROTOCOLS EPA Guideline Gravimetric West & Gaeke Jacob & Hieocher )2006

PM10 & PM2.5 concentration was maximum around the main gate area of the plant, as transport vehicles to and fro from the plant was more on 17.11.17. In Daharpur also the AAQ concentration was high because of burning of paddy fields on dt. 12.01.18.

77 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Out of the eight locations in the study area, the maximum concentration for PM10 of 92.3 g/m3 was recorded at Daharpur and the minimum concentration of 61.9 g/m3 at Nutandih Village. The 98th percentile values ranged between 93.6 – 61.9 g/m3 at all the locations of core as well as buffer zone are below the CPCB norms. The 98 percentile values for Daharpur village in buffer zone has high variation, due to its proximity to Supreme Industries Pvt Ltd. The vehicular movement contributes to maximum pollution in the area.

Out of the eight locations in the study area, the maximum concentration for PM2.5 of 43.5 g/m3 was recorded at the Daharpur. Location with the minimum concentration of 27.2 g/m3 was recorded at Nutandih. This is due to the fact that these locations are still virgin in their nature owing low disturbance of the surrounding environment and the existing physiography. This observable concentration values are a result of existing “kaccha” village roads. Daharpur sampling location was located nearer to a plastic

78 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Industry and hence a higher value for PM 2.5 compared to other location was observed here.

Out of the eight locations in the study area, the maximum concentration for SO2 of 9.6 g/m3 was recorded at Keshariya & Daharpur area with the minimum concentration of 6.1 was recorded at Bargopal & Silti monitoring locations. The 98th percentile values ranged between 6.1-9.6µg/m3 at all the locations are within NAAQS.

Out of the eight locations in the study area, the maximum concentration for CO of 465 μg/m3 was recorded at Keshariya Observation site with the minimum concentration of 362 μg/m3 recorded at Silti Location. The 98 percentile values (in the range of 371-230 μg/m3) at all the locations are below the CPCB norms. Due to the undisturbed physiography of the study area along with the low veichular mobility in this area, the CO concentration was well within the limit prescribed as per NAAQS standard and except for the Keshuriya location where concentration of CO is on a

79 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB comparably higher side due to veichular movement and presence of small and cottage industries.

The maximum concentration for NOx of 18.9 g/m3 was recorded at Daharpur Village with the minimum concentration of 10.5 g/m3 at Bargopal. The 98 percentile values at all the locations are within NAAQS standards.

ToR-6(iii) Raw data of all aaq measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the naqqm notification of nov. 2009 along with-min.- max. Average and 98% values for each of the aaq parameters from data of all aaq stations should be provided as an annexure to the eia report.

Raw AAQ data is attached as Annexure IV

Additional ToR 5 PM present in ambient air must be analysed for source analysis/RSPM generated from plant operation

Table 3.10A: Chemical characterization of RSPM (PM10)

RSPM µg/m3 Keshariya Daharpur

Calcium as Ca µg/m3 1.45 1.41

Magnesium as Mg µg/m3 0.25 0.11

Sodium as Na µg/m3 0.02 0.01

Potassium as K µg/m3 0.02 BDL

Chromium as Cr µg/m3 BDL BDL

Aluminum as Al µg/m3 0.11 0.11

Silica µg/m3 0.01 0.01

80 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Lead as Pb µg/m3 BDL BDL

Zinc as Zn µg/m3 0.01 BDL

Iron as Fe µg/m3 0.02 0.01

Poly-aromatic hydrocarbon µg/m3 BDL BDL

PAH at all the monitoring stations is in low proportionate to have any impact on

From the ambient air quality monitoring carried out for three months (Nov 2017 to Jan.

2018) during the study period, it is found that the critical pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX and CO in buffer zone are within the permissible limits. Ambient Air Quality in the study area may be attributed due to vehicular traffic on the State highway which is adjacent to the BEL and vehicular rush on NH 16, the railways diesel engines, and unchecked domestic fuel burnings etc in the study area.

MIXING HEIGHT

ToR-6(i) Determination Of Atmospheric Inversion Lev el at The Project Site and Site-Specific Micro-Meteorological data using Temperature, Relative Humidity, Hourly Wind Speed and Direction and Rainfall.

Mixing Height or Mixing Depth is used by meteorologist’s to quantify the vertical height of mixing in the atmosphere. The concept ofmixing height (MH) is based on the principle that when the atmosphereis heated from below due to the solar radiation, it becomes unstable andgives rise to vertical motion and mixing. Mixing height is thus, defined asthe top of a surface based layer in which vertical mixing is relatively vigorous and the lapse rate is approximately dry adiabatic. These conditions are normally seen during cloudless condition during day time.In the case of a ground based inversion, the mixing height is zero or absent. Forecasting of mixing height is done with the aid of the vertical Temperature profile. A radiosonde is sent aloft and temperatures atvarious altitudes are radioed back. The altitude at which the dry adiabatic line intersects the radiosonde measurements is taken as themaximum mixing depth (MMD). The MMD is a function of stability. Inunstable air, the MMD is higher while it is lower in stable air. There is aseasonal variation of mixing height. During summer daylight hours, MMDcan be a few thousand meters, where it can be a few hundred meters inwinter. It also varies during the course of a day. It is lowest at night andincreases as the day progresses. With a measure of both MMD and windspeed with respect to height, we get a good idea of the amount of pollutant dispersion. The mixing height shows increasing trend during the day with theincrease of surface air temperature, achieving maxima around the timeof maximum surface temperature and later in the afternoon over rural /open areas in fair weather situation. However, it is more likely to remainpersistent to heights of roughly a hundred meters or so over urban areasowing to slower cooling than rural / open areas.

Inversion height is used to quantify the vertical height of mixing in the atmosphere. The concept of inversion height is based on the principle that when the atmosphere is heated from below due to the solar radiation, it becomes unstable and gives rise to vertical

81 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB motion and mixing. It is thus defined as the top of a surface based layer in which vertical mixing is relatively vigorous and the lapse rate is approximately dry adiabatic.

For project region as can be seen from mixing height curve in winter, given below the minimum height is at 6-7AM and maximum 1-2 PM

As can be seen from data given by IMD, Delhi the minimum mixing height at M/s BEL project area is 40-80m and maximum mixing height is 1000-1150m.

82 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

ToR-4(ix) Geological features and Geo-Hydrological status of the Study Area shall Be Included 3.5.4 GEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA The parent rock of Midnapore district is a mixture of metamorphic rocks of sedimentary origin and igneous rocks both basic and acidic. Laterite, the characteristic formation of the district, occupies a large tract. The thickness of the laterite varies from place to place but is not known to exceed 15 m in this area. The sandy loam and loamy soil of reddish or reddish-brown color covers the upper layers of almost the whole area. Three litho- units are identified in study area:

(i) Laterite by its bluish red tone with coarse texture (ii) Older Alluvium by its reddish tone with fine texture (iii) Newer Alluvium

The rock is composed of disconnected vesicles. Multi-dimensional fractures may serve as infiltration path for ground water replenishment, but not suitable for bulk supply of water. The older alluvium formation consists of an intercalation of sandy and clayey layers. Grain size varies from extremely coarse angular pebbles to fine sand and silt, which have a good ground water bearing capability. The newer alluvium formation, on the other hand, consists of a succession of clay and sand layers. Coarse sand bodies are somewhat extensive and can act as excellent aquifers.

About 80% of the state's landmass is underlain by pre-cambrian rocks, the oldest rocks in the earth's crust. The remaining area is composed of rocks belonging to Gondwanas, Quarternary & Recent formations. The geological set up of the state is not only favourable for discovery of wide variety of valuable ores and minerals but there is distinct possibility of substantial increase in the resources.

The study area is not a compact unit and consists of widely, dissimilar tracts of expansive and fairly open country, dotted with isolated peaks, inaccessible forests, river valley and mountainous terrain. Broadly speaking it is an undulating table-land of different elevations broken up by rugged hill ranges and cut off by torrential hill streams and the river Kansabati. Varied landforms characterize the physiographic set-up of the area. The area presents conspicuous physiographic variations marked by hills with intervening intermontane valleys, isolated hillocks and flat to gently undulating plains. The area is drained by the Kansabati river and its tributaries. The drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The general slope of the district is from north to south.

3.5.5 GEOMORPHOLOGYOF THE STUDY AREA The geological map depicts 80% of geological formation is alluvium with sand silt and clay, 10% Alluvium with fine sand, silt & clay and rest 10% in the North West of the area is Lateritic soil.

The general topography of the study area is gradually undulating to flat where the area is sloping from North and South. It is marked by low isolated hill ranges or hillocks. Broadly speaking it is an undulating table-land of different elevations broken up by

83 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB rugged hill ranges and cut off by torrential hill streams and the river Kansabati. Because of this undulating, hilly and sloping nature of landscape, the area is subject to rapid runoff leading not only to soil erosion but also to scarcity of water for both agriculture and drinking purpose. These are generally in the form of boulders or rocky knobs. The direction of these hill ranges is from North West to South East. There are patches of sheet rocks scattered all over the area with very little natural vegetative cover. The average ground level of the study area is about 32 m above the MSL.

3.5.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT: Hydrogeology

The spatial distribution of groundwater is not uniform, area has very shallow (1.5 m bgl) to very deep (9.2 m bgl) water table. Deep water table occurs adjacent to the foot hill. Higher well yields indicate relatively greater groundwater availability than areas with low well yields.

Ground water in the area occurs under unconfined conditions in the top most weathered mantle (5-22 m thick) of the different lithological units present in the region. The occurrence and movement of groundwater in the deeper zones are controlled by secondary porosities like joints, fractures, faults etc and also by the bedding planes in the Gondwana sedimentary rocks. Ground water in the sedimentary rocks also occurs in the primary porosity offered by interconnected joints in coarse grained sandstones, etc. The faults and dykes present in the area are of particular significance as the faults provide natural plane of seepage, while dykes have a tendency to impound water along its gradient direction. The quality of ground water is, in general, good and is suitable for domestic, industrial and irrigational purposes except in some cases where it is contaminated with minor seepage water from the nearby coal mines, when it becomes bacteriologically unsatisfactory.

Depth of Groundwater and Variations Dug wells are more common in the study area. Nearly 30% of the wells are shallow type and water table is within 8m depth. The deep dug wells are up to a depth of 17m. The study of fluctuation in ground in groundwater levels by the groundwater board (CGWB) reveals that the fluctuation is in the order of 1.85m to 3.90m during post-monsoon and 4.29m to 8m during pre-monsoon. Surface Water The main drainage network of the study area includes River Kansabati and its tributaries in the form of canals and streams. The directions of flow of most of the rivers are controlled by slope which in general is towards North to South East as it was evident from the flow of the rivers in the study area and the availability of groundwater in the region (Figure-3.14). Kansabati river is of high significance in the region as it caters to the water requirements to most of the villages and the majority of the industrial units in the region. Besides Kansabati river, other steams and the few tanks and small reservoirs in the study area constitute the drainage in the study area.

84 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

ToR 4(x) Details of the drainage of the project up to 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 y ears. Details of the flood level of the project site and maximum flood level of the river shall all so be provided. (Mega green field projects)

Kangsabati river is about 16.7 km away from the project site. The HFL is 16.5 km from the project site.In 1978, the area was slightly affected by flood but no flood hazard was observed in the project site.

The drainage map in the study area shows the drainage pattern is from North West uplands to Sowth East low lands, there are numerous water bodie and no measure River flows within the study area, a small River called as Kalighai passing in the western part of the area. A number of water samples from river, pond, dug well & bore well were collected from different locations within study area as shown in Figure- 3.12.The water samples were collected and analyzed for physical, chemical and microbiological characteristics as per CPCB guidelines and approved methods. The sampling station location is given in Table- 3.12 and the analysis results of surface and groundwater are given in the Table-3.12A & 3.12B

Gen. ToR 6 (iv) Surface water quality of nearby river (60m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at 8 locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guide line.

Gen.ToR 6 (vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum 8 locations s hall be included.

Surface water and Ground water are the essential elements of life process, Water plays an important role in the world economy. Approximately 70% of the freshwater used by humans goes to agriculture and rest 30% for domestic use. Water moves continually through the water cycle of evaporation, transpiration (evapotranspiration), condensation, precipitation, and runoff. So in the ecological point of view it an abiotic component which interacts with the life forms for their existence (Human & Animals), so water parameters are taken for analysis prior to setting of any industry, which can there after be evaluated wheter there is any change in the water quality, if so then the source can be identified, and remediation can be taken.

Table- 3.12: Surface and Groundwater Sampling Locations

Distance Direction Sl. (KM) Code Location No. W r t proposed plant site Surface water 60m Upstream of Kangsabati 1 SW1 16.9 N River

85 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

60m downstream of 2 SW2 16.6 N Kangsabati River 3 SW3 Pond water of Nutandih 5.5 SW 4 SW4 Pond water of Dauka 1.04 E 5 SW5 Pond water of Rampura 0.7 S 6 SW6 Pond water of Bagberia 2.2 W 7 SW7 Pond water of Banspukuria 1.8 S 60m downstream of Kalighai 8 SW8 4.7 E River Groundwater 1 GW1 Dug well of Daharpur 5.89 S 2 GW2 Tube well of Nutandih 5.54 SW 3 GW3 Tube well of Silti 5.7 SW 4 GW4 Dug well of Keshariya 7.0 NW 5 GW5 Dug well of Bargopal 4.7 SE 6 GW6 Tube well of Belti 6.8 SW 7 GW7 Tubewell of Shalkha 7.0 N 8 GW8 Tubewell of Mirjapur 5.1 E

The analysis report of surface water and ground water is given in Annexure B and Annexure C respectively.

Site selection criteria Surface water: Nearest water bodies like pond, stream, were selected which are falling into rivers during monsoon, so sampling points were taken adjacent to the plant for surface water analysis.

Ground Water: Bore wells were selected in nareby villages with close proximity to the industry.

Add Tor 13 Trace Metal in Water

86 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 3.12 A Ground Water analysis result

Desirabl Permissible Unit Daharpur Nutandihi Silti Kesharuiya Bargopal Belti Salkha Mirjapur Protocol PARAMETERS e Limits Limit A. PHYSICAL 1 Colour (apparent) Hazen < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 5 25 IS3025:PART04:1983 UO IS3025:PART05:1983 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 2 -- IS Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Agreeable 3025:PART7&8:1984 4 Turbidity NTU 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.2 5 10 IS 3025:PART10:1984 5 pH -- 7.1 7.3 7.1 7.2 7.5 7.1 7.2 7.4 6.5-8.5 IS3025:PART11:1983 Electrical Conductivity 532 588 580 609 626 547 592 549 6 (EC) μS/cm Total Suspended Solids < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4 7 (TSS) mg/l Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 IS 3025:PART10:1984 294 322 320 334 342 300 324 302 8 (TDS) mg/l B. CHEMICAL Calcium Hardness as IS 3025:PART40:1991 9 60 64 56 72 100 64 76 56 CaCO3 mg/l (Reaff 2003) Magnesium Hardness as 10 32 36 32 32 16 40 20 36 CaCO3 mg/l IS 3025:PART46:1994 11 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 74 80 70 84 94 82 78 74 200 600 IS 3025:PART23:1986 12 Total hardness Mg/l 92 100 88 104 116 104 96 92 200 600 IS 3025:PART21:2009 13 Residual Chlorine mg/l < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 < 0.04 0.2 1 IS 3025:PART 26 Phenolic compound as 0.001 No IS 3025:PART43:1992 14 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 C6H5OH mg/l Relaxation

15 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 35.4 32.4 24.2 26 28.6 38.6 21.4 46.4 200 400 IS 3025:PART24:1986 16 Chloride as Cl mg/l 32 36 32.6 31.4 28.4 26.4 34.5 32.2 250 1000 IS 3025:PART32:1992 0.05 No IS 3025:PART27:1986 17 Cyanide as CN < 0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/l Relaxation 0.01 No IS3025:PART 18 Selenium as Se <0.005 < 0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 mg/l Relaxation 56:1988

87 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Ammonia(as total 0.5 No IS 25:PART:34:1988 19 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 <0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 ammonia-N), mg/l, Max mg/l Relaxation 0.5 No Clause 6 of IS 20 Mineral oil < 0.025 <0.025 < 0.025 < 0.025 < 0.025 < 0.025 < 0.025 < 0.025 mg/l Relaxation 3025(Part 39) - 21 Fluoride F mg/l 0.08 0.28 0.29 0.29 0.28 0.28 0.31 0.32 1.0 1.5 IS 3025 (PART 60) 2+ 22 Calcium as Ca mg/l 24 25.6 22.4 28.8 40 25.6 30.4 22.4 75 200 IS 3025:PART40:1991 2+ 23 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 7.78 8.75 7.78 7.78 3.89 9.72 4.86 8.75 30 100 IS 3025:PART46:2008 1 No IS 3025 (Part 53) : 24 Iron (Fe) 0.1 0.12 0.11 0.13 0.21 0.21 0.11 0.09 mg/l Relaxation 2009 45 No IS 3025 (Part 34) : 25 Nitrate 1.8 2.8 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.4 mg/l Relaxation 2009 26 Copper (Cu) mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.05 1.5 IS 3025:PART42:1991 27 Manganese (Mn) mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.1 0.3 IS 3025:PART46:1994 28 Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.001 0.003 0.0025 0.0035 0.004 0.0018 0.0013 0.0011 0.1 IS 3025:PART37:2003 0.01 No IS 3025:PART47:1992 29 Lead (Pb) < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/l Relaxation 30 Zinc (Zn) mg/l 0.012 0.06 0.015 0.015 0.025 0.012 0.016 0.01 5 15 IS 3025:PART49:2006 0.05 No IS 3025:PART52:1988 31 Chromium (Cr) < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/l relaxation 0.02 No IS 3025:PART54:1994 32 Nickel as Ni <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l relaxation 0.001 No IS 3025:PART48:1994 33 Mercury (Hg) <0.0005 < 0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 mg/l relaxation 0.003 No IS 3025:PART41:2003 34 Cadmium (Cd) < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/l relaxation 0.03 0.2 IS 35 Aluminium (Al) < 0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/l 3025:PART55:2003 Anionic Detergents 36 <0.1 < 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.2 1.0 Annex KIS 13428 as(IMBAS) mg/l 37 Boron (B) mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.5 1.0 IS 3025:PART57:1992 C. BACTERIOLOGICAL MPN Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 10 50 IS 1622:1981 (Reaff 0 38 Total Coliform at 37 C index / 2003) 100ml

88 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Description The analytical results of ground water samples at different location for various parameters reveal that all the parameters comply with IS: 10500 standards indicating their suitability for drinking and other purposes

7.6 7.5 7.4 7.3 7.2 7.1 pH 7 6.9

Deliberation: pH: pH of Groundwater in the area is neutral; alkalinity is primarily a measure of dissolved bicarbonate and carbonates.The geological findings shows that lime stine strata in not so well defined. Electrical Conductivity: Electrical Conductivity depends on the amount of dissolved solutes in the ground water; Water with high conductivity may have objectionable taste, cause staining, and precipitate scale in pipes and containers. EC of water was between 532-626μS/cm Total dissolved solids: (TDS) is the portion of total solids that has passed through a filter, and the remaining water then evaporated, leaving the TDS residue. TDS is often used as an indicator of the suitability of that groundwater for various uses. Total dissolved solids values typically increase with sample depth or the distance that groundwater has traveled from recharge area to sample site & anionic salts present. TDS in the area is between 294-342 mg/l which fairly below the standard. Heavy Metals: Metals are inorganic substances consisting of positive ions and containing no carbon. Heavy metals, which may be found in groundwater, have a specific gravity at least five times that of water. Ground water of that area have very less concentration of heavy metals which is below the limits.

89 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Hardness: hardness is defined as the concentrations of dissolved calcium and magnesium expressed as an equivalent amount of calcium carbonate,iron also partially responsible for hardness in water, Total hardness of ground water in that area was in between 88-116 mg/l. wchich is morerately hard but suitable for consumption.

90 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 3.12 B Surface Water analysis result

IS:2296-1982 River River Sl. RiverKansa Banspuk Characteristics Unit Class ‘C’ Kangsabati Nutandihi Dauka Rampura Bagberia Kalighai Protocol No. bati U/s uria Limits D/s D/s IS 3025:PART11:1983 pH - 6.5-8.5 7.23 7.32 7.51 7.62 7.31 7.53 7.34 7.64 1 (Reaff 2002) 2 DO mg/l 4 6.8 6.2 5.2 5.2 4.8 5.8 5.2 5.2 IS 3025:PART58:2006 3 BOD mg/l 3 5 8.4 6.8 8.2 8.8 8.2 8.2 7.4 IS 3025:PART44:1993 APHA-23rd Edition COD mg/l -- 28 32 18 20 25 22 24 32 4 (5220 B):2017 MPN/10 IS 1622:1981 (Reaff Total Coli form 5000 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 >1600 5 0 ml 2003) True IS 3025:PART04:1983 Colour Colour 300 1 1.2 1.8 1.4 1.4 5.2 8.3 1 (Reaff 2002) 6 Units APHA-23rd Edition Conductivity µS/cm -- 583 622 350 414 428 421 429 317 7 (2510A):2017 8 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.5 0.32 0.31 0.33 0.29 0.34 0.38 0.36 0.24 IS 3025:PART60:2008 9 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < 0.001 IS 3025:PART41:1992 10 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 600 22.3 28.4 5.2 4.6 5.4 7.5 24.2 15.1 IS 3025:PART32:1988 +6 11 Chromium (as Cr ) mg/l 0.05 <0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 IS 3025:PART52:2003

12 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS 3025:PART27:1986 Total Dissolved IS 3025:PART15:1984 mg/l 1500 334 386 236 228 265 230 236 148 13 Solid (Reaff 2002) 14 Selenium mg/l 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS 3025:PART56:2003

15 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 400 22.2 4 26.1 34.7 34.6 29.8 35.1 5.1 IS 3025:PART24:1986 16 Lead mg/l 0.1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 IS 3025:PART47:1994 17 Copper mg/l 1.5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS 3025:PART42:1992 IS 3025:PART37:1988 Arsenic mg/l 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 < 0.01 18 (Reaff 1999) 19 Iron mg/l 50 0.52 1.22 0.06 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.2 0.32 IS 3025:PART53:2003

91 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Phenolics compounds (as mg/l 0.005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS 3025:PART43:1992 20 C6H5OH) IS 3025:PART49:1994 Zinc mg/l 15 0.026 0.07 0.11 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.2 0.06 21 (Reaff 2003) Anionic detergents Annex K of IS mg/l 1 < 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 < 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 < 0.1 22 (as MBAS) 13428:2005 23 Oil & grease mg/l 0.1 <0.025 < 0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 < 0.025 IS 3025:PART39:1991

24 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 50 3.6 1.32 2.4 1.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.3 IS 3025:PART34:1988

92 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The analysis result of Surface Water:

Discussion

Heavy Metals: Heavy metals, which may result from chemical leaching of bedrock, water drainage, and runoff from banks, the discharge of urban industrial and rural agricultural wastewaters, are widely present in water and sediments. Heavy metals like Zn, Mg, Cu, Fe are essential for the aquatic life process in low concentration, but metals like As, Hg, Cd are not required even in low concentration. Except Iron in Teesta river iron was found to be high may be due to mining activities of industries situated in the upstream, all other metal concentration is below the prescribed limit.

93 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Discussions

Nitrates in streams, ponds, and estuaries causes eutrification and damage to aquatic life. Sulfates can be naturally occurring or the result of municipal or industrial discharges water passing through rock or soil containing gypsum and other common minerals, or of atmospheric deposition.Chlorides are not usually harmful to people; however, the sodium part of table salt has been linked to heart and kidney disease. Sodium chloride may impart a salty taste. rocks containing chlorides, agricultural runoff, wastewater from industries,oil well wastes,effluent wastewater from wastewater treatment plants, road salting, rocks containing chloride, agricultural runoff, wastewater from industries,oil well wastes, effluent wastewater from wastewater treatment plants road salting. Most of the pareameters are within the limit and within the norms of IS: 2296 Class ‘C’.except BOD

94 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Dissolved Oxygen & Biochemical Oxygen demand

DO is the amount of gaseous oxygen dissolved in the water. Oxygen enters the water by direct absorption from the atmosphere, by rapid movement, or as a waste product of plant photosynthesis. Water temperature and the volume of moving water can affect dissolved oxygen levels.Aquatic organisms need dissolved oxygen to respire It is necessary for the survival of fish, invertebrates, bacteria, and underwater plants. DO is also needed for the decomposition of organic matter.The DO content in all the locations are between 4.8-6.8 mg/l, Rampura pond was a stagnant water pond so the DO concentration was low i,e 4.8 mg/l.

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand is the amount of dissolved oxygen needed by aerobic biological organisms to break down organic material present in a given water sample at certain temperature over a specific time period.is the amount of oxygen required to reduce the organic carbon present, BOD in the samples were between 5.0- 8.4 which is higer than the limit mostly because of discharge of sewage in to the surface water.

Gen.ToR6 (v) whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by CPCB/MoEFCC

Discussions No stretch of river length has been identified as polluted stretch. 3.5.7 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS Introduction Soil analysis is done in the apprehension that if there is any threat to soil fertility, soil erosion or change in land use after commissioning of the plant like spillage of oil, hazardous materials, high surface runoff, escavation of top soil.

95 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Agriculture is the main occupation in the study area. Hence it is essential to determine the agriculture potential of the soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and the industrialization in the area.

Methodology For studying the soil profile of the region 6 soil sampling points were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area. Soil samples were collected during the winter season which was analyzed for physical and chemical properties. Soil samples were collected from three different depths, 5-10 cm, 10-20 cm and 20-30 cm below the surface. The samples were homogenized and the quantity was reduced by coning and quartering method. The samples were packed in polyethylene bags and sent to lab & analyzed.

West Bengal state represents a wide variety of geological, climatic, vegetational and physiographic features that have an impact on the soil formation and various types of soil. These soils have direct distinct morphological and physico-chemical properties that influence the plant growth and the cropping pattern in the region. Soil Types The prevailing soil types in the study area are mostly alluvial and lateritic in nature. The general characteristics of these soils are given below. Alluvial soil  High in fertility  Newly formed alluvial soils are called ‘ Khader’ and old soils are ‘Bhanger’  Found mostly in flood plain and deltas of river Damodar and its tributaries. Laterite soil  Very low in fertility  Formed in the monsoon climatic regions  Mixture of clay and red soils

Thus the sampling locations are decided based on one or more criteria listed below:  To determine the existing soil characteristics of the study area  To determine the impact on soil characteristics due to the activities of the existing industries located in the study area  To determine the impact on agricultural productivity of soil due to the proposed activity Mojor land mass in the centre vertical area is covred by Fine Vertic Ochraqualfs in the western position Fine Loamy coarse lomy soil is covered, in the extreme Eastern area Fine Typic Haploquipts soil is found. The details of the soil sampling locations are given in Table- 3.13.

Tor-6(viii) Soil Characteristics As Per CPCB Guidelines.

Soil samples were collected from agricultural fields, pasure lands within the buffer zone. As maximum land use is for agricultural use so Soil samples were mostly collected from crop fields.

Table- 3.13: Details of Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Location Distance(Kms) Direction Land Use Code (w.r.t project site)

96 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

S1 Project site -- -- S2 Nutandih 5.54 SW Crop Land S3 Silti 5.5 SW Crop Land S4 Keshariya 7.0 N Grass Land/Grazing field S5 Bargopal 4.6 SE Crop Land S6 Belti 6.8 SW Crop Land The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are summarized in Table 3.13 A.

97 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 3.13 A Soil Analysis Results

Sl.No Parameter Project site Nutandihi Silti Kesharuiya Bargopal Belti 1 Colour Yellowish Grey Yellowish Grey Yellowish Grey Yellowish Grey Yellowish Grey Yellowish Grey

2 Texture Silty Clayey Loam Silty Clayey Loam Silty Clayey Loam Silty Clayey Loam Silty Clayey Loam Silty Clayey Loam 3 Water holding capacity % 46.4 46.8 45.8 46.3 45.7 47.1 4 pH 7.21 7.23 7.41 7.28 7.96 7.12 Electrical 5 389 387 378 394 401 388 conductivityµmhos/Cm Co-efficient of 6 permeability m3/Sec. At 1.2x10-3 1.2x10-4 1.2x10-3 1x10-4 1.1x10-4 1.2x10-3 20OC 7 Bulk Density Gm/cc 1.16 1.13 1.21 1.2 1.2 1.3 8 Porosity % 23 22 24 22 21 25 9 Organic carbon % 1.13 1.14 1.12 1.19 1.13 1.17 10 Calcium % 2.5 3.6 3.7 0.87 1.02 0.98 11 Organic matter % 2.02 2 1.98 5.05 4.95 5.23

12 Phosphate (PO4) mg/Kg 0.019 0.018 0.016 0.014 0.007 0.015

13 Iron Fe mg/Kg 1258 1728 1087 12580 13258 11782 14 Manganese mg/Kg 1174 1392 1204 1274 1328 1167 15 Chromium mg/Kg 0.01 0.02 0.022 0.01 0.02 0.022 16 Potassium % 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.06 0.08 17 Total Nitrogen % 0.019 0.022 0.023 0.095 0.088 0.079 18 Texture I Sand %w/w 29 32 30 27 25 28 Ii Silt %w/w 38 39 41 44 45 48 iii Clay %w/w 23 29 29 29 30 24 Test Method A text Book Of Soil Analysis By T.C.Baruah & H.P.Barthakur

98 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

30

25

20 Porosity 15 Co-efficient of 10 permeability 5 Bulk Density

0

14000

12000

10000

8000 Iron 6000 in mg/kgin Manganese 4000 Chromium 2000

0

99 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Discussion

Porosity: is a measure of how much open space is there inbetween soil particles, this space can be between grains or within cracks or cavities of the rock. Porocity in the area varies from 21%-23% which is moderately porous.

Permeability: is how ease can water pass through the pores, here in the analysis report permability is very low as because clay percentage is more and alluvium deposit is more. Permwbility is low and is between 1x10-4 to 1.2x10-3 as the soil texture is clayey.

Nitrogen Potassium Phosphorus: Nitrogen in soil comes through physical (atmospheric nitrogen fixation), biological fixation and through biological process from bacteria & blue green algae. Nitrogen range is between 0.019% to 0.095%.

Phosphorous: Phosphorous is mainly derived from rocks and bones as natural source. Phosphorous percentage ranges between 0.007% to 0.019%.

Potassium:It is mainly derived from rocks, mineral surface and animal wastes.Potassium ranges between 0.04% to 0.08%.

These three element plays a vital role in plant growth, generally all these elemets are supplemented artificially to the crop fields, the area has level of phosphorus, monoculture of a crop has resulted in depletion of natural minerals in that area.

The soil fertility can be increased naturally by growing multiple crops and intercropping ang growing leguminous plants.

The soils of the study area are predominantly yellowish gray in colour and Silty loamy in Texture and also slightly alkaline/neutral in nature. The analysis results of the soil parameters are within limits. The bulk density of the study area ranges from 1.13 to 1.3gm/cc. The other nutrient contents like nitrogen, potassium and phosphate content of the soil is very low.

3.5.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT:

Tor-6(vii) Noise Levels Monitoring At 8 Locations Within The Study Area.

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is an unwanted sound, which is composed of many frequency components of various types of loudness level distributed over the audible frequency range. Sound Pressure Levels (SPL’s) are measured in decibels on the A-weighted scale, dB (A), where the A-weighting scheme accounts for the sensitivities of the human ear over the audio spectrum.

Reconnaissance Survey and Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. The noise at different noise generating sources based on the industrial activities, commercial activities, traffic, noise at sensitive areas like hospitals and schools have been identified. The noise monitoring has been conducted at all the identified location in the study area once in a season during the study period and Measured noise levels, displayed as a function of time, is useful for describing the acoustical climate of the community. Noise levels recorded at each station with a time interval of about 60 minutes are computed for equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise levels. The equivalent noise level is defined mathematically as

100 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Ln/10 Leq = 10 Log L / T∑ (10 ) Where, L = Sound pressure level at function of time dB (A) T = Time interval of observation

Noise levels during the night time generally drop, therefore to compute Equivalent noise levels for the night time, noise levels are increased by 10 dB (A) as the night time high noise levels are judged more annoying compared to the day time. Noise levels at a particular station are represented as Day Night equivalents (Ldn). Day Night equivalent is the single number index designed to rate environmental noise on daily / 24 hourly basis. Mathematically Ldn is given by

Ldn = 10 Log {1/24 (16 x 10(Ld/10) + 8 x 10(Ln/10)} Where Ld = A weighed equivalent for day time period (6am-10 pm) Ln = A weighed equivalent for night time period (10 pm to 6 am)

Assessment of Noise Levels

The main objective of noise level assessment is to identify all the sources acceptable and unacceptable to the study region. The acoustical environment varies dynamically in magnitude and character throughout most communities. The noise level variation can be temporal, spectral and spatial. The maximum impact of noise is felt on urban areas, which is mostly due to the commercial / industrial activities and vehicular movement during peak hours of the day.

The assessment of noise pollution in the study area has been carried out keeping the above said considerations. The existing status of noise levels within the study zone has been undertaken through reconnaissance, identification of existing noise sources, land use pattern for monitoring of baseline noise levels.

Sources of Noise

An inventory was conducted for evaluating the sources of noise generation in the study area. It was observed that the major sources of noise generation in the study area were from the Industries, Commercial activities and vehicular movements etc.

Typical considerations in environmental noise assessment can be divided into two separate categories, one related to noise sources and other related to potential receivers. Two quantities are needed to describe completely the strength of the source. 1- Sound Power Levels

2- Directivity

Sound Power levels measure the total sound power radiated by the source in all directions and directivity is a measure of the difference in radiation with direction. The concept of sound power level and directivity index makes it possible to calculate the sound pressure level (BSPL) created by source. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

101 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It is well known that a steady noise is not as annoying as one that is continuously varying in loudness.  The time of the day at which noise occurs, for example, loud noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.  The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, that determines the loudness and period of noise exposure.

The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The Environmental Impacts of noise from the plant activities is carried out by taking into consideration the various factors:  Potential damage to hearing  Annoyance  Potential physiological responses  General community responses

Noise Levels in the Study Area

Nine noise monitoring stations were identified for the assessment of the existing noise levels keeping in view the nature of the monitoring location i.e. residential areas in villages, schools, bus stations etc. The distance and the direction of the noise monitoring locations with reference to the Project site is given in the Table -3.14.

Eight locations were selected within one km radius around the plant boundary so that immedeate impact can be measured.

Station Location Direction Distance (kms) Description of Code Location (w.r.t project site) N1 Boundary wall of NE side - 0 Proximity to NH 16 N2 Boundary wall of NW side - 0 Proximity to Railway Track N3 Boundary wall of SE side - 0 Proximity to NH 16 N4 Boundary wall of SW side - 0 Proximity to Railway Track N5 Rampura Batitaki SW 0.58 Settlement N6 Dauka NW 0.86 Settlement N7 Shyamalpur W 0.32 Settlement N8 Tentulmuri E 0.94 Settlement

102 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table -3.14. Noise Monitoring Values

Station Location village L L L code day night daynight N1 Boundary wall of NE side 52.3 43.3 51.8 N2 Boundary wall of NW side 54.2 43.5 42.3 N3 Boundary wall of SE side 56.1 44.6 44.2 N4 Boundary wall of SW side 54.4 42.2 41.9 N5 Rampura Batitaki 59.2 41.7 47.1 N6 Dauka 57.3 44.1 45.2 N7 Shyamalpur 55.7 42.4 43.2 N8 Tentulmuri 53.6 44.1 43.2 For Industrial Area CPCB 75 70 Norms For Residential Area 55 45

Discussion

The noise reading taken were within the limits as there is no such noise generating source except vehicular movement. During fesivals the noise level increases.

3.6 TRAFFIC STUDIES:

Gen. ToR 6 (ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of material, additional tra ffic due to project, parking arrangement etc.

103 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Traffic study M/s Bengal Energy Ltd has sheds for parking of cars and two wheelers for employees and visitors near administrative building and various shops. Sheds have been ear marked for different users. These sheds are inside plant boundary having large vacant space in front of sheds for movement of vehicles.

Raw material & product transportation vehicles have different entry route and space has been earmarked for parking of heavy vehicles with arrangement of rest room for drivers. This is near main gate inside plant boundary near security post. The area has to be further developed to accommodate additional vehicles due to expansion of project. Traffic load for proposed expansion.

For study of additional transport load on existing road NH-16 was selected at 1km from Rampura toll plaza through which raw material and products for the project will pass.

Study was made for two days in November 2017, 28th Tuesday and 29th Wednesday and again another two days 22nd January Monday and 23rd January 2018. Traffic count was monitored continuously for 24 hours each day. Both way traffic movements were counted which consisted both heavy and light vehicles as well as two wheelers and three wheelers.

The average hourly readings have been tabulated below.

104 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Time in hours No. of Vehicles for 4 days averaged hourly

Multi Heavy Light Cars Three Total axils Motor Commerci /Two vehicle Vehicles al Vehicles Wheeler s 06.00-07.00 18 250 48 38 15 369 07.00-8.00 15 240 35 45 30 365 08.00-09.00 13 200 50 60 25 348 09.00-10.00 14 185 40 55 33 327 10.00-11.00 18 180 25 60 35 318 12.00-13.00 18 298 20 40 12 388 13.00-14.00 19 265 15 55 9 363 14.00-15.00 20 182 20 40 5 267 15.00-16.00 20 178 34 67 7 306 16.00-17.00 19 182 20 60 6 287 17.00-18.00 15 176 22 50 20 283 18.00-19.00 26 180 24 40 22 292 19.00-20.00 20 198 26 60 24 328 20.00-21.00 20 138 20 55 20 253 21.00-22.00 22 175 16 38 18 269 22.00-23.00 26 210 20 46 10 312 23.00-24.00 22 298 22 20 0 362 24.00-1.00 15 265 20 20 0 320 1.00-2.00 10 214 20 15 0 259 2.00-3.00 15 210 15 18 0 258 3.00-4.00 18 215 25 45 0 303 4.00-5.00 12 228 28 45 3 316 5.00-6.00 15 240 35 40 8 338 TOTAL 410 4907 600 1012 302 7231 Equivalent 1845 16,680 600 1012 227 20,364 PCU

Heavy motor vehicles constituted largest traffic volume i.e. 68% followed by light commercial vehicles and passenger cars 14%.

M/s BEL will require 16,80,000 TPA coking coal imported, 16,05,130 TPA non-coking coal, 19,12,173 TPA Iron ore lump, 8,00,000 TPA I/o fines, 80,417 TPA Dolomite and 1,20,870 TPA lime stone

The company has its railway siding inside project boundary and Raw material will be transported through rail and unloaded at Rly.siding. It is expected that sometimes lime stone and Dolomite will be transported on road using environmental compatible Euro/Bharat II/III vehicles. Hence maximum 2 lakh TPA raw material and 1.0 MTPA, billet will be transported through road, which translate to 3,333TPD i.e. 200 trucks/day and taking to and from into consideration 400 additional heavy motor vehicle (1360 PCU)will be on road due to project.

105 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Taking 1,355 employees and their family into consideration, school going buses, it is expected that another 2000 PCU will be on road. Although it will be on other connecting roads, we consider 1000 PCU on NH-16., totaling 2360 say additional 2,500 PCU load on NH-16. Total PCU load 22,864 and level of service B, being 40,000 PCU, the total load on NH-16 will be only 50% of its rated capacity.

Design Service Volume for Four-Lane Highways in PCUs per day Terrain Design Service Volume for Four-Lane Highways in PCUs per day Level of Service 'B' Level of Service 'C' Plain and rolling 40,000 60,000 Mountainous and steep 20,000 30,000

Source: Manual of specification & standard, Planning commission, GOI

3.7 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT OF THE 10KM. RADIUS OF THE STUDY AREA:

Gen. ToR 6(x) Detailed description of Flora & Fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If schedule- I fauna is found within the study area, a wild life conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished.

3.7.1 Ecological Overview

Ecology comprises of abiotic factors as air, water, land and forces of nature like light, gravity and molecular energy, biotic components including human beings, animals, plants and microorganisms. The relationship among the biotic & abiotic factor is known as Ecology.

Nature has supported and maintained life on earth since time immemorial and will continue to do so in the future. But, once the alteration of nature’s initial stage occurs, its ability to revert back is lost. Over the years ecological and along with it the loss of biological diversity has become a national and a global concern. Ecological studies with theconcern for developmentwithout dreading socio-economic and environmental conditions and the realization that there is a limit to nature’s sustainability.One of the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment in the view to conserve environmental quality, biodiversity and sustainability.

The phyto-diversity and dynamics of vegetation of the area includes the composite growth and development of green belt in a habitat with particular circumscription and selected composition. It may vary from site to site even from place to place due to fluctuation of ecological factors as the episode of the population in every moment at every corner, like monsoon filled by herbs, shrubs, trees and parasites of varied kinds but during winter most of the elements become vanish due to unfavorable conditions. During summer a few of them are present due to the acclimatization in the said habitat. The dominancy is found in case of trees rather than shrubs and followed by herbs. Forest Cover:

106 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

As per classification, the forest under Medinipur Forest Division Sal is the dominant species, Sal coppice Forests, Open scrub forest with sporadic sal, open forest with sporadic sal and thorny forest, plantations. The chief associate of Sal (Shorea robusta) care Pterocarpus marsupium, Madhuca latifolia, Diospyros melanoxylon , Lagerstroemia pervifolialora, Terminalia tomentosa, Anogeissus latifolia, Bombax ceiba. Adina cordifolia, Buchanania latifola, Garuga pinnata

3.7.2 Objective: The main objectives of ecological environmental study are: 1. To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the study area; 2. To assess the distribution of animal life in the study area; 3. To assess the present status of geomorphology: 4. To assess the present status of water and soil quality; 5. To assess the present status meteorology: 6. To assess the biodiversity and to understand the resource potential of that area; and 7. To understand the nature of pollution and to assess the impact of pollution on the ecosystem.

For this study a team of Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd. visited the site for identifying & collection of data. The different methods adopted for the study were as follows:- A. Primary data was generated through:

1. Preparing a general check list of all plants encountered in the study area and lists all the plants by visual observations. 2. Phytological studies by using list count quadrant method and the quadrate of 100 m2 size was employed for this study. 3. Bird populations were studied by taking random reading at every location, by naked eye, binoculars and photographs. The droppings, calls, nests also studied for their identification. 4. Observing mammals, amphibians, and reptiles moulted skins, dropping, burrows, pugmarks, calls and other signs. 5. Noting the status and quality of plant growth, and any symptoms like defoliation, deformities, chlorosis, necrosis, warping, reduced vigour and infection by parasites and insects by visual observation. 6. Aquatic body study of phytoplankton, zooplankton by plankton nets. Fish of the aquatic bodies were studied by locating local fishermen while netting and local fish markets. 7. Local inhabitants were interviewed about the plant and animal of the local areas. Criteria for Site Selection

While selecting the areas for detailed studies on terrestrial and aquatic ecology following considerations were made-  Location of the plant and the predominant wind directions  Different landscapes and land use patterns viz.

107 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 Natural vegetation  Agri-ecosystems and surrounding areas  Water bodies- lakes and canals, ponds etc  Topography and the geology of the area  Guidelines from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India Based on the above parameters sampling sites were selected and sampling was carried at different locations. Selection of Methodology for the study:

To achieve the above objectives a detailed study of the area was undertaken in 10 km radius area from proposed project site as centre. The flora was categorized using life- form categories as per Raunkiaer system of Classification, as given below;

Phanerophyte : Trees & Shrubs Chamaephyte : Herbs (Perennial, bud resting above the ground) Hemicryptophyte : Grass Cryptophyte : Herbs Geophyte : Herbs, roots & shoot are storage organs Helophyte : Grows in wet soil Hydrophyte : Aquatic Flora 5) Theophyte : Cereals & Pulses 6) Epiphyte : Grows on another plants 7) Aerophyte : Epiphytes with no functional roots

The vegetation was classified as per Champion & Seth 5B-C Dry Sal" 1. Literature Review, Research & Published Paper 3. Websites of www.bsienvis.nic.in, www.wiienvis.nic.in

3.7.3 Floral Characteristics The plants were surveyed, identified and taxonomical characters evaluated. The importance value indexes for identifying the characters were determined. The study included Quadrate method. Authenticated list is annexed in Table No. Sampling was done on random basis. Flora like Natural Trees, Introduced Avenue and Garden trees, Climbers, grasses and bamboos etc. and fauna like insects, butterflies, mollusks, amphibian, reptiles, birds and mammals etc. Plankton Analysis

The physical and chemical characteristics of water affect the abundance, species composition, stability and productivity of the indigenous populations of aquatic organisms. The biological methods used for assessing water quality include collection, counting and identification of aquatic organisms; and processing and interpretation of biological data. The work involving plankton analysis would help in:

 Explaining the cause of colour and turbidity and the presence of objectionable odour, tastes and visible particles in waters.  The interpretation of chemical analyses.

108 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 Identifying the nature, extent and biological effects of pollution.  Providing data on the status of an aquatic system on a regular basis.

Plankton: A microscopic community of plants (phytoplankton) and animals (zooplankton), found usually free floating, swimming with little or no resistance to water currents, suspended in water they occur as unicellular, colonial or filamentous forms and is mostly photosynthetic and is grazed upon by the zooplankton and other organisms occurring in the same environment. Zooplankton principally comprise of microscopic protozoans, rotifers, cladocerans and copepods. The species assemblage of zooplankton also may be useful in assessing water quality.

Plankton, particularly phytoplankton, has long been used as indicators of water quality. Because of their short life spans, planktons respond quickly to environmental changes. They flourish both in highly eutrophic waters while a few others are very sensitive to organic and/or chemical wastes.

Plankton net: The plankton net is a field-equipment used to trap plankton. It has a polyethylene filter of a defined mesh size and a graduated measuring jar attached to the other end. A handle holds the net. The mesh size of the net determines the size range of the plankton trapped

Sampling Procedure: Plankton net number 25 of mesh size 60 µm was used for collecting samples. 100 litres of water was measured in a graduated bucket and filtered through the net and concentrated in a 100 ml bottle. Samples were collected as close to the water surface as possible in the morning hours and preserved for further analysis.

The following parameters were primarily considered in the study and computed in the following way: 5) Frequency: the degree of dispersion of individual species in an area is called frequency. It is express as percentage occurrence. iii) Abundance: This is the study of number of individual of different species in community per unit area. iv) Relative Abundance: it is the determination of the percentage of individual of one general in composition to the total of all individual as a given area. v) Density: I t is the numerical strength of a species. (II) Species Diversity Index: species diversity is biological community based on presence of a wide variety of species. It is expressed by Shannon-Weaver Index (1948) in the following way: Number of quadrates in which a species occurs Frequency (f) = ------x100 Total number of quadrates sampled

Total No. of individuals of a species in all quadrate Abundance (A) = ------Total number of quadrates in which the species occurs Total No. of individuals species in the sample

109 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Relative Abundance (A) = ------Number of quadrat in which a species occurs

Total No. of individuals of a species in all quadrates Density (D) = ------` Total No. of quadrat sampled Species Diversity Index: species diversity is biological community based on presence of a wide variety of species. It is expressed by Shannon-Weaver Index (1948) in the following way: s H = Σ-(Pi×lnPi) I = 1 H = Species diversity index S = the number of species in a sample Pi = (ni / N) N = the total number of individuals of all the species in a sample ni = the number of individuals of a species. Simpson’s Diversity Index: (D) is a composite index, which depends both on the number of individual species & the total number of all species, and hence, it is logically in consonance with the definition of bio-diversity, the bigger the value of D, the lower the diversity

Number of individual Species i

Total Numer of all species N, 2 (D)=1-[∑ (n i/N) ]

110 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 3.16 Quantitative Assessment of Natural Plant species & Calculation of Biodiversity Index of Natural Plant Species in the study area

-

QUADRAT NUMBER

SL NAME OF TREES

n Diversity

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TOTAL % FREQUENCY DENSITY ABUNDANCE Pi = ni/N (Pi) LnPi Shanno Index (PiXLnPi) H= 1 Acacia auriculaeformis 2 5 1 3 2 2 1 16 70 1.6 2.3 0.05 0.00 -3.03 0.15 2 Acacia chundra 1 1 3 1 2 8 50 0.8 1.6 0.02 0.00 -3.72 0.09 3 Albizia lebbeck 1 1 2 2 2 8 50 0.8 1.6 0.02 0.00 -3.72 0.09 4 Alianthus grandis 4 1 1 6 30 0.6 2.0 0.02 0.00 -4.01 0.07 5 Alstonia scholaris 2 1 1 4 30 0.4 1.3 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 6 Anacardium occidentale 5 5 10 0.5 5.0 0.02 0.00 -4.19 0.06 7 Anogeissus latifolia 1 1 2 4 30 0.4 1.3 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 8 Aphanamixis polystachya 1 1 2 4 40 0.4 1.0 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 9 Arthocarpus chaplasha 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 10 Artocarpus integrifolia 2 2 10 0.2 2.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 11 Azadirachta indica 2 2 1 4 4 3 16 60 1.6 2.7 0.05 0.00 -3.03 0.15 12 Bombax ceiba 2 2 1 5 30 0.5 1.7 0.02 0.00 -4.19 0.06 13 Bridelia retusa 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 14 Buchanania lanzan 1 3 4 20 0.4 2.0 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 15 Butea monosperma 5 3 11 1 2 6 5 3 36 80 3.6 4.5 0.11 0.01 -2.22 0.24 16 Callicarpa arborea 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 17 Careya arborea 1 2 3 20 0.3 1.5 0.01 0.00 -4.70 0.04 18 Cassia fistula 2 2 4 20 0.4 2.0 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 19 Cassia siamia 3 1 4 20 0.4 2.0 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 20 Chukrasia tabularis 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 21 Dalbergia sissoo 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 22 Dillenia indica 2 1 3 20 0.3 1.5 0.01 0.00 -4.70 0.04 23 Duabanga sonneratioides 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03

111 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

24 Elaeocarpus floribundus 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 25 Elaeocarpus lanceaefolius 2 2 1 5 30 0.5 1.7 0.02 0.00 -4.19 0.06 26 Emblica officinalis 1 2 1 1 1 1 7 60 0.7 1.2 0.02 0.00 -3.85 0.08 27 Eucalyptus hybrid 3 3 10 0.3 3.0 0.01 0.00 -4.70 0.04 28 Garuga pinnata 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 29 Gmelina arborea 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 30 Hadina cordifolia 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 31 Heliotropium indicum 1 1 2 4 20 0.4 2.0 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 32 Lagerstroemia 112ulphur 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 33 Lagerstroemia parviflora 1 1 2 3 7 40 0.7 1.8 0.02 0.00 -3.85 0.08 34 Lannea coromandelica 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 35 Lgterstroemia parviflora 2 3 6 11 30 1.1 3.7 0.03 0.00 -3.40 0.11 36 Macaranga sp. 2 2 1 1 6 40 0.6 1.5 0.02 0.00 -4.01 0.07 37 Madhuca Indica 2 1 3 1 2 2 3 1 15 80 1.5 1.9 0.05 0.00 -3.09 0.14 38 Mallotus philippensis 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 39 Pongamia pinnata 1 1 1 1 4 40 0.4 1.0 0.01 0.00 -4.41 0.05 40 Premna sp. 3 3 10 0.3 3.0 0.01 0.00 -4.70 0.04 41 Pterocarpus marsupium 2 2 10 0.2 2.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 42 Pterygota alata 1 1 1 2 5 40 0.5 1.3 0.02 0.00 -4.19 0.06 43 Sapium sebiferum 1 1 10 0.1 1.0 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 44 Schima wallichii 2 2 1 5 30 0.5 1.7 0.02 0.00 -4.19 0.06 45 Semicarpus anacardium 1 1 1 2 5 2 12 60 1.2 2.0 0.04 0.00 -3.31 0.12 46 Shorea robusta 3 1 2 2 1 1 2 12 70 1.2 1.7 0.04 0.00 -3.31 0.12 47 Sterculia villosa 1 2 3 20 0.3 1.5 0.01 0.00 -4.70 0.04 48 Syzygium cumini 5 2 4 11 30 1.1 3.7 0.03 0.00 -3.40 0.11 49 Syzygium jambolum 1 1 2 6 4 14 50 1.4 2.8 0.04 0.00 -3.16 0.13 50 Tectona grandis 2 3 1 6 30 0.6 2.0 0.02 0.00 -4.01 0.07 51 Terminalia alata 1 1 2 20 0.2 1.0 0.01 0.00 -5.11 0.03 52 Terminalia bellirica 1 2 1 2 2 8 50 0.8 1.6 0.02 0.00 -3.72 0.09 53 Terminalia chebula 1 1 1 1 1 5 50 0.5 1.0 0.02 0.00 -4.19 0.06 54 Terminalia elliptica 1 2 3 1 7 40 0.7 1.8 0.02 0.00 -3.85 0.08 55 Terminilia arjuna 2 2 3 4 5 1 17 60 1.7 2.8 0.05 0.00 -2.97 0.15 56 Tetrameles nudiflora 1 2 3 20 0.3 1.5 0.01 0.00 -4.70 0.04 57 Toona 112ulphur 1 1 20 0.1 0.5 0.00 0.00 -5.80 0.02 ∑ 31 37 51 31 33 26 37 28 31 25 330 1750 33 99.4 1 0.04 -252.45 3.67

112 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Shanon’s Diversity Index H=3.67. Shanon’s Diversity Index was calculated taking 57 species of trees in the study area with 10 quadrats Simpson Diversity index D= 0.032624 Simpson Index is moderately nearer to one so the diversty of species in not very rich.

Discussion

78 types of terrestrial angiosperms species were encountered in the study area, 57 species were encountered in quadrat counts. The other species were among herbs 25, grass 12, climbers 21, cultivated plants including fruit bearing ,ornamental, avenue plantation 32. In faunal species wild types were 13, reptiles and snakes 10 and avi fauna 47 species were noted.

From the Shanon’s index it is found that the area is moderately rich in species diversity, as the land mass is in a plain deltaic area, so most of the land is used for paddy cultivation.

Creation of green belt and promotion of avenue plantation with fruit bearing trees may attract more birds to increase the aesthetic.

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

ToR 6(xi) Socio-Economic status of the study area

The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and around the agriculture dominant areas, villages and towns are bound to create its impact on the socio- economic aspects of the local population. The impacts may be positive or negative depending upon the developmental activity. To assess the impacts on the socio- economics of the local people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of the socially relevant attributes.

The data collection on the impact of industrialization on the socio-economic aspects in the study area has been done through analysis of various secondary data and also supplemented by the primary data generated through the process of limited door to door socio- economic survey. The demographic and socio-economic profiles are collected from the Primary Census Abstract for the district of Paschim Burdwan, West Bengal.

Methodology The methodology adopted in the assessment of socio-economic condition is as given below: To evaluate the parameters defining the socio-economic conditions of the people.Analysis of the identified social attributes like population distribution, sex ratio, literacy rate, occupational structure, availability of public utilities etc through literature like the census of India, District Census Statistical Handbooks and from records of National Informatics Centre etc. 3.8.1 OBJECTIVE: The main objectives are as follows:

113 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

 To assess the impact of the project on agricultural situation;  To examine the impact of the project on pattern of demand;  To assess the in impact of the project on consumption pattern;  To examine employment and income effects of the project;  To explore the possibility of local industrialization as an offshoot of the project;  To examine the effect of the project on education status of the people in the study area To judge peoples’ perception regarding the project

3.8.2 DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN The socioeconomic features around the 10 km radius of the plant site have been collected through primary and secondary data collection. The study area covers 129 villages and 95622 inhabitants. Out of the total population SC population is 20.1%, ST 31.0% and other 48.9% The demographic and socioeconomic profiles are collected from the Primary Census Abstract for the study area of district Paschim Burdwan, West Bengal.

3.8.3 SEX RATIO

The sex ratio (nos. of male per thousand females) is 976 in the study area (based on the Census 2011. From above representation of number of male and female of different classes in the society in the study area, indicates that a in about 30% of the villages the population distribution is very healthy with the ST and SC women numbers standing at par with the male population. This distribution will give a normalized population distribution when plotted for individual villages and hence a healthy sign of development.

3.8.4 LITERACY: The Literacy rate of study area is 65% of the total population. The above data plot showing the ratio of men to female literate and illeterates in the study area shows that though the villages lack the facilities for education yet the picture of female literate (57 %) and male literate( 72 %) gives a encouraging picture of the development of the area. Yet the literacy level is still gloomy with 35 % of the total population being illiterate.

3.8.5 OCCUPATIONAL PATTERN

The workers in the study area comprised of 52.8 % main workers, 47.1% marginal workers and 0.1% non-workers. The main workers mainly comprise of cultivators and agricultural labourers.

3.8.6 GAP ANALYSIS  Major source of drinking water in the villages are tube wells, dug wells and hand pumps. In summer, there is problem of drinking water and the source of water is handpump.  Sanitation and medical facility: It has been found that toilet facility is almost absent in the villages and open defaecation is prevailing. The buffer zone of the project area is ubnder the grip of malaria.For minor health problems the village depends on Anganwadi. In some

114 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

vill`ages dispensary, maternity home and health camp is available which are not sufficient. Discussion A separate independent SIA study has been conducted to give a strong focus on the socio-economy of the area along with the implementation of CER and CSR in future if attracts CSR norms. Detailed SIA study is given in Annexure VI

3.9 CONCLUSION:

The chapter has given the vivid picture of present environmental conditions of the study area during study period. Components, like topography, land use pattern,ambient air quality, water environment,soil characteristics,noise level, flora & fauna,traffic studies, socio-economic environment has been described. The ambient environmental conditions monitored has been described in this chapter All positive and negative impacts are predicted during the construction as well as operation phase of the project which will result in deterioration of the environment if proper mitigation measures are not carried out. The details of the impacts and the measures to reduce the same are addressed in the next chapter.

115 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & MITIGATION MEASURE

4.1 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROJECT LOCATION, POSSIBLE ACCIDENTS, DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION, DECOMMISSIONING OR REHABILITATION OF A COMPLETED PROJECT

Impact prediction is a way of mapping the environmental consequences of the project development. Environmental impact can never be predicted with absolute certainty and this is all the more reason to consider all possible factors and take all possible precautions for reducing the degree of uncertainty. 4.1.1 Objectives of Impact Prediction The objective of Impact Prediction for the proposed modification cum expansion project under consideration is to identify the potential impacts on the specific site prevailing environmental setting and degree of impacts. This will enable to draw up an appropriate Environment Management Plan (EMP) to ensure that the proposed project activity does not impair the present environmental setting. The findings of EIA are drafted in the form of Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). The following impacts of the project in general are assessed:

Climatic condition  Changes in present climatic condition such as temperature, atmospheric pressure,  Humidity & rainfall due to the pollutants emitted from the proposed project  Leads to Green house effect & Global Warming Air  Changes in ambient levels and ground level concentrations due to total emissions from point, line and area sources  Effects on soils, materials, vegetation, and human health Noise  Changes in ambient levels due to noise generated from equipment and movement of vehicle  Effect on fauna and human health

Water  Availability to competing users  Changes in quality  Sediment transport

Land  Changes in land use and drainage pattern  Changes in land quality including effects of waste disposal

Biological  Deforestation/tree-cutting and shrinkage of animal habitat Impact on fauna and flora (including aquatic species if any) due to contaminants/pollutants  Impact on breeding and nesting grounds

116 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Socio-Economic  Impact on the local community including demographic changes  Impact on economic status  Impact on human health  Impact of increased traffic

The objective of having an EIA for the proposed plant under consideration is to identify the potential impacts on the site specific prevailing environmental setting and degree of impacts. This will enable to draw up an appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to consider other alternatives so as to ensure that the proposed activity does not impair the present environmental setting beyond the assimilative capacity of the region and ambient and other environmental standards are not exceeded at any point of time. This is because ambient standards are maintained to protect human health with an adequate margin of safety. 4.1.2 Impact Prediction & Assessment The description of the proposed project and the existing baseline status in the core as well as in the buffer zone has been dealt in detail in the earlier chapters. These information forms the basis of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is discussed in this chapter with prediction and evaluation of these objective of having an EIA for the proposed project under consideration is to identify the potential impacts on the site specific prevailing environmental setting and degree of impacts. This will enable to draw up an appropriate Environment Management Plan (EMP) to consider other alternatives so as to ensure that the proposed project activity does not impair the present environmental setting.

4.1.3 Pollution Potential The plant processes like Raw material handling and product handling plant, Coke oven, DRI kilns, MBF, EAF, IF, Sinter plant & power plant, etc. are sources of air pollution. The sources and type of pollution in the process operation are presented in the Table 4.2. It may be observed that heat, dusts, SO2, CO, CO2 and NOXgeneration from process& emitted to the air environment are the prime pollution parameters from the proposed project. However, with proper planning and innovative management technique and the use of suitable pollution control devices, it is possible to run the manufacturing processes without much endangering the air environment.

4.2 METHODS USED FOR THE STUDY OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

After screening and scoping the identification of potentially significant environmental impacts constitute one of the preliminary steps of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). There are three principal methods for identifying environmental effects and impacts; these are checklists, matrices and flow diagram.

Checklists Checklists are comprehensive lists of environmental effects and impact indicators designed to stimulate the analysts to think broadly about possible consequence of contemplated action.

Matrices

117 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Matrices typically employ a list of human action in addition to a list of impact indicators. The two are related in a matrix, which can be used to identify cause and affect relationships. Flow Diagrams (Network method) Flow diagrams are sometimes used to identify action-effect-impact relationship. The flow diagram permits the analysts to visualize the connection between action and impact. This method is best suited to single project assessment and is not recommended for large regional actions.

The proposed modification cum Expansion steel plant is a brown field project and the actions have been planned before implementation of the project to minimize any adverse impact small or large on environment and population. The environmental attributes that may be affected due to the construction and operation of the proposed project are:

 Air Environment  Noise Environment  Surface-water Environment  Groundwater Environment  Land environment  Biological Environment  Socio-Economic and Cultural Environment  Infrastructure  Aesthetics

The construction, operation and future activities are considered to identify the possible impact. The matrix method has been chosen to list the potential impacts of the proposed project. The activities have been arranged in columns and the environmental attributes in the row of the matrix. The impact identification matrix is shown in the Table 4.1.

Introduction to Matrix Method

The identification and prediction of impacts on various environmental parameters is followed up by quantification of impacts. There are several methods available to quantify the environmental impacts. The Leopold matrix method is one of the most widely adopted and has been used for quantification of impacts for this study. The methodology involves, first, the identification of activities, which occur during the two phases of the project and second their likely impacts on the environmental parameters.

Matrix Method In this method, the effect of various activities on the environment is ranked on a scale of 1 to 10 based on the order of increasing importance to arrive at the Parameter Importance Value (PIV).

The score of each parameter has been converted to a probability value and then recalculated by multiplying each value by a factor of 1,000 so that the sum of all the recalculated values becomes 1000. The values thus confirm to the units of the standard scale, generally used for evaluating the degree of impact on a set of project activities on total environment.

118 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

The matrix used for EIA consists of project activities on the X-axis and the environmental components likely to be effected by such activities on the Y-axis. The degree of impact upon the environmental components due to each anticipated project activity is graded as per the index scale given below:

SL. NO. DEGREE OF IMPACT IMPACT VALUE 1 Minimal 1-2 2 Moderate 3-4 3 Appreciable 5-6 4 Significant 7-8 5 Extreme 9-10

A (+) or (-) sign has been assigned to each value depending on its beneficial or detrimental effect. The environment impact has been framed with the four major project activities as column in X-axis and 14 environmental components as rows in Y-axis. The PIV values for each row as determined in Table.4.9, is placed at the first column. An appropriate impact value based on judicious subjective assessment is assigned to each of the project activity. The impact score for each environmental component (SC1) have been calculated as under: n SCI = (PIV)iIij J=i Where is the impact value (on a scale of 1.0 to 10.0 positive or negative) due to the effect of a project activity (j) on the environmental component (i). The n= total number of project activities. The Total Impact Score (TIS) is arrived at as follows: n TIS = (PIV)ISci I=1 Where n= Total number of environmental components.

The Total Impact Score (TIS) is determined as per the procedure outlined above. The score has been evaluated against the following Assessment Value Index Scale:

Up to (-) 2000 No appreciable impact on environment. Adverse impact minimal. (-) 2000 to (-) 4000 Appreciable impact on environment but not injurious in general. Adequate mitigating measures are important. (-) 4000 to (-) 6000 Significant impact upon the environment. Major environmental control measures to be taken. (-) 6000 to (-) 8000 Major injuries impact on environment. Site selection to be considered (-) 8000 and above Alternative site to be considered. Up to (+)2000 Minimally beneficial. Up to (+)4000 Moderately beneficial. Up to (+)6000 Appreciably beneficial. Up to (+)8000 Significantly beneficial. (+)8000 and above Extremely beneficial.

119 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP report of M/s Bengal Energy Limited, At-Dauka, P.O.Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, WB

Table 4.1: Parameter Impact Value of Environment Components

Parameters Environment Importance Weight age Importance Value Components Rank (W) (PIV)= W X 1000 Soil 1 1/38 26 Resource 3 3/38 79 Water 1 1/38 26 Air 2 2/38 53 Terrestrial flora 2 2/38 53 Aquatic Biota 0 0 0 Terrestrial fauna 0 0 0 Economic 9 9/38 237 Education 5 5/38 132 Public Order 3 3/38 79 Infrastructure & services 1 1/38 26 Security & Safety 4 4/38 105

Health 2 2/38 53

Cultural 5 5/38 132 Total 38 1000

120 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Table 4.2 Impact Identification Matrix for M/s Bengal Energy Ltd

Project

activity

&Demand

ion of Materialof ion

Environment

eparation/ eparation/ Change in Component

PIV Burning of Wastes, Refuge & Cleared Vegetation Site Pr Topography Civil Works such Moving as Earth Structures & Structures temporary Building Operation Equipment Heavy of Disposal Including Wastes of Sewage Generationof Construction Influx Workers of Deforestation Construction Transportat Equipment Erectionof MaterialHandling & Raw use Emission from Metallurgical Processes Effluent from Process Metallurgical Solid MetallurgicalProcess Water Waste MetallurgicalProcess Extraction Employmentgeneration from for Use Energy Total Score TIS -1 -2 -2 -1 -1 Soil 26 -7 -182 Resource -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 79 -14 -1106 -3 -1 -3 -1 Water 26 -8 -208 -1 -2 -1 -3 -1 Air 53 -8 -424 -2 -2 -1 Terrestrial flora 53 -5 -263 Aquatic Biota 0 0 0 Terrestrial fauna 0 0 0 +1 +1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +2 +1 -2 -1 -1 +2 +4 Economic 237 +10 2370 +2 +2 +2 +2 Education 132 +8 1056 Public Order -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 79 -10 -790 Infrastructure & -1 -1 services 26 -2 -52

121 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

-1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -2 Security & Safety 105 -11 -1155 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 Health 53 -5 -265 +1 +2 +2 +1 Cultural 132 +6 792

Total -227

From the matrix table Total impact score (TIS) is found to be “-227” which means as there will be no appreciable impact or minimal adverse impact on the environment. However, with adequate mitigating measures the degree of beneficial impact will be higher.

_ Negative or adverse Impact + Positive or beneficial Impact

122 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION & MEASURES FOR MINIMISING AND/OR OFFSETTING ADVERSE IMPACT IDENTIFIED.

The description of the proposed expansion of the existing Coke oven plant of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal and the baseline status in the core as well as in the buffer zone has been dealt in details in the earlier chapters. These information forms the basis of impact prediction and assessment component of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the proposed project and the same is discussed in this chapter and the evaluation of these impact is described in subsequent chapter.

4.3.1 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE: Construction activity will constitute excavation, civil construction and mechanical erection. Transportation of various construction materials and stockpiling them will also be a major activity. These activities will be of transient nature and its impact on environment will be of significance during construction phase only. Several temporary measures will be taken during construction period to minimize the impact.

Site Development:

Site development is one of the prime activities for any project. This activity mainly involves clearing of the land from all hindrances to bring the site to a condition of starting construction work. As the expansion project will be carried out in the existing land of the plant and the site is mostly developed for Industrial purpose, there will be no significant impact due to site development.

Civil & Structural Work:

This work can be divided into two groups, foundation work and structural work. Certain foundation work may involve pile-driving rigs etc. these activities may generate noise pollution. Besides, foundation work will involve excavation and concreting work. Dust pollution, especially during dry season, will be the major problem unless appropriate measures are adopted to contain/ minimize the dust nuisance. The structural work will involve steel, masonry work etc. and will involve use of equipments like hoists, cranes, mixers, welding machines etc. there may be dust & noise pollution from this work. During construction stage water will be required for dust suppression, civil construction and domestic purposes. So the dust emission and noise will pose some impact on Environment. However, the dust emission will be controlled by water sprinkling. Noise will be controlled by adoption of adequate preventive measures like acoustic covering and use of PPE; By taking adequate precautions the impact due to fugitive emission and noise will be reduced to negligible level.

Mechanical & Electrical Erection:

The mechanical erection work involves extensive use of mechanical equipment for storage, retrieval and erection, site fabrication etc. leading to considerable noise pollution and air pollution to some extent. Pollution from Electrical work, however, is negligible.

Source of construction materials:

123 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

For any project construction, the requirement of cement, stone chips and sand is inevitable. These Construction materials are available locally and as the volume of civil construction is less, the impact due to this activity will be less.

Air Environment:

Civil work and erection of structures are undertaken during construction phase. These construction activities along with transportation of construction material generate fugitive dust. Welding of different structures also produce gases. But these dusts are inorganic in nature and are generated at ground level. Due to the heavy nature of these dusts, these are not expected to be carried over to long distance to cause inconvenience to surrounding people. The impact on ambient air quality due to fugitive dust generated during construction period is not permanent in nature, and will cease with the completion of construction activity. The bulk of civil work is expected to be completed within 12 months. With the completion of construction phases, the impact on air quality due to fugitive dust will be minimized. However water sprinkling on roads can bring fugitive emission under control

Water Environment:

The water requirement during construction activity will be met by existing water supplies. Debris and other solid wastes are expected to be generated during construction period and during monsoon with the surface runoff, the debris will be washed away contributing suspended solids in nearby stream. This will be minimized through provision of temporary garland drains around the dumping site of debris. Again, this is temporary in nature and will cease with the completion of the construction work. The impact on water environment during construction phase is also temporary in nature.

Noise Environment:

The general noise levels due to construction activities such as welding, fabrications and erection of MBF, DRI Kilns, EAF, IF, rolling mill, & Power plant may sometimes go up to 80-90 dB (A) at the work sites during day time for very shot interval. The workers in general are likely to be exposed to an equivalent noise level of 65 – 75 dB (A) in 8-hour shift for which statutory precautionary measure as per the law will be taken. No noisy work will be performed during night time.

Land Environment:

The proposed project site is acquired and converted to industrial premises, so there will not be any vegetation loss or tree cutting and will also have small impact on the land use pattern.

Soil Environment & Solid Waste:

During construction phase, solid waste such as excavated soil, debris, metal cutting, cotton waste, oil and grease from machineries/vehicles used in construction etc. will be generated. These wastes may contaminate soil at plant site temporarily and would be restricted to a small area.

124 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Certain hazardous wastes such as; used oil filter & used oil etc. will be generated during constructional activities. These are hazardous in nature but their quantity will be very less. This will be seggrated and stored in shed. The generation of solid waste during construction phase will be temporary in nature and will be confined to the construction site only. Hence the impact due to this will be insignificant, reversible and short term in nature.

Socio-economic environment:

The construction activity will help in infusing a large amount of funds in that area and thus will generate a lot of employment, both direct and indirect. The socio-economic conditions will improve during construction phase of the project. This might also result in a steep rise in agricultural wages in the surrounding villages, especially at the time of harvesting for short duration. Hence, short-term positive impacts on socio-economic conditions of the area are anticipated during the construction phase.

ToR 10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labor force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

The overall purposes of sanitation are to provide a healthy living environment for everyone, to protect the natural resources (such as surface water, groundwater, soil), and to provide safety, security and dignity for people when they defecate or urinate. Existing plant has all sanitary infrastructures for its employees, casual workers, truck drivers transporting raw material and product to and out of the existing running project. There is a subsidized canteen with hygienic environment to cater tea, snacks and meals to all concerned including visitors. Sanitary MSW disposal system, soak pit and STP exist for the existing system. Bath rooms, latrines separate for gents and ladies with regular cleaning and sanitation exists for workers and temporary workers. There are rest rooms with attached bath and latrine for people working in night shift or continuing two shifts. There is a first aid center with pharmacists for free checkup, free medicine and first-aid provision for its employees with ambulance facility during emergency All these existing infrastructure facilities will be extended to additional work force of expansion project. There will be no need of burning fossil fuel by contractor workers for cooking purpose as canteen coupons will be issued to them through registered contractors. If situation so demands gas cylinders will be provided to them on chargeable basis.

4.3.2 MITIGATING MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Mitigating Measures for Site Development: Site Development for expansion of M/s. BEL. has no significant impact as the proposed plant has been planned inside the existing plant premises.

125 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Mitigating Measures for Civil & Structural Work: During construction stage water will be sprinkled. Noise will be controlled by adoption of adequate preventive measures. By taking adequate precaution the impact due to fugitive emission and noise will be reduced to negligible level.

Mitigating Measures for Air Quality: The impact on ambient air quality due to fugitive dust generated during construction period is not permanent in nature, and will cease with the completion of construction activity. However, use of tarpaulin for covering the material being transported in trucks, sprinkling of water will control the dust emission and proper maintenance of vehicle and use of Euro/Bharat- III/IV vehicles will reduce emission. With the completion of construction phase, the impact on air quality due to fugitive dust will be minimized and this impact is reversible in nature.

Mitigating Measures for Water Environment: During monsoon with the surface runoff, the debris will be washed away to contribute a lot of suspended solids in nearby pond. This will be minimized through provision of temporary garland drains around the dumping site of debris. Water consumption and discharge of wastewater is not likely to have any significant impact on the water environment during construction phase. Again, this is temporary in nature and will be ceased with the completion of the construction process. Moreover, storm water run-offs will occur only during the monsoon which last for about three months in the study area. Domestic effluent generated from labour camp will be treated in septic tank and will be discharged to soak pit.

Mitigating Measures for Noise Pollution: The workers in general are likely to be exposed to an equivalent noise level of 80-90 dB (A) in 8-hour shift for which all statutory precautions as per the law will be implemented. Uses of proper personal protective equipments like earplugs, earmuffs etc shall further mitigate any adverse impact of noise on the construction workers. By using standard practice of operation, these impacts can be minimized and made insignificant. Impacts on the noise levels will be temporary for short duration and reversible in nature. As far as possible noisy work during night time will be avoided.

Mitigating Measures for Soil Quality & Solid Waste: The excavated top soil will be stored near boundary and will be used for back filling/road work/bund preparation/landscaping. The other wastes will be collected and segregated and will be disposed of properly without causing any public nuisance The management, handling & disposal of this hazardous waste will be carried out in accordance with the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 and amendment thereof.

Table 4.4: Action Plan for Excavation and Muck Disposal during Construction

Sl. Solid Waste Generated Action Plan No. 1. Excavated soil for preparation of Will be kept aside near the boundary wall foundation work of buildings and for later use for filling of low-lying areas. machineries.

126 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

2. Leveling of Site Top soil removed during leveling of the site will be kept aside for development of Green Belt & land scaping. 3 Metal scrap generated due to The scrap will be stored in scrap yard for fabrication of equipments. use/sale. 4 Debris generated during the Will be suitably disposed in low lying areas. Construction. 5 Muck or sludge generated due to Will be transferred nearer to boundary wall piling jobs. to be used later as filling material in low lying areas.

Mitigating Measures for Ecology Impact: M/s Bengal Energy Ltd has already developed green belt along boundary line and within its existing premises, which will be further extended. The Greenbelt will be helpful in constricting the noise & dust.

Mitigating Measures for Socio-Economic Impact:

General health check- up facilities will be provided to the nearby areas from the plant side and some work facilities will be given to the non-workers that may contribute to direct or indirect employment.

4.3.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE With the commissioning of the steel plant with other ancilliary facilities, the impacts both beneficial and adverse are anticipated on ambient air quality, noise quality, land use, water quality, soil, ecology and socioeconomic environment. The impact on environmental components have been discussed below.

Impact on Air Environment The impact on Air environment of an Integrated Steel Plant depends on various factors like production capacity, plant configuration, process technology, type of raw materials, type of fuel, in plant control measures adopted, operation and maintenance of the various units of the plant. Apart from these, there will be other activities associated e.g., transportation of raw material and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within plant premises which may contribute to air pollution.

The steel plant is likely to have effect on air quality parameters like PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX and CO. The raw material handling plant, metallurgical units and other downstream ancilliaries will emit dust and fumes. Apart from the above there will be fugitive dust emissions due to transportation, storage and processing of of ores and minerals as raw materials. Needless to say, the adequate air pollution control measures will be taken up both at design and operational stage to confirm the emission parameters within the prescribed standards.

127 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

A- Fugitive emission

ToR 7(vi) Measures for Fugitive Emission Control a)Primary Fugitive Emission During operations, fugitive dust emissions may associate with

 Delivery of raw materials to site;

 Storage of different minerals;

 Processing

 Operation of the stockpiles and reclamation;

 Transportation of by-products off site;

 Vehicle movements Slag processing;

 Handling of collected flue dust from APCs b)Secondary Fugitive Emission Secondary fugitive emission like dust and fume from DRI kilns, steel melting shop comprising of IF& MBF, Sinter plant.

The major concern is SO2 for the operation of AFBC. Sulphur is an input to the process via the coal and is distributed between ash and off gas with the majority of the sulphur ending up in the off gas, predominantly in the form of H2S under normal operating conditions. The primary control mechanism is the use of a lime scrubber unit to scrub all exhaust gas prior to release to atmosphere. With low Sulphur of South African coal or even blending with Indian coal lime scrubber is not envisaged.

Measures for fugitive emission control Following mitigation measures will be taken up. 1) Haulage internal roads are black topped. Automatic water sprinklers to be installed by the side of roads. 2) Mobile water tankers will be deployed to sprinkle water on leading road to plant outside main gate & railway line side gate. 3) Dry fog system to be provided to material transportation conveyors. 4) Three tire green belt along the boundary wall, by the side of internal roads and around material handling plant 5) Bag filter with suction swivel hood for control of fugitive emission at material loading 7 unloading station. 6) Material transportation will be done fully covered with tarpaulin

B Emission from process

Emitting Stacks are major sources of air pollution in the proposed expansion.Particulate matter, SO2, NOX will be emitted from different unit operations.

128 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Measures for emission control during operation phase

Emission of particulate matter, SO2,NOx will have adverse effect on human health and environment as a whole. There fore it is required to take measures to keep emissions within prescribed standards. Details of proposed measures have been given in Table 4.5 below.

Gen.Tor 3(vi) Details of Emission, Effluents, Hazardous Waste and their Management.

Gen.Tor 7(v) Details of Stack Emission and Action Plan for Control of Emission to Meet Standards.

129 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Table 4.5: Details of predicted stack emission from proposed expansion Project

Facility Stack Top Temp(K) Velocity Flow PM PM SO2 SO2 NOx APC equipment Height(m) dia (m/s) rate(m3/hr) mg/Nm3 gm/s mg/Nm3 gm/s gm/s (m) 1x500 TPD DRI 50 2.6 393 9.15 1,75,000 44.24 2.15 286.00 13.9 - DSC, ABC, ESP & Kilns high stack

1x500 TPD DRI 50 2.6 393 9.15 1,75,000 44.24 2.15 286.00 13.9 DSC, ABC, ESP & Kilns high stack

2x350 TPD DRI 60 2.8 393 11.05 2,45,000 44.26 3.01 285.88 19.44 - 2 DSC, ABC, ESP & Kilns single high stack 1x0.6 MTPA 60 3.8 413 11.0 4,60,000 20.34 2.6 194.00 24.78 - WHRB & high stack Coke-Oven

1x0.6 MTPA 60 3.8 413 11.0 4,60,000 20.34 2.6 194.00 24.78 WHRB & high stack Coke-Oven

2x80T EAF 30 3.6 340 10.0 3,81,650 80.18 8.5 - - - 2 Bag filters & single stack 3x20T IF 30 2.5 340 8.4 1,43,115 88.05 3.5 - - 2 Bag Filter & single stack

1x60m2 Sinter 55 2.0 393 8.6 96,780 37.77 1.02 24.6 16.8 ESP & stack Plant 1x320m3 MBF 30 2.0 313 6.94 78,500 50.00 1.09 - - Dust catcher, Ventury scrubber, emergency venting flare stack with water seal 1x320m3 MBF 30 2.0 313 6.94 78,500 50.00 1.09 - - Dust catcher, Ventury scrubber, emergency venting flare stack with water seal 1x35 MW AFBC 62 2.6 413 11.0 2,12,000 40.00 2.36 38.1 WHRB & ESP

DRI material 30 1.5 310 8.0 50,200 500.00 7.0 - - Bag filter & stack Handling Plant

130 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

A. Model input: Source input parameter

The different point source input parameters in the form of stack and emission data are considered.

Stack emissions are major sources of air pollution from the proposed plant. The proposed expansion steel plant is to be provided with necessary air pollution control devices like Electro Static Precipitators (ESP), bag filters, dust catchers, ABC, ventury scrubber& lime scrubber etc to control dusts and gases and also limit emission within the prescribed standard. The emission factors, air handling capacity of the proposed installation and emission norm has been used to estimate amount of emission from the proposed plant with the height of emission. Particulate emission is based upon the Air Pollution Control Device (APCD) with design stack emission limited to norms specified by CPCB.

Model input parameters: Control options

The options used for short term computations are:

 The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that of the mixing layer;  Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion during the ascension phase;  Calms processing routine is used by default;  Wind profile exponents are used by default.  Flat terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition.

Briggs rural dispersion coefficient has been considered 24 hours averaging are taken into consideration.

Gen.Tor 7(i) Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be well assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

CL. Year Month Day Hr.(1-24) Cover DBT RH PR WD WS MH 2017 12 27 1 1 20 58 1010 360 8.2 302 2017 12 27 2 0 19 58 1011 360 9.2 286 2017 12 27 3 0 19 59 1012 360 10.3 210 2017 12 27 4 0 19 59 1012 360 11 137

131 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

2017 12 27 5 0 20 58 1011 360 11.5 91 2017 12 27 6 0 20 57 1010 360 12 80 2017 12 27 7 0 21 56 1011 360 9.3 75 2017 12 27 8 0 21 55 1010 360 8.5 280 2017 12 27 9 0 20 54 1010 135 5.2 460 2017 12 27 10 0 21 53 1009 45 3.1 590 2017 12 27 11 0 22 52 1011 45 1.2 680 2017 12 27 12 0 23 51 1009 45 0.4 810 2017 12 27 13 0 23 50 1008 45 0.4 980 2017 12 27 14 1 22 50 1008 45 0.4 1042 2017 12 27 15 1 22 51 1009 45 0.4 983 2017 12 27 16 0 21 52 1010 90 0.4 835 2017 12 27 17 0 21 53 1010 90 3.6 740 2017 12 27 18 0 20 54 1011 135 7.5 690 2017 12 27 19 0 19 56 1012 180 9.8 652 2017 12 27 20 0 20 56 1011 180 10.6 580 2017 12 27 21 0 19 54 1010 225 11.2 515 2017 12 27 22 0 20 55 1011 270 12 490 2017 12 27 23 0 20 56 1010 315 10.5 420 2017 12 27 24 0 19 57 1011 315 9.4 386

132 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Table 4.6 Assessment of GLC of pollutants without APC equipments

GLC for PM10 (µg/m3) GLC for PM 2.5(µg/m3) GLC for SO2(µg/m3) GLC for Nox(µg/m3)

site Location Name Monitored GLC

Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC Monitored GLC at sampling site Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC Monitored GLC at sampling Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC Monitored GLC at sampling site Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC

14.88 95.1 13.88 49.1 6.91 16.5 14.88 27.5 Keshuriya 80.2 35.2 9.6 12.6 Bargopal 79.7 3.72 83.4 35.5 3.47 39.0 9.4 6.91 16.3 12.6 4.96 17.6 Daharpur 85.8 29.77 115.6 39.5 27.77 67.3 9.5 20.73 30.2 18.2 14.88 33.1

26.4 100.6 24.29 56.9 48.36 65.4 39.69 57.0 Nutandihi 74.2 32.6 17.0 17.3 Silti 77.1 29.77 106.9 36.3 27.77 64.1 8.4 20.73 29.1 16.3 24.81 41.1 Belti 74.8 22.38 97.2 32.9 17.35 50.3 9.0 27.64 36.6 15.6 29.77 45.4 Salkha 76.4 7.44 83.8 33.8 3.47 37.3 8.7 0 8.7 15.0 0 15.0 Mirjapur 75.8 7.44 83.2 33.4 6.97 40.4 8.2 0 8.2 17.5 4.96 22.5

NAAQS 100 60 80 80 STANDARD

133 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

B. Impact of Pollutants on human health

CO2 currently forms about 405 parts per million (ppm) of earth’s atmosphere, compared to about 280 ppm in pre-industrial times, and billions of metric tons of CO2 are emitted annually by burning of fossil fuels.CO2 increase in earth’s atmosphere has been accelerating oxidation of SO2, usually in the presence of a catalyst such as NO2, forms

H2SO4, and thus acid rain. This is one of the causes for concern over the environmental impact of the use of these fuels as power sources. Nitrogen oxides, particularly nitrogen dioxide, are expelled from high temperature combustion, and are also produced during thunderstorms by electric discharge. They can be seen as a brown haze dome above or a plume downwind of cities. Nitrogen dioxide is a chemical compound with the formula NO2. It is one of several nitrogen oxides. One of the most prominent air pollutants, this reddish-brown toxic gas has a characteristic sharp, biting odor. Annual premature European deaths caused by air pollution are estimated at 430,000. An important cause of these deaths is nitrogen dioxide and other nitrogen oxides (Nox) emitted by road vehicles. In a 2015 consultation document the UK government disclosed that nitrogen dioxide is responsible for 23,500 premature UK deaths per annum. Across the European Union, air pollution is estimated to reduce life expectancy by almost nine months. Causes of deaths include strokes, heart disease, lung cancer, and lung infections.

Particulates, alternatively referred to as particulate matter (PM), atmospheric particulate matter, or fine particles, are tiny particles of solid or liquid suspended in a gas. In contrast, aerosol refers to combined particles and gas. Some particulates occur naturally, originating from volcanoes, dust storms, forest and grassland fires, living vegetation, and sea spray. Human activities, such as the burning of fossil fuels in vehicles, power plants and various industrial processes also generate significant amounts of aerosols. Averaged worldwide, anthropogenic aerosols—those made by human activities—currently account for approximately 10 percent of our atmosphere. Increased levels of fine particles in the air are linked to health hazards such as heart disease, altered lung function and lung cancer.

Impact on Water Environment:

ToR 7(ii) Water quality modeling-in case, if the effluent is proposed to be discharged into the local drain, then water quality modeling should be conducted for the drain water taking into co nsideration the upstream and downstream quality of water of the drain.

Waste water generated from process will be settled, treated, filtered and reused or recycled where ever applicable. Some waste water will be utilized in green belt watering and dust suppression through sprinklers. No effluent will be discharged outside plant boundary. Hence zero discharge norm will be followed and therefore water quality modeling not done.

ToR 7 (iii) Impact of the transport of the Raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw material and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

134 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Majority of raw material and product shall be transported through rail. The company has its railway siding inside project boundary and Raw material will be transported through rail and unloaded at Rly.siding. It is expected that sometimes lime stone and Dolomite will be transported on road using environmental compatible Euro/Bharat II/III vehicles. Hence maximum 2 lakh TPA raw material and 1.0 MTPA, billet will be transported through road, which translate to 3,333 TPD i.e. 200 trucks/day and taking to and from into consideration 400 additional heavy motor vehicle (1360 PCU)will be on road due to project.

1 km length of NH 16 was considered for monitoring traffic study starting from Plant main gate. As because the entrance opens to NH 16.

Impact on Traffic

Road traffic to and from the plant during operation of expanded plant will be heavier than at present as envisaged mode of transport of the materials is via road. Traffic density will be increased marginally as a result of expansion. In turn, it will contribute to noise as well as ambient air quality in term of dust and other gaseous pollutants. The regular maintenance of vehicles and transport of materials under cover, will limit the pollution within limits. The present road conditions are reasonably good for proposed movement of traffic.

135 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Impact on Ecology:

The proposed expansion unit will be set up in the existing premises. Designated area will be considered as solid waste dumping site. No waste water will be drained outside plant boundary. Hence not much of impact on ecology is anticipated.

Socio-economic Impacts: It is rather obvious that nearby villages will have more impact (adverse or beneficial), therefore the study area was divided into three zones with 3 km, 7 km & 10 km radius with central point of the combined project site as the centre to assess the socioeconomic impact of the project on the surrounding environment.

The manpower requirement for the proposed project will generate some permanent jobs and secondary jobs for the operation and maintenance of plant. This will increase direct/indirect employment opportunities and ancillary business development to appreciable extent for the local population. This phase is expected to create a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment.

Depending on requirements employees are called in different shifts and few employees are called on duty in national/ festival holidays and off days. The licensed capacity of the unit is 1000.

Educational Status The local educational levels will be raised with additional facilities provided to schools through various CSR programs, such as scholarships, awareness programs, child care facilities, and cultural events, self help groups and community participation in area developments.

Impact on Public Health and Safety Discussion with the medical officers reveals non-existence of major disease in the study area. Health awareness among the villages may grow especially regarding cleanliness with the industrial development. 4.3.4 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATION PHASE Mitigation measures for Ground water: Until recently it was a common myth that groundwater is pristine i.e. potential contaminant percolating through the subsurface would adhere to the soil or be degraded by natural process and therefore would not enter or greatly affect groundwater quality. Thus, the groundwater was regarded as a safe and convenient depository for the waste and non-waste by-products, generated by the society. However, with the passage of time and increasing number of serious incidences, there is a growing concern of groundwater pollution. Raw material of the project will be stored on compact pure clay mixed with Bentonite layer covered with HDPE layer therefore there will be no seepage from the raw material piles. Again, the material will be stored under shed so as to prevent the leachate through runoff.

Mitigating Measures for Air Environment: The impacts of primary air pollutants on air quality due to emission from single source or a group of sources is evaluated by use of mathematical models. Needless to say, the adequate air pollution control measures like ESPs, bag filters,dust catchers, Lime scrubber, ventury scrubber ID Fan and stack will be installed to reduce impact to a larger extent.

136 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Air pollution control at different point source The proposed steel plant will emit gases and fumes which will have negligible impact after pollution control management on human health, animals, vegetation and material. Here under, action plans are proposed to address the pollution problem to meet the NAAQS 2009 Standard.

Stacks will be provided with porthole and working platform so that stack monitoring can be done as per norms of statutory authority and proper Air Pollution Control Devices shall be installed. On line stack monitoring and tripping of process with failure of pollution control equipment has been proposed to be interlocked.

The isopleths diagrams after providing efficient equipments to arrest particulate matter is given in Fig below:

Gen. Tor 7 (i) Assesment Of Ground Level Concentration Of Pollutants

Table 4.7 The GLC values after implementation of APC systems are

GLC for PM GLC for PM10 (µg/m3) GLC for SO2(µg/m3) GLC for NOx(µg/m3) 2.5(µg/m3)

Location Name Monitored GLC

isopleth

Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC Monitored GLC at sampling site Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC Monitored GLC at sampling site Predicted incremental GLC isoplethfrom Maximum ResultantGLC Monitored GLC at sampling site Predicted incremental GLC from Maximum ResultantGLC Keshuriya 80.2 0.56 80.8 35.2 1.16 36.4 9.6 7.58 17.2 12.6 14.88 27.5 Bargopal 79.7 0.28 80.0 35.5 0.66 36.2 9.4 3.79 13.2 12.6 4.96 17.6 Daharpur 85.8 1.68 87.5 39.5 1.16 40.7 9.5 15.16 24.7 18.2 14.88 33.1 Nutandihi 74.2 1.96 76.2 32.6 1.32 33.9 17.0 22.74 39.7 17.3 39.69 57.0

Silti 77.1 1.41 78.5 36.3 1.32 37.6 8.4 22.74 31.1 16.3 24.81 41.1 Belti 74.8 1.12 75.9 32.9 1.16 34.1 9.0 18.95 28.0 15.6 29.77 45.4 Salkha 76.4 0.28 76.7 33.8 0.99 34.8 8.7 0 8.7 15.0 0 15.0 Mirjapur 75.8 0.28 76.1 33.4 0.99 34.4 8.2 0 8.2 17.5 4.96 22.5

NAAQS 100 60 80 80 STANDARD

137 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

ToR-7(vii)Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques. Energy conservation and natural resource conservation.

The various types of solid waste encountered from an Integrated Steel Plant are:-

A. Municipal Solid Waste

B. Hazardous Waste

C. Industrial Waste a. A. Municipal Solid Waste

Very small amount of Municipal Solid waste will be generated from canteen& Guest House which will be converted to compost through Organic Waste converter and will be utilized as manure in green belt. b. B. Industrial Waste

Add ToR 8 Plan for slag utilization

Table 4.3 Solid Wastes utilization & disposal measures

Solid waste Quantity in TPA Utilisation measures EAF & IF slag 1,20,000 Use in construction work IF flue dust 24.000 Will be sold to Metal recovery Agencies DRI Dolchar 2,72,000 Use in AFBC to generate steam for power plant Fly ash 13,78,050 Sold to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd BF slag 1,84,760 Sold to ASO Cement Ltd BF sludge + dust 2,93,670 Sold to ASO Cement Ltd Power plant Bottom 1,00,500 Sold to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd Ash

In case of excess BF slag and sludge over sale, this can be used as raw material for iron ore sinter making.

Fly Ash Management  Total Fly ash generation from CPP has been estimated to be 13,78,050 which will be supplied to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per their greement.

All the request letter are annexed as Annexure VII

138 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Bottom Ash Management Total Bottom ash generation from CPP has been estimated to be 1,00,500 TPA which will be supplied to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per their agreement letter.

C. Hazardous Waste Hazardous Waste Management

Table 4.9 Hazardous Waste Management

Sl. Type of Schedule Source of Unit of Quantity Mode of Disposal No. Hazardous Generation Measurem Generated Wastes ent /Annum ( approx ) 5.2 Stored temporarily 1 Used Grease Moving equipments Kg 500 and being lifted by Authorized Vendor. 35.1 Stored temporarily Used Oil Compressors, power 2 Nos. 70 and being lifted by Filters packs, vehicles. Authorized Vendor. Waste 5.2 Jute/Cotton Stored temporarily Use for cleaning 3 & Used PPE's Kg 200 and being lifted by machines like Gloves, Authorized Vendor. shoes etc . Stored temporarily Used Bag 4 Bag houses Nos./Kg. 110/550 and being lifted by Filters Authorized Vendor. 34.4 Stored temporarily 5 Oily Sludge Power Pack Rooms Kg 40 and being lifted by Authorized Vendor. 5.1 Being stored in Transformer and all containers and will 6 Used Oil KL 6.2 Mechanical Engines be sold to Authorized vendors.

ToR-7(viii)Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly ash Notification, 2009.

Fly Ash Management  Total Fly ash generation from CPP has been estimated to be 13,78,050 which will be supplied to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per their greement.

 Total Bottom ash generation from CPP has been estimated to be 1,00,500 TPA which will be supplied to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per their agreement letter.

4.4 EMP AT DESIGN STAGE

Technological Improvement

For this steel plant the technologically viable, less energy intensive, less polluting route has been chosen. With advanced technology in emission reduction and energy conservation will be taken in to consideration, while selecting the suitable design. Some of the important design considerations at the design & implementation stage are as follows.

139 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 A proper layout plan has been chosen for the optimum utilization of the available land and resources.

 The design aims at minimum use of water.

 Conservation of water through waste water treatment, recycling & reuse.

 Zero discharge norms proposed with proper planning and its implementation.

 Efficient dust extraction, dust suppression and dust collection measures have been planned in the design of plant equipment to reduce the dust emission considerably.

 Noise emission control.

 The noise producing equipments will be designed with dynamic balancing and vibration dampening by proper grouting so as to produce minimum noise.

 The operation control rooms and pulpits would be provided with noise shield walls.

4.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP) AT CONSTRUCTION STAGE: Site Preparation: The project site preparation requires some leveling activities. During dry weather conditions, dust may be generated by activities like excavation and transportation through un-metallic roads. The dust will be suppressed using water sprinkling. As soon as construction is over the surplus earth should be utilized to fill up low-lying areas, the rubbish should be cleared and all un-built surfaces reinstated. Appropriate vegetation should be planted and all such areas should be landscaped.

For Maintaining Water quality

During construction, volume of debris & mud will be generated, which during the rainy season, can contaminate the storm water run-offs with suspended solids. Efforts will be made to reduce the suspended solids content of storm water run-offs by routing the storm water drains through catch pits. Moreover, storm water run-offs will occur only during the monsoon season which lasts for about 2-3 months in the study area. These impacts will be temporary lasting only during the construction period of the proposed plant. Pathways for pollution via seepages, evaporation, residual remains are to be studied for surface water will be done after running of expansion project

For Maintaining Air Quality

During the construction phase, civil work will be carried out to put the units in place. The construction work leads to generation of fugitive dust. However, the fugitive dust is not expected to spread too far. Water spraying will be undertaken to suppress dust. Due to construction activities, impacts on ambient air quality will not be permanent and will cease once the construction is completed.

To Maintain Noise Level in the Vicinity

The construction equipment will be chosen by criteria of environmental friendly technology and shall generate less noise level. Noise levels during the limited construction period are likely to increase initially due to increased movement of trucks and other diesel-powered material handling equipment. This is unavoidable and limited

140 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal during day time only. The movement of trucks and machinery will be regulated to reduce the impacts of increased noise. The construction phase will be limited to short period. Hence it is temporary. Therefore, the impact on ambient noise levels will be insignificant and ceases once the construction is completed.

Ecological Aspects

The construction activity won’t affect the surrounding ecology of the proposed steel plant as the construction is well confined within the site premises.

4.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP) AT OPERATIONAL PHASE Air Environment Management:

There will be dust & Gas Emission from IF and material handling site. With use of Swivel Hood, Bag Filter & Stack this emission will be appreciably reduced & there by Air Pollution will be under control.

The dust generated in the material handling system will be extracted through suction hoods located at various drop points. The hoods will be connected to a common duct which will be provided with a motorized damper for isolation. An on-line booster fan will be provided for generating the necessary suction at the suction hoods.

Air pollution Control devices proposed for the project

E S Ps

M/s Bengal Energy Ltd proposes ESPs for control of dust emission for DRI kilns, sinter plant and captive power plant.

Charged or emitting electrodes will be connected to 66KV DC. 220V AC will be stepped up to 66KV and converted through rectifier to DC. Dust collecting plates will be earthed. Emitting electrodes will be placed between collecting electrodes and equidistance from them.

Inlet duct of ESP will have gradual expansion and perforated diffuser plate to reduce pressure to facilitate dust separation and equal distribution of gas to all rows. Corona discharge will create drift or migration velocity by charging dust particles and pushing them towards collecting electrodes.

Deposited dust over collecting electrodes will be periodically dry cleaned by automatic hammering process and collected dust from bottom hopper of ESPs will be pneumatically conveyed to storage bunker for disposal.

Gas outlet duct is gradually narrowed down to inlet duct size and pressure is recovered.

141 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

ESP dust separation efficiency is minimum 99%, the area of collecting plates ‘A’ is calculated using Anderson-Deutsch equation.

- Vpm A/Q ฑ= 1-e , whereฑis efficiency of ESP

1) ESP for each 500 TPD DRI kiln

A = ln(1-0.99)/-(Vpm /Q) = 4.605/- (Vpm /Q)

Where A = area of ESP plates taken together, Dust migration velocity Vpm= 0.2m/s (assumed) and Q= volumetric flow in Nm3/sec

3 3 Q= 1,10,260Nm /hr=30.62Nm /s, Vpm= 0.2m/s, ฑ=99%

Area of collecting plates A= 4.605/0.0065= 708m2&takingdesign safety factor 1.5 times = 1062m2

With plate height of 9m, the total plate length is estimated as 118m

ESP can have 10 rows with plate length of each row =12m

2x500 TPD DRI Kilns will have 2 ESPs, 2 ID fans but single stack

2)ESP for each 350 TPD DRI kiln

3 2 2 Q=21.44 Nm /s,Vpm /Q =0.0093 & A=495m and taking 1.5 times=743m

So ESP will have plates of 9m height, 9 rows and plate length of each row=10m

2x350 TPD DRI Kilns will have 2 ESPs, 2 ID fans but single stack

3)1x60m2 Sinter plant

3 2 2 Q=27 Nm /s, Vpm /Q = 0.0074 & A=622m and taking 1.5 times=933m

So ESP will have plates of 9m height, 9 rows and plate length of each row=12m

The sinter plant will have one ESP, one ID fan and one stack.

142 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

4) ESP for 1x35 MW AFBC power plant

3 2 2 Q=59Nm /s, Vpm /Q =0.0034 & A=1,354m and taking 1.5 times=2032m

So the ESP will have plates of 9m length, 12 rows and each row of 18m length

One ESP, one ID fan and one stack.

Bag filters

Bag filters have been proposed for EAFs and IFs

Bag Filters

Pulse jet bag filter has been proposed with bag material needle felt polyester, hence Air to cloth ratio i.e. dust migration velocity Vfhas been taken as 5m/min.

1) Bag filter for 1x20T IF

Gas flow rate of each IF, Q=460Nm3/min,

2 Ac, Area of filter cloth = Q/Vf= 92m and taking design safety factor 1.5times the calculated value, area of cloth comes to 138m2

Filter media cloth will be stitched to cover a cylindrical MS wire cage with circular bottom. Dimension of each bag diameter=15cm and length 3.6m, Area of cloth for each cage=1.7m2 with additional margin for folding inside at connection of bag with Ventury.

Number of bags required will be 82 bags. As 2/3 of bags will be under service and 1/3 under cleaning at a time, total bags will be 123. The bag filter will have 9 rows and each row will have 14nos of bags. There will be two chambers, Dust separation chamber and plenum chamber. Dust laden flue gas will enter into separation chamber; pass through needle felt polyester bags due to suction of ID fan. Dust will be retained on surface of bags and clean gas will enter into plenum chamber and finally vented through stack due to discharge of ID fan.

Differential pressure gauge between two chambers will give performance of filtering media. When dp across is high the pulse jet will operate through timer action and clean bags. During cleaning of bags dust will be deposited in bottom hopper of bag house and

143 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal will be removed through Rotary air lock valve and pneumatically conveyed to storage bunker or recycled to process.

For 3x20T IF, there will be 3 nos of bag filters, 3nos of ID fans but single stack with two EAFs.

2)Bag filter for 1x80T IF

Gas flow rate of each EAF, Q=1840Nm3/min,

2 Ac, Area of filter cloth = Q/Vf= 368m and taking design safety factor 1.5times the calculated value, area of cloth comes to 552m2

Filter media cloth will be stitched to cover a cylindrical MS wire cage with circular bottom. Dimension of each bag diameter=15cm and length 3.6m, Area of cloth for each cage=1.7m2 with additional margin for folding inside at connection of bag with Ventury.

Number of bags required will be 326 bags. As 2/3 of bags will be under service and 1/3 under cleaning at a time, total bags will be 489. The bag filter will have 21 rows and each row will have 23nos of bags. There will be two chambers, Dust separation chamber and plenum chamber. Dust laden flue gas will enter into separation chamber; pass through needle felt polyester bags due to suction of ID fan. Dust will be retained on surface of bags

Additional Tor-6 All Stock Piles Will Have to be on Top ofa Stable Liner To Avoid Leaching Of Materials To Ground Water.

The raw materials at the RMHP site will be stored on a platform made up of pure clay mixed with bentonite and covered by HDPE liner to avoid leaching of materials. Moreover, the raw materials will be stored under a shed to avoid the contact with rain water.

Water Management

ToR 7(iv) A note on treatment of waste water from different plant operation, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rule.

Waste Water Management

As the plant water system is designed based on maximum recirculation system and effective discharge from plant will be insignificant. The effluents likely to be generated from the proposed plant are:  Backwash Waste from Filtration Plant;  Run-off water from Raw Material Storage Yards;  Waste Water from Billet Caster;  Cooling tower blow-down of various shops; and  Plant Sewage & Canteen Effluents.

144 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

The first step towards a healthy waste water management is to separate the waste stream from the storm water Stream. The storm water will have a separate route leading to the rain water harvesting pond with proper pretreatment scheme before entering to the rain water harvesting pond & the waste water stream will be routed separately to the treatment unit or Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP). TREATMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT The Effluent Treatment Plant is designed on the basis of the following effluent characteristics.

PARAMETERS UNIT RAW TREATED SPCB EFFLUENT EFFLUENT Standard

Flow M3/HR 100 100 pH - 6.00-9.00 7.00-8.5 6.5 – 8.5

Turbidity NTU 60 <15 -

Oil & Grease PPM 31.2-21.9 < 5 10 mg/l

Total Suspended Solids PPM 1000-5000 <30 100 mg/l

Process Description of the Waste Water Treatment  The effluent from the plant will be screened through the mechanical screen & will pass to the grit chamber for settling of the heavier & big size particles. The grits will be pumped through a heavy-duty pump to the sludge tank. The overflow from the Grit Chamber will be pass to the Oil & Grease tank for separation of Oil & Grease in the initial partition through a oil skimmer. The skimmed oil & grease will be kept in a separate tank for further disposal / use.  The Oil & Grease separated effluent will be passing to the Equalisation tank, which is provided with air agitation for further transfer of effluent to the Flash Mixer. In the flash Mixer the effluent will be added with lime solution for precipitation of heavy metals if any & Poly electrolyte of appropriate dose will be added for faster coagulation in the flocculation zone of the clarifloculator provided after the Flash Mixer. The solids will be settled in the clarifloculator as sludge & removed as under flow to the sludge tank. The Overflow of the clarifloculator is clarified clear water & will be transferred to the clear water tank for further reuse in the plant.  The sludge from the sludge tank will be fed to the filter press for separation of solid & water.

STORM WATER MANAGEMENT

Storm water is generated during rainy season due to rainfall. The rain water will flow to the rain water harvesting pond for storage of rain water. As the storm water passes through different areas so it may collect pollutants like Suspended Solids, oil & Grease etc. So before entering to the pond the storm water should pass through the screen , Grit Chamber & oil & Grease trap. The details of the schematic flow diagram is given below

145 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

The various control measures are:  Backwash from Filtration Plant will be led to a sludge pond for removing suspended solids. The overflow from the sludge pond will be used for dust suppression and irrigation of green cover. The sludge from the sludge pond will be dried and dumped in low lying area.  Run-off water from the raw material storage yard will be routed through drains to catch pits to settle out suspended solids. The clear water will be discharged into natural drainage channels.  Cooling Tower Blow-down and Boiler Blow-down will be utilized for dust suppression in the raw material handling area and IF slag cooling.  Efforts to be made to reuse most of the water in the plant itself. This water comes under the category of ‘Waste Liquor’ and has to be treated to render it harmless. Backwash from Filtration Plant will be led to pits for removing suspended solids. The overflow from the pits will be reused in the plant water system. The sludge from the pits will be dried and dumped. Effluents from the SMS are likely to contain suspended solids and oil & grease. These effluents will be routed to settling pits fitted with oil & grease trap. The clarified water will be reused in the plant.  Cooling Tower Blow-down from various recirculation systems will be cascaded for reuse in other qualitatively compatible systems. Thus, proposed plant will recycle water to the maximum extent possible. The Blow Down water from various plant units will be collected along with the drainage water and used for Dust Suppression by Spraying and for gardening purpose.  All storm water drains from the raw materials and solid waste handling areas will be routed through garland drains into catch pits of sufficient volume to settle out suspended solids present in the storm water run-offs. The clear water will be discharged into natural drainage channels. This type of effluent is anticipated only in monsoon. The sewage from the Plant and Canteen waste water will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant. The treated sewage will be diverted for irrigation of green cover.  The proposed plants would require industrial water on a continuous basis for process requirement, cooling purposes, cleaning/scrubbing purposes etc. In order

146 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

to minimize consumption of fresh water from the source, industrial water after treatment is proposed to be recycled and reused. After cooling and suitable treatment makeup water will be added to compensate for the losses in closed circuit circulation system.  The company is following the ZLD for its existing plant and will propose ZLD for this expansion project. The water will be required in the steel plant for SMS plant: Roof and panel cooling, Electrode cooling system requirement and Cast mould cooling.

ToR-7(x) Action plan for rain water harvesting measure at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rain water from roof top and storm water drain to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to cons erve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

4.5 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Run Off Water Management during Monsoon/ Post Monsoon Period

M/s. BEL plans to have water rain water harvesting ponds to collect the storm water and rain water particularly during the monsoon and will use the same for plant purposes as and when required. Part I construction: Rain Water Harvesting Tank

Area=20 ha Intensity of rainfall=60 mm Runoff quantity=20*0.06*0.50 ham=0.60 ham 60 % of the above=0.6*0.6 ham=0.36 ham=3600 cum

Capacity of each water harvesting tank: Fort recharge-2350 cum So, no. of water harvesting tank required=2 Similarly, in Part II, III & IV 3, 2 & 2 nos. of water harvesting tank would be required.

A. Expected quantum of recharge

Sl Structures Qty Recharge capacity Total quantum of Remarks No recharge in cum 1 Traditional dug 4 10% of volume per 4X16X12=768 120 days of well day monsoon period considered 2 Recharge pit 20 0.12 cum per rainy 20X0.12X70=168 70 days of day monsoon period considered 3 Rain water 2 50mX50mX4m 20000cum harvesting tank 4 Recharge tube well 12 5000*cum 60,000 120 days of monsoon period considered 80,936 cum

147 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

B. Part II Expected quantum of recharge 1,05,978 cum C. Part III Expected quantum of recharge 98,294 cum D. Part IV Expected quantum of recharge 95,894 cum Total recharge potential of RWH=3,81,102 cum

Rain water harvesting pond About 5.20 ha of land has been allocated to store rain water for plant use so that make up water drawl can be reduced. The discharge water quality will be as per IS: 2296 for surface water discharge standard. PH - 6.5-8.5 Suspended solid - <100mg/l BOD <30mg/l COD <250mg/l Iron <0.3mg/l

4.6 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENTS:

The Pollution Control Equipment will be examined and maintained in annual shutdown.

• As a measure of preventive maintenance sets of ESP plates and filter bags for bag filters will be kept ready to meet any eventuality of mal performance of equipment in position. • Condition based maintenance also will be taken up.

Noise Pollution Management

During normal operations of the plant, noise levels will increase significantly only close to the turbines/compressor but this will be confined only within plant boundary. However noise levels will increase during bleeding-off of excess steam. But such incidents are occasional and will last only for few seconds at a time only. The noise level within the plant boundary is occupational noise levels and confined within shops. The level will be further minimized when the noise reaches the plant boundary and the nearest residential areas beyond the plant boundary, as elaborate green belt development is envisaged for all along the boundary for attenuation of noise and fugitive emission. All the equipment in the steel plant will be designed/operated in such a way that the noise level shall not exceed 85 dB (A) as per the requirement of Standard.

In the proposed plant, the primary sources of the noise pollution are compressors, turbo generator & crushers. The noise pollution management will be taken up in following manner

 By selecting low noise generating equipment, which would have below 75 dB at 1m distance. This is taken care at the equipment design stage.

 By isolating the noise unit from the working personnel’s continuous exposure by providing acoustic aids for plant personnel.

 By administrative & safety measures, providing noise level monitoring, remedial measures, providing noise safety appliances.

 The noise impact on the surrounding environment during the construction phase will be within acceptable limits. The operation of high noise generating equipment shall be restricted during the night time.

148 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 Various measures proposed to reduce noise pollution include reduction of noise at source, provision of acoustic lagging for the equipment and suction side silencers, selection of low noise equipment and isolation of noisy equipment & proper maintenance and lubrication. The plant personnel in noisy area will be provided with PPE such as ear muffler & also the duration of exposure of the personnel will be limited as per the norms.

 Thick green belt development is planned for the attenuation of noise pollution and to maintain ambient noise quality within the statutory limit.

Raw Material Handling

Solid waste generated in the raw material handling area is particulate matter. This is collected using de-dusting equipment like Bag Filters and routed back into the process.

Measures For Improvement Of Ecology:

There is no wildlife sanctuary within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant. There will not be any loss of plantation because of the project. The resultant ambient air and noise quality levels after the operation of the plant will be within the prescribed limits to have any impact on surrounding flora and fauna. Moreover there will not be any wastewater discharge and solid waste disposal to outside the factory premises to cause any impact on the local ecology. On the other hand the company will provide the comprehensive green-belt cover in 33 % of the project area as per the MoEF norms to improve the local ecology. All these steps will considerably improve upon the ecology of the area.

The company in principle shall adhere to

 Plantation program will be undertaken in all available areas. This will include plantation along the plant boundary, in the proposed plant premises, along the internal and external roads, on solid waste dump yards and along the administrative building and the stacking yards.

 People will be educated and trained in social forestry activities by local governmental and non-governmental organizations.

 Plantation in residential and industrial areas will be done along the narrow and broad internal roads. This will not only improve the flora in the region but also add to the aesthetics of the region.

ToR-7(ix) & Specific ToR(vi) Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be aroun d the project boundary and a scheme for greening of roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

4.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Green vegetation cover is beneficial in many ways leading to conservation of biodiversity, retention of soil moisture, recharge of ground water and maintaining pleasant micro climate of the region. In addition, vegetation cover can also absorb pollutants from the environment and helps in effective pollution control.

149 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Green belts are planned open spaces safeguarded from developmental activities such as construction of buildings, factories, dams, etc. Safeguarded in the sense that no infrastructural development will be allowed on such designated areas and these areas will only be used for growing vegetation cover on it. Green belts in and around urban and industrial areas are important to the ecological health of any given region.

As on Date Plantation Status

Sl. No. Year of Type of Trees No.s Area of Plantation Ha of Land Cost of Plantation Planted for Plantation Plantation in Lakhs Debdaru, Akasia, Along boundary wall-Tier I 1 2009-2010 18,600 12 14.88 Krisnachura, Jujuba Kadam, Gamhar, Bottle Along boundary wall-Tier II 2 2010-2011 15,000 10 12.00 brush, Jhaun Mango, Jack fruit, Internal roads, Raw Material 3 2011-2012 22,500 15 24.75 Sisoo, Handling Sheesum, Neem, Arjun, Along Conveyor belt 4 2012-2013 Chatim, Debdaru, 7,500 carrying raw material to 5 9.37 Kamini Coke oven Chikoo,Mango, Along Coke oven plant 5 2013-2014 10,500 7 13.65 Arjuna,Chatiman Debdaru, kadam,Arjun, Around RWH pond, Internal 6 2014-2015 4,500 3 6.52 Neem roads Replenish the dead trees 7 2015-2016 - 1.25 Akasia, Kanchan, Along railway siding 8 2016-2017 Neem, Pyara, Jamun, 6000 4 15.00 Kamini Neem, Debdaru, Along Coke oven plant 9 2017-2018 2000 - 16.96 Jackfruit 10 2018-2019 Replenish the dead trees - 0.75

Total 11216 56.0 115.13

PROPOSED TARGET

Dead plants will be replenished in coming years.

4.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The proposed plant site has been chosen primarily because of its proximity to the raw material source and infrastructure facilities. The benefits include;

• Generation of employment;

• Establishment of small and medium scale engineering ancillaries, with cascading employment opportunities;

• Increased revenue to the state by way of taxes and duties;

• Improved green cover;

• Better communication and transport facilities;

• Better educational facility

150 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

• Improvement in health care sector

The proposed project shall enhance the prospects of employment. Recruitment for the unskilled workers for the proposed plant will be from the nearby villages. The development of the basic amenities viz. roads, transportation, electricity, drinking water, proper sanitation, educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc. will be developed as far as possible. The company shall give special emphasis on skill development of unemployed youth of the surrounding locality. With the help of Govt. agencies and local NGOs they will pursue the unskilled youth for augmentation of their skill by undergoing onsite training during construction and operation phase in order to develop skilled workforce pool. The surrounding Industries will also be persuaded with the help of govt. department to develop such work force./ Apprentice trainees will be provided with stipend and encourage to undertake skill development training during construction and operation phase so that they can get engagement in the company.

4.10 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

A resource commitment is considered irreversible when impacts from its use would limit future use options and the change cannot be reversed, reclaimed, or repaired. Irreversible commitments generally occur to nonrenewable resources such as minerals or cultural resources, and to those resources that are renewable only over long-time spans, such as soil productivity. A resource commitment is considered irretrievable when the use or consumption of the resource is neither renewable nor recoverable for use by future generations until reclamation is successfully applied. Irretrievable commitments generally apply to the loss of production, harvest, or natural resources and are not necessarily irreversible

Although not all of the 161.87 ha of M/s BEL plant site would actually be developed, it is likely that the entire site would be unavailable for other uses, once the project comes into operation. However, after the operational life of the project is over and the plant and linear facilities have been decommissioned and reclaimed, the land would again be available for other uses. Therefore, during the lifespan of the project, land use would experience an irretrievable impact.

Existing facilities would be cleared, graded, and filled, as needed, to suit construction of the project. These actions would result in additional impacts that are irreversible and/or irretrievable. Existing vegetation and soils would be removed, causing mortality of some wildlife, such as burrow-dwelling species and slow-moving species that are unable to relocate when ground-disturbance activities begin. In addition, the vegetation and soil habitats would be lost for future use by wildlife until reclamation could be successfully implemented. The direct mortality of wildlife would be an irreversible impact and the loss of habitat would be an irretrievable impact.

The loss of top soil, which requires a very long time to generate would constitute an irreversible and irretrievable resource commitment; however, reclamation would likely include replacing any lost topsoil and not relying on natural soil-producing processes. Therefore, it is likely that the soil removal would ultimately be an irretrievable impact but not irreversible. It has been proposed to store this valuable resource which is excavated during construction stage and reused in green belt etc. Again fly ash generated from the project

151 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal will be used as brick in construction work, so that conventional use of making brick from topsoil and burning and damaging it can be avoided.

Process water would be used primarily in the cooling towers, which would convert the water to vapor. Potable water used during construction and operations would be discharged through a septic system. the project would not directly discharge any of the process or potable water to source of surface water. Rain water to be harvested and used in the process or can be charged to ground water table.

4.11 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS (CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING SIGNIFICANCE, ASSIGNING SIGNIFICANCE)

The last step in the impact assessment process is determining the magnitude and significance of impacts. This determination provides decision makers with the information needed to determine if a project should be approved or modified in some way that would make impacts acceptable.

Impact magnitude depends on the degree and extent to which the project changes the environment and usually varies according to project phase. In general, most project impacts are associated with construction and operations. Site characterization has fewer impacts and decommissioning and reclamation impacts are relatively short-lived and should result in an improvement in conditions relative to the operational period.

Determining the significance of impacts can be one of the most difficult aspects of an impact assessment. Quantification of impact magnitude is typically an objective, scientifically based process. But once impact magnitude is determined, the analyst must decide on the significance of those impacts. Decision makers typically consider only the significant impacts in deciding among alternatives. Significant impacts will be the focus of mitigation measures and possible adjustment of project features.

Factors to consider in determining impact significance often parallel those factors used to determine impact magnitude. These factors include but are not limited to:

 Area of Influence: Impact significance is often directly related to the size of the area affected. An example would be the acres of land disturbed.  Percentage of Resource Affected: The greater the percentage of a resource affected, the more significant the impact.  Persistence of Impacts: Permanent or long-term changes are usually more significant than temporary ones. The ability of the resource to recover after the activities are complete is related to this effect.  Sensitivity of Resources: Impacts to sensitive resources are usually more significant than impacts to those that are relatively resilient to impacts.  Status of Resources: Impacts to rare or limited resources are usually considered more significant than impacts to common or abundant resources.  Regulatory Status: Impacts to resources that are protected (e.g., endangered species, wetlands, air quality, cultural resources, water quality) typically are considered more significant than impacts to those without regulatory status. Note that many resources with regulatory status are rare or limited.  Societal Value: Some resources have societal value, such as sacred sites, traditional subsistence resources, and recreational areas. Note that some of these resources also have regulatory status.

152 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Category of impact

 Small Impact: This is an impact that is limited to the immediate project area, affects a relatively small proportion of the local population (less than 10%), and does not result in a measurable change in carrying capacity or population size in the affected area.  Moderate Impact: This is an impact that extends beyond the immediate project area, affects an intermediate proportion of the local population (10 to 30%), and results in a measurable but moderate (not destabilizing) change in carrying capacity or population size in the affected area.  Large Impact: This is an impact that extends beyond the immediate project area, could affect more than 30% of a local population, and could result in a large, measurable, and destabilizing change in carrying capacity or population size in the affected area.

Factors to consider in determining impact magnitude include but are not limited to:

 Area of Influence: The impact magnitude is often directly related to the size of the area affected. In this case 10km radius of BEL project site.  Overlap Between Area of Influence and Resource of Interest: The impact magnitude is often directly related to the area of overlap between resources and the overall area of influence for the project.  Deviation from Current or Baseline Conditions: For projects that affect air or water quality, how much would concentrations of contaminants increase. For projects that result in a large influx of workers, what is the current capacity of housing, schools, and other support services?  Project Duration: Magnitude is often directly proportional to the lifespan of the project, beyond which it is likely to have much less impact.  Sensitivity of the Resources: Some species appear to be very sensitive to disturbance whereas others are fairly tolerant of disturbance (e.g., many plant species adapt to disturbance).  Project Timing: Project activities that occur during periods of sensitivity (e.g., nesting season, high-precipitation periods) have greater impacts than at other times.

Quantifying Impacts

Impact magnitude is usually quantified on the basis of the factors listed above. Simple calculations (e.g., summing area of influence, calculating areas of overlap between resources and area of influence, determining project duration) or complex mathematical models (e.g., modeling changes in water concentrations or air emission dispersions) are used to quantify impacts.

Often, the magnitude of impacts cannot be readily quantified. This can result from incomplete data or a poor understanding of the effect the project will have on resources. In these cases, professional judgment is usually used to describe in qualitative terms what the magnitude of impacts would be.

When determining impact magnitude, conservative assumptions are often used. Examples of conservative assumptions include assuming that all plants and animals in the project footprint will be killed, that the project will result in a fairly high decrease in property values, and that emission control features will be some percentage below design levels. Sometimes a “worst-case” situation is assumed. The purpose of using conservative assumptions is to ensure that impacts are not underestimated.

153 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Conservative assumptions can sometimes result in unrealistically high estimates of impact magnitude. The use of professional judgment in identifying assumptions is essential to ensure that the results are conservative but not unrealistic.

Even with conservative assumptions, impacts that are poorly understood (e.g., the response of resources to the environmental changes brought about by the project is not known) can be underestimated or improperly characterized. Conservative assumptions can result in greatly overestimating impacts and unnecessary costs for a project if mitigations are not properly directed and scaled to the impact.

Monitoring programs are usually developed to determine or verify the impacts to various resources. An important component of any monitoring program will specifically address uncertainties. Resolving uncertainties will be important for future related projects, fine- tuning of operations, and refinement of a mitigation strategy.

For M/s BEL; significance of impact has been taken on 10km radius of project site and dispersion model of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx has been made using software and concentration of these pollutants of different villages have been shown on isopleths in this chapter and impacts have been found to be within allowable limit, with installation of pollution control equipments.

CONCLUSION

This chapter described details of predicted environmental impacts due to the project, measures for minimising and offsetting adverse impact identified during construction phase as well as operational phase along with EMP at design stage and operational phase.Estimation of APC devices, rain water harvesting structures, green belt development. If the industry doesn’t fit to the present technology & location related to environmental and social aspects then there is a need to select a better technology and alternate site where it will be most suitable for setting the industry.

154 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

M/s Bengal Energy Limited is running its project on 161.87 ha of land at-Dauka, in Paschim Medinipur district of WB. At present the unit has a 0.6 MTPA coke oven plant and 40 MW power plant based on waste heat recovery from its coke oven gas.

The company is proposing its expansion to manufacture 1.0 MTPA steel billet, generate 205 MW power from waste heat recovery and AFBC completely utilizing char from DRI Kilns.

The process route of steel billet production is DRI Kiln-MBF-EAF/IF-LRF. This route is well established and proven and many steel plands in the country and abroad are successfully running on this route. No alternative technology/ new technology has been proposed for the project.

No alternative has also been proposed for the project, as the expansion will be carried out on available vacant space of the existing 161.87 ha of land. The land is adequate for 1.0 MTPA billet manufacturing project.

CONCLUSION

It is well appraised that the technology considered and the location selected fulfils the criteria for the expansion project, but then follow up action is needed, by periodic/continuous monitoring of various aspects of environment, finding out deviations from permissible limit and corrective measure for sustainability of project and environment. This aspect need to be dealt in next chapter.

155 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

M/s Bengal Energy Ltd is at present running with 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven Plant and 40 MW captive Power Plant. The company is now proposing expansion to become 1.0 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant with 1.2 MTPA Non-recovery Coke Oven and 205 MW Power Plant within the existing plant premises. The company has already chalked out a comprehensive Environmental Monitoring Program for sustainable targeted production for existing unit and this will be extended to the expansion units also.

6.1 TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF MONITORING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MITIGATION MEASURES

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise and soil as well as performance of pollution control facilities and safety measures in the plant are important for proper environmental management of any project. Therefore, the environment and safety cell has already been formed to handle monitoring of air and water pollutants as well as the solid wastes generation & utilisation as per the directiveof State Pollution Control Board and Central Pollution Control Board. Proposed monitoring schedule for environmental parameters is given in the table below.

6.2 ADVANTAGES OF MONITORING

Monitoring of various parameters will be carried out regularly to:

 Find out pollution level inside the plant and in nearby area in 10km radius buffer zone, at specified monitoring stations to compile data and know the trend for remedial measure.  Monitoring data gives clear indication of plant health.  Find out efficiency level of pollution control measures adopted and scope for improvements.

Laboratory Facilities The company has an Environmental laboratory to analyze important pollution parameters like pH & BOD of water, analysis of raw material, product, noise monitoring near various equipments etc. However, NABL/MoEF Accredited laboratory is being outsourced for periodic monitoring of stack flue gas, ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality and other various parameters.

Gen.ToR-7(xii)& Specific ToR(iv) Action plan for post project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Depending upon prevailing predominant wind direction AAQ monitoring stations have been decided where monitoring instruments shall be installed for measuring polluting parameters at regular intervals.

156 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Pollution load is normally high during winter days and predominant wind direction in project buffer zone is North and North East. Hence following villages in South and South West direction at different distances from project site and having settlements have been selected for installing regular monitoring stations. Infact isopleth of pollutants at these stations show comparatively higher value than other locations.

6.3 SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Sl. Locations Distance Direction w.r.t No. (Km) project 1 Daharpur 5.89 S 2 Nutandih 5.54 SW

 All Pollution control equipment will be provided with separate electricity meter and totalizer for continuous recording of power consumption.  The amperage of the ID fan will also be recorded continuously. Non-functioning of Pollution control equipment will be recorded in the same logbook along with reasons for not running the Pollution Control Equipment.  The safety cap/emergency stack of rotary kiln type plant, which is generally installed above the After-Burner Chamber (ABC) of feed end column will not be used for discharging untreated emission, bypassing the air pollution control device.  In order to prevent bypassing of emissions through safety cap and non-operation of ESP or any other pollution control device, software controlled interlocking facility has been proposed to be provided on the basis of real time data from the plant control system, to ensure stoppage of feed conveyor, so that, feed to the kiln would stop automatically, if safety cap of the rotary kiln is opened or ESP is not in operation. The system should be able to take care of multiple operating parameters and their inter relations to prevent any possibility of defeating the basic objective of the interlock. The system should be foolproof to prevent any kind of tempering. The software based interlocking system, proposed to be installed by industry should be get approved by the concerned State Pollution Control Board, for its adequacy, before installation by the industry.  Stack Emission from de-dusting units All de-dusting units should be connected to a stack having a minimum stack height of 30 m. Sampling porthole and platform etc. shall be provided as per CPCB emission regulation to facilitate stack monitoring. De-dusting units can also be connected to ABC Chamber and finally emitted through common stack with kiln off-gas emissions. Fugitive Emission The measurement may be done, preferably on 8-hour basis with high volume sampler. However, depending upon the prevalent conditions at the site, the period of measurement can be reduced.  Siting Guideline for Sponge Iron Plants Siting of new sponge iron plants has been as per State Pollution Control Board guidelines. i. Residential habitation (residential localities/ village) and ecologically and/or otherwise sensitive areas: A minimum distance of at least 1000 m (1.0 km) has been maintained. The location of Sponge Iron Plant is more than 500 m away from National Highway and State Highway. ii. Radial distance between two Sponge Iron Plants is more than 5 km for plants having capacity 1000 TPD or more.

157 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

iii. Sponge Iron Plants can be established in designated industrial areas / Estates as notified by State Govt. iv. If any plant/clusters of plants are located within 1 km from any residential area/ village they may be shifted by State Pollution Control Board/ State Govt. in a phased manner for which a time bound action plan is to be prepared by SPCBs.

6.4 DATA ANALYSIS

The Ground water samples are to be analyzed for various parameters as per IS: 10500 and Surface water as IS: 2296 Class-C standards with the specified procedure. The methodology which will be adopted for monitoring & analysis of PM10, PM2.5 SO2, NOx will be as per IS: 5182 standards. Samples are to be analyzed for SO2 using improved West- Gaeke method for air samples using a spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 560 nm.

Samples will be analyzed for NOx using Jacob and hocheiser modified (Na-As) method, for air samples using a spectrophotometer at wavelength of 400 nm. RPM & SPM in ambient air can be found by using respirable dust sampler (RDS).

6.5 REPORTING SCHEDULE

After every six months of plant operation six monthly reports covering all the parameters of study period has to be prepared engaging external accredited agency and after completion of analysis a copy of all the analysis reports are to be sent to the State Pollution Control Board. A copy of the reports are to be maintained in the plant and will be made available to the concerned inspecting authorities. Abnormality to be reported to Board of Directors to take decision on remedial measure

158 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Table 6.1 Monitoring Schedule

Environ ment Sl particula Frequency of Duration of Monitoring Reporting No rs Description Areas/Locations Monitoring sampling Parameters Data Analysis Schedule Action Plan Air AAQ West-Gaeke Method using After every six Spectroohoto months of plant PM10,PM2.5,SO mer, Jacob operation six 2,NOx, CO, and monthly reports 1. Daharpur Ammonia, Lead, Hocheiser covering all the 2.Nutandih Twice in a week 24 hrs Nickel, Arsenic method parameters of study period has Fugitive 1. RMHP to be prepared 2. Internal Roads Twice in a Month SPM engaging Stack 1. DRI Kilns external Emissions 2. CPP accredited Abnormality 3. IFs agency and to be recorded 4. EAF PM10, PM2.5, West-Gaeke after completion and intimated 5. Sinter SO2,NOx,CO, Method using of analysis a to Head of 6.MBF Flow rate, Spectrophoto copy of all the Organisation 1 Online Monitoring Continuous Temp. mer analysis reports and corrective Water Surface Twice in a year are to be sent to Measures to Water 1. Pre-Monsoon the State be 1. Pond Water of 2. Post-Monsson Pollution Control Implemented Nutandih Heavy Metals will be Board. A copy of 2. Pond water of monitored Once in a Grab Parameters as per Class"C" the reports are 2 Dauka month. Sample IS:2296 to be Ground Twice in a year maintained in Water 1.Tubewell of 1. Pre-Monsoon the plant and Daharpur 2. Post-Monsson will be made 2.Tubewell of Heavy Metals will be available to the Nutandih monitored Once in a Grab Parameters as per Class"C" concerned 3 month. Sample IS:10500 inspecting ETP, CT Grab pH, COD, authorities. 4 and Boiler Inside plant Once in a Month Sample TSS,Oil &

159 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Blowdowns Grease, BOD

STP pH, COD, Grab TSS,Oil & 5 Inside plant Once in a Month Sample Grease, BOD 1. Along the 8 hrs boundary wall continuous 1.Lday 2. Daharpur with 1 hr 2. Lnight 6 Noise Noise 3.Nutandih Once in 6 Months interval 3. Ldn Chest, Xray, Occupati Vision, ECG, onal 1. Workers in the Spirometry, 7 Health plant Once in a year Audiometry etc

160 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

6.6 BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP

Gen.Tor-7(xi) Total Capital Cost And Recurring Cost/Annum For Environmental Pollution Control Measures.

ToR 8(iv)Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

The company will invest 155 Crore (about 4 % of total project cost) as capital investment towards implementation of Environmental Management Plan. The Annual recurring cost will be about 18 crore details are as follows. Investment towards EMP Implementation & its yearly maintenance is given in Table 6.3

Table 6.2 Investment towards EMP, Implementation & its yearly maintenance

Capital Cost Recurring Cost Category (INR Cr) (INR Cr) Air pollution Equipments 111.65 8 Water Pollution Control Machinery 28 3 & Construction Rainwater Harvesting 2.5 0.8 Occupational Health 1.5 1 Green Belt Development 0.10 0.03 Environmental Monitoring 1.1 0.5 Solid Waste management 3.2 1.5 Safety & Disaster Management 5.3 2.5 EMS & Capacity Development 1.75 1 Total 155.1 18.33

Additional ToR. 7 Plan for The Implementation Of The Recommendations Made For The Steel Plants In The CREP Guidelines

All the charter on corporate responsibility for environmental protection(CREP) recommendations for integrated steel project will be implemented & followed strictly which has been stated in table below.

Table 6.3 CREP Compliance

Sl. CREP Conditions Compliance No. The organization will adopt the latest state of the art 1 Technology technology with in-built pollution control measures Dedusting of Cast house at tap holes, runners, skimmers ladle and charging points, swivel hood, Fume Extraction Chamber Fugitive emissions followed by adequate capacity bag filtration will control 2 reduction in SMS emission within the norms. RMHS-Dust extraction &suppression using water sprinklers, Dry Fog in closed conveyors & Bag filters

161 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Direct inject of reducing Pulverized coal injection in MBF has been proposed 3 agents in MBF. Energy MBF top pressure to be utilized to run turbine and generate recovery of top BF gas. power to the tune of 35kw/t of hot metal produced

To operate pollution control equipment efficiently and to keep Energy meter has been proposed to be installed in ESPs to proper record of run keep record of running hours and reported to SPCB, WB. Non- hours, failure time and conformance to be reported to Board of Directors. Sensible 4 efficiency with heat BF gas, Non-recovery Coke-oven hot gas shall be used in immediate effect. WHRB for captive power generation.ESP will control dust Compliance report in emission. this regard be submitted to CPCB/SPCB every three months Unit proposes production of billets and water consumption is To reduce specific water proposed with 6448 m3/day water excluding power plant consumption to 5 m3/t 5 consumption but including domestic, coke oven etc. hence it for long products and 8 is coming to about 2.3 m3/t, there is no provision of rolling m3/t for flat products mill at present to produce long or flats. Reduction Green House Gases by Reduction in BF gas has been proposed to be utilized to generate power. power consumption, Use Power reduction measures have been proposed. Power of by products gases for recovery from DRI kiln flue gas, use of Variable frequency 6 power generation. Drive ID fans, Silicon-controlled rectifier, capacitor Bank, hot Promotion of Energy metal charging in LF/IF, selection of medium frequency Optimisation technology coreless IFs and minimization of air consumption in FBCs are including energy/ audit the power saving steps suggested for the unit

Installation of Continuous stack monitoring system to be implemented and 7 Continuous stack regular ambient air monitoring will be done as per the monitoring system guidelines. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is a decision cum management tool which provides information on the environmental effects of various products and processes so as to arrive at necessary corrective measures to make the entire process efficient with 8 L C A optimal utilization of resources and minimal wastes generation. Steps to be taken to minimize pollution from receiving ore from mines to utilization of end product and in every intermediate stages.

162 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

There will be generation of fly ash, bottom ash, BF slag, IF slag, BF dust &sludge from the plant processes. Fly ash will be fully utilized in brick making by external manufacturing Solid Waste /Hazardous agencies, utilization of ground granulated BF slag and fly ash 9 Waste Management in cement plants and recycle of BF dust &sludge in sinter plant has been proposed. Small amount of non-process hazardous waste like used oil and exhausted batteries shall be handed over to authorized resources.

Green belt along boundary and tree plantation by the side of internal roads, material handling area, regular water sprinkling on roads and removal of MSW on regular basis will help in good housekeeping. Again, scheduled preventive 10 Good house keeping maintenance and regular lubrication of moving machineries will losses due to break down and help in good house keeping and thereby prevent accidents. M/s BEL is a polythene free Plant. All the employees spare time every week for cleaness of the plant.

CONCLUSION

It is highly essential to have a regular environmental monitoring to monitor the post project environment standards, like establishing a laboratory selection of sampling locations, data analysis and budgetary provision for EMP, so that later it can be assessed if there is a change in the ambient environmental conditions. After considering the environment point of view, there will be evaluation on the risk and hazard involved in the occupation in the next chapter. An industry cannot survive ignoring issues of people residing in surrounding area of project who contribute for sustainability of project and also affected by the project, hence there is need to listen people and take their views before setting up a project. This need to be addressed in next chapter.

163 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT:

M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, at-Daukais at present running with 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery/heat recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant. The project has proposed its expansion for which prior EC is in the process. After expansion, the facilities will be as follows:

1. 2x0.6 MTPA non-recovery Coke oven Plant with waste heat recovery boiler 2. 4x500 TPD DRI kilns 3. 4x350 TPD DRI Kilns 4. 2x320m3 MBF 5. 1x60m2 Iron Ore Sinter plant 6. 2x80T EAF with CCM 7. 3x20T IF with CCM 8. 35 MW AFBC based Power plant 9. 22 MW BF gas fired based Power Plant 10. 80 MW Coke Oven gas(WHRB) power Plant 11. 68 MW DRI kiln flue gas(WHRB) Power Plant & 12. 120 TPD ASU.

Besides these operating processes, which can cause major hazards due to leakage of toxic gases and red hot metal liquids; there will be one month’s fuel stock at all the time of a year. Coal will be stocked under shed and LDO in 150 KL above ground tank; these are combustible and Fire/ pool fire is anticipated from these materials It is presumed that the proposed steel plant would be designed and engineered with all possible safety measures and standard code of practices of engineering. In spite of this, there may be some design deficiency or due to operation and maintenance fault which may lead to accidental events causing damage to the life and property. This chapter presents an overview of environmental risks associated with the production facilities, suggested remedial measures and a model outline of the emergency preparedness plan.

7.2 OBJECTIVES

The objectives of environmental risk assessment are governed by the following, which excludes natural calamities:  To identify the potential hazardous areas so that necessary design safety measures can be adopted to minimize the probability of accidental events.  To identify the potential areas of environmental disaster which can be prevented by proper design of the installations and its controlled operation  To manage the emergency situation or a disastrous event, if any, from the plant operation.

Managing a disastrous event will obviously require prompt action by the operators and the crisis management personnel using all their available resources like alerting the people and other plant personnel remaining inside, deployment of firefighting equipment, operation of emergency shut off valves, opening of the escape doors, rescue etc.

164 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Minimizing the immediate consequences of a hazardous event include cordoning off, evacuation, medical assistance and giving correct information to the families of the affected persons and local public for avoiding rumors and panic. Lastly, an expert committee is required to probe the cause of such events and the losses encountered and suggest remedial measures for implementation so that in future such events or similar events do not recur.

7.3 DEFINITION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK

The following terms related to environmental risks are defined before reviewing the environmental risks:

 Harm : Damage to the person, property or environment.

 Hazard : Something with the potential to cause harm; this could be a Characteristic of material being processed or malfunctioning of the equipment. An environmental hazard is thus going to be a set of circumstances, which leads to the direct or indirect degradation of environment and damage to the life and property.

 Risk : The probability of the harm or likelihood of harmful occurrence being released and its severity. Environmental risk is a measure of the potential threat to the environment, life and property.

 Consequence: Effect due to occurrence of the event, which may endanger the Environment permanently or temporarily and, or, loss of life and property.

 Environmental The consequence is so severe that it can extensively damage a Disaster : one or all the four components of the environment, namely, (i) Physico-chemical, (ii) biological, (iii) human and (iv) aesthetics.

7.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

The hazards are attributable due to raw materials and chemicals used in steel making and the plant operation. A list of major raw materials used in the plant and the process units with their hazard potential is presented in Table below.

Gen. ToR 3(x) Hazard Identification and details of proposed safety measures.

165 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Table 7.1 Hazard Identification of the Proposed Steel Plant

Risk Rank potential ACTIVITY CREATING Likelihood SL NO Likelihood Severity of Preventive Measures HAZARD of = RANK of detection RANK consequence RANK occurrenc (A+B)XC (B) ( C ) e (A) Oxygen Plant

Leather apron, leather gloves and 1 Handling of Liquid Oxygen HIGH 4 MODERATE 3 LOW 6 42 safety shoes DRI

Cleaning of cooler transfer 1 HIGH 4 VERY LOW 5 MODERATE 8 72 Safety rope and PPE to be used chute Use of PPE like safety shoes, cleaning of dust settling 2 HIGH 4 VERY LOW 5 MODERATE 8 72 helmets, gloves, aprons and chamber goggles SMS

Fall of material due to Excess Purging to be done with calculated 1 LOW 2 VERY HIGH 1 HIGH 10 30 N2 purging amount of N2 Use of PPE like safety shoes, Burn injury due to overflow of 2 LOW 2 VERY HIGH 2 HIGH 10 40 helmets, gloves, aprons and hot material goggles Burn injury due to broken of Cordening of area with hooter 3 LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 HIGH 10 70 wire rope arrangement during transportation Fall of ladle due to broken of Cordening of area with hooter 4 LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 HIGH 10 70 hanger arrangement during transportation Slip and fall due to Use of PPE like safety shoes, 5 accumulation of sponge iron MODERATE 3 MODERATE 3 LOW 6 36 helmets, gloves, aprons and on shop floor goggles Falling of scrap due to 6 mishandling of scrap during MODERATE 3 MODERATE 3 MODERATE 8 48 Use of helmets and safety shoes charging of scrap to SMS

166 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

SLIPING OF PERSONS DUE TO Spillage of material on the Use of PPE like safety shoes, 7 shop floor during charging of MODERATE 3 MODERATE 3 MODERATE 8 48 helmets, gloves, aprons and raw material through mobile goggles equipment Electrical Flashing / shock Electrical isolation, tagging, spot 8 during Air cleaning of furnace LOW 2 LOW 4 HIGH 10 60 earthing capacitors and switch gear

Electrical Shock during Rubber hand gloves and insulator 9 VERY LOW 1 MODERATE 3 MODERATE 8 32 Checking of Capacitor bank tools Occurrence of static 11 electricity/electric spark in the VERY LOW 1 VERY LOW 5 HIGH 10 60 Proper earthing to be ensured Mill Cellar Room Splashing of molten metal Face shield, helmet, asbestos 12 LOW 2 VERY HIGH 1 HIGH 10 30 and slag appron Rolling Mill

Fall of material during hot Sling to be checked from time to 1 LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 HIGH 10 70 slab handling time, Use of PPE

BODY PART in between Use of Hand gloves, Stopper 2 LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 MODERATE 8 56 slab/chain switch at short intervals Fire due to Electric short 3 LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 LOW 6 42 Use of MCB circuit during Firing with Tar Back firing during Firing with 4 LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 LOW 6 42 Use of Face shield Producer gas Fall of Plate, Cutting set, Fall 5 on person during Plate/Cobble LOW 2 VERY LOW 5 LOW 6 42 Use of helmet Cutting Collision of hot coil strips 6 LOW 2 very low 5 low 6 42 To be mechanically handled during Shifting of Coil

7 Falling of objects from top MODERATE 3 VERY LOW 5 MODERATE 8 64 Use of helmet & Safety Shoe

Un safe disposal of oily To be collected in drums and 8 HIGH 4 Low 4 Moderate 8 64 wastes of Rolling Mills capped CPP

167 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Furnace oil transfer from tanker to storage tank To be transferred Mechanically and 1 LOW 2 HIGH 2 MODERATE 8 32 1.Slip & Fall Use of PPE 2. Fire

Operation of Boiler Periodic NDT to know the thickness of pipe and replacement 2 1.EXPLOSION LOW 2 LOW 4 HIGH 10 60 with thinned down pipes. 2.TUBE LEAKAGE Interlocking of ID fan running with LDO firing. 3. BACKFIRE Shrouding of evaporator coil Oil leakage from bearings & 3 LOW 2 LOW 4 LOW 6 36 oil line on main steam line Use of PPE like safety shoes, 4 Chemical handling MODERATE 3 LOW 4 MODERATE 8 56 helmets, gloves, aprons and 1. ACID / ALKALI SPILLAGE goggles Generation of dust during ash 5 VERY HIGH 5 VERY HIGH 1 LOW 6 36 Use of Dusk Mask unloading on trucks

Fall from height while working 6 LOW 2 LOW 4 HIGH 10 60 Use of safety belt in the height Use of PPE like safety shoes, 7 Oil wastes/oil sludge handling LOW 2 High 2 Mode rate 8 32 helmets, gloves, aprons and goggles Collapsing of acid/ alkali 8 VERY LOW 1 High 2 High 10 30 Use of vacuum breaker storage tanks

NDT of steam line at regular 9 Leakages of steam line LOW 2 HIGH 2 MODERATE 8 32 intervals specially at bends and thermal insulation of pipeline SINTER PLANT

Working near moving 1 HIGH 4 LOW 2 HIGH 10 60 Guards for moving equipment, PPE equipment Generation of dust NOx, SOx PPE like mask, Good ventilation of 2 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 MODERATE 8 64 & Dioxins Working Place.

168 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

From the Table, it may be observed that the major on-site emergency situation may occur from the organic coal chemicals storage and handling, fuel gas handling, molten metal and slag handling, acids and alkali storage and handling and electrical short- circuit. The off-site environmental disaster may occur if large-scale fire and explosion occurs, the effect of which extends beyond the plant boundary. The off-site environmental disaster may occur due to significant environmental degradation for a sustained period.Off-site environmental disaster not envisaged for this integrated steel plant. However pool fires from fuel oil storage tanks are not ruled out, and needs addressal.

7.5 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK EVALUATION

From environmental hazards point of view for the raw materials and consumable chemicals and processing of the same in various production units, relative risk potential analysis is made on the following three factors:

 Likelihood of occurrence

 Likelihood of detection

 Severity of consequences Each of these factors is graded and compiled to determine the risk potential. The factors governing the determination of relative risk potentials are presented in the Table 7-2.

Table 7.2 – Determination of Risk Potential

Likely hood of Severity of Likelihood of detection occurrence consequences Criteria (A) Rank Criteria (B) Rank Criteria (C) Rank Very High 5 Very High 1 None 2 High 4 High 2 Minor 4 Moderate 3 Moderate 3 Low 6 Low 2 Low 4 Moderate 8 Very low 1 Very low 5 High 10

RISK POTENTIAL (RP) = (A+B) X C Based on the above stated criteria for assessing the risk, each probable event has been evaluated by addressing several questions on the probability of event occurrence in the view of the in-built design features detection response, operational practice and its likely consequence. A summarized list of environmental risk potential for the likely events is presented in Table 6-3

This evaluation has been done with the presumption of common events as observed from the past experience in the operation of an integrated iron and steel plant and best practicable designs for the proposed project. The present risk potential evaluation is primarily based on human errors or faulty operation or failure of the control systems.

169 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

From the table 7.3, it appears that some events carry risk potential above 50. these vents will be considered as risk prone hazardous events and need adequate safe design operation and maintenance in order to reduce the risk. Risk Management Measures The Risk management measures for the proposed project activities require adoption of best safety practice at the respective construction zones within the Works boundary. In addition, the design and engineering of the proposed facilities would take into consideration of the proposed protection measures for air and water environment. The Evaluation is given in the Table No. 7.3.

7.6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Tor-7(xiii) Onsite And Offsite Disaster Preparedness And Emergency Management Plan Including Risk Assessment And Damage Control.

Manpower

Table 7.3 Manpower to be in position

Department Shifts Total per Total on / Section General I II III week Pay Roll day Coke Oven 20 60 60 60 200 230 Plant Sponge Iron 15 100 100 100 315 325 Plant BF 10 30 30 30 70 75 EAF & IF 10 75 75 75 235 250 Captive Power 15 50 50 50 165 175 Plant Sinter Plant 5 20 20 20 65 70 Maintenance 30 40 40 40 170 175 and Services Quality 5 15 15 15 50 55 Assurance and Lab Total 110 390 390 390 1280 1355

From the manpower deployment table, it can be seen that at any point of time in general shift hours 500 people will be available in plant, and 390 people during night. More over some contract labors and security guards will be available in the plant. If it is a time of changeover of shift additional 390 people will also be inside plant premises. Therefore, planning has to be made for safety of these people during any onsite disaster.

In an integrated steel plant like this one, it is imperative that accidents occurring due to unforeseen acts and events will not affect the surrounding areas. Therefore, an onsite emergency plan for prevention and mitigations of accidents will be enough to cater for unforeseen acts and events that may occur.

170 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Identification of most credible Hazard Scenarios

All the anticipated hazard scenarios associated with this integrated steel plant are critically examined and the following scenarios are identified as credible scenarios: Credible scenario-A : Pool fire in any of 2x200 KL LDO tanks Credible scenario- B : Pool fire in 1x200 KL FO tank Credible scenario- C : Toxic release and fire due to CO from MBF Credible scenario-D : Leakage of liquid Oxygen from ASU

The LDO/FO tanks will be provided with standard auxiliaries such as conservative vent valve, flame arrestor, drain connection. Oil from these tanks shall be transferred to the respective consumer units by 2 x 100 per cent fuel oil transfer pumps through filters. Return oil, if any, shall be discharged back to the storage tank. The tank farm will be provided with dyke wall and suitable fencing all around according to statutory requirement. However accidental fire may not be ruled out. Models done for this scenario show that credible hazard can occur in winter night time. In this case the significant heat levels of interest(SHL) for the pool fire as predicted by model shall be as per the following table.

There are three significant “Heat Levels” of interests which are as follows.

S H L Value Experience at Experience at Indication distance pool A Distance pool B SHL-1 4.5 KW/m2 10.01m 9.57m Causes pain if unable to cover the body within 20 seconds SHL-2 12.5 KW/m2 6.19m 5.91m Minimum energy for melting plastic SHL-3 37.5 KW/m2 3.68m 3.51m Sufficient to cause damage to equipments

As pool fire can cause damage to equipments within distance estimated, no such equipments to be constructed within that distance. This hazard is not considered as most credible scenario. As to toxic release and fire due to CO release, BF gas contains about 25-30% CO. This considered as most credible scenario and for that on sight emergency plan has been made. Leakage of liquid Oxygen from Oxygen storage tank or ASU will vigorously accelerate the combustion or initiate explosion of organic or oxidizable material. Many materials that are not combustible in air(20% Oxygen) can burn in oxygen rich atmosphere. Oxygen tank may vent rapidly or rupture violently from pressure when involved in a fire situation.

Toxicological Information

Oxygen is neither combustible nor acutely toxic under normal pressure but helps in combustion. So associated fire hazard due to leakage of Oxygen is rare and much less in magnitude as compared to fire from LDO or FO tanks. The coal storage area and LDO/FO storage tanks to be away from Oxygen storage tank.

171 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Emergency command structure

7.7 ROLE OF KEY PERSONS

7.7.1 WORKS MAIN CONTROLLER:

He is the Managing Director of the unit and is generally available in the factory or in the colony nearby except on tours. On emergency, he can reach work site at any odd hour within 20 minutes time. In his absence, HOD project & co-ordination shall take up his charge as Works Main Controller (WMC).

On being informed of an incident, he has to:

 Rush to the emergency Site, collect all information from SIC.  Decide if emergency is to be declared and advise Site incident Controller (SIC) accordingly and reach Emergency Control Room (ECR).  Advise Rescue Team Leader (RTL)/ Security Gate to blow the siren with appropriate code for declaration of emergency. Two minutes with a pause of five seconds for 3 times for fire hazard. Three minutes with pause of five seconds for 5 times for Gas leakages.  Advice (Auxiliary Team Leader) ATL for communication to statutory authorities and for mutual aid as required.

172 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 Through (Auxiliary Team Leader) ATL ensure constant communication to statutory authorities and to mutual aid partners as required.  Maintain continuous communication with Site Incident Controller (SIC) to review the situation and assess the possible course of action for emergency operations.  To declare normalcy at the end of operation and advise Rescue team leader (RTL)/security Gate to blow “all clear siren” [for 1 minute continuously].  Ensure the record keeping of emergency operations chronologically.

7.7.2 SITE INCIDENT CONTROLLER: He is available at the factory or in the colony nearby. At any point of time and on being informed about an accident, he has to:

 Intimate the works main Controller (WMC) and proceed to the emergency site.  Take the necessary instruction from Combat Team Leader (CTL), assess the situation and call Rescue Team Leader (RTL) and Auxiliary Team Leader (ATL).  Inform Works Main Controller (WMC) regarding the situation.  Take necessary steps and provide guidance to Combat Team, Rescue Team, and Auxiliary Team Leaders to mitigate the emergency situation.  Examine for major emergency shut down operation activities, decide safe escape route and announce for evacuation to Assembly Point.  Inform Works Main Controller (WMC) about the status of the situation at regular intervals. 7.7.3 COMBAT TEAM LEADER He is the leader to attend to the emergency and is available in the factory or in the colony at any instant. On being informed about an accident, he has to:

 Immediately rush to the site and lead the team to control the situation.  Inform Site incident controller (SIC) about the incident and request him to rush to the spot.  Instruct the rescue Team leader (RTL) for fire fighting and medical assistance.  Co-ordinate the activities of team members and combat the emergency, so as to eliminate the route cause of the hazard.  Shut-down the plant if necessary to take up repair measures.  To arrest the leakage and spillage from various equipments, shut down the concerned equipments.  Take necessary action to remove unwanted persons from the site of the incident.  Keep informed about the developments to Site incident Controller (SIC). 7.7.4 RESCUE TEAM LEADER He is the person who conducts rescue operations and should be available at any instant. On receiving the information about the incident he has to:

 Rush to site of emergency through safe route.

173 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 Ensure presence of all his team members, availability of fire fighting facilities and take necessary action to arrest the fires/leakage of gas.  Arrange for safe escape of entrapped persons.  Make necessary arrangements to send the affected persons for immediately medical attention through the medical officer.  Search for the missing persons on the basis of role call taken by Auxiliary team leader (ATL).  Give the feedback to the site incident controller (SIC) about the developments. 7.7.5 AUXILIARY TEAM LEADER He is the communication manager for the crisis management. On being informed of the emergency, he should proceed to Emergency Control Room (ECR) and:

 Keep in constant touch with works main controller (WMC) and Site Incident Controller (SIC).  Inform the Statutory Authorities and District Administration.  Communicate to mutual Aid Partners, Fire service stations at Kharagpur.  Send communications to District Hospital Kharagpur Road for rendering services.  Inform the relatives of causalities and send them to their residence or hospital as the case may be.  Take care of visit of the authorities to the Emergency site.  Give feed back to work main controller (WMC) about the status with respect to his areas of activities.

Table 7.4 ACTION PLAN FOR ON-SITE EMERGENCY

STEP INITIATOR ACTION TO TAKE NO 1. The person noticing  Inform the Security Gate, Combat team leader and the the emergency concerned Shift-in –charge immediately. 2. Combat team Leader  Inform site incident Controller (SIC) and rush to spot and (CTL) organize his team.  Take charge of the situation, arrange for fire fighting and medical first-aid available at site.  To start combating, shut-down equipments, arrest the leakage of gas/fire. 3. Site Incident  Inform works main controller (WMC) and rush to emergency Controller (SIC) site.  Discuss with Combat Team Leader (CTL), assesses the situation and call the Rescue Team Leader (RTL) & Auxiliary Team Leader (ATL).  Organize the Rescue Team and Auxiliary Team and send the rescue Team to site.  Arrange to evacuate the unwanted persons and call for additional help.  Pass information to the works main controller (WMC)

174 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

periodically about the position at site. 4. Works main  Rush to emergency site and observe the ongoing activities. Controller (WMC)  Take stock of the situation in consultation with the SIC.  Move to Emergency Control Room.  Take decision on declaration of emergency.  Advise Auxiliary Team Leader to inform the statutory authorities and seek help of mutual aid from partners as required.  Decide on declaration of cessation of emergency.  Ensure that the emergency operations are recorded chronologically. 5. Rescue Team  Consult with Site incident controller (SIC) and organize his (RTL) team with amenities to arrest fire fighting and medical treatment.  Rush to Emergency Site through safe route along with the team members.  Arrange to set off the fire by fire fighting equipments and hydrant points to arrest the fire or to evacuate the area.  Shift the injured persons to hospital by ambulance after providing necessary first aid.  To inform the auxiliary team Leader for necessary help from mutual aid Partners. 6. Auxiliary Team (ATL)  On being directed by works main Controller (WMC) inform about the emergency to statutory authorities.  Seek help of Mutual Aid partners and Coordinate with Mutual Aid partners to render their services.  Arrange to inform the relatives of casualties.  Take care of visit of the authorities to the Emergency site. 7. Team members  Each of the team members should follow the instruction of concerned team leader to mitigate the emergency.

7.8 SILENT HOUR COMMAND STRUCTURE

 The Senior Officers/ Key Persons of the plant remain during day time i.e. 8am to 8 pm. Hence the timing of 8pm to 8am is considered as silent hour that to 10pm to 8am is the crucial time. Still each and every unit/section of the plant is headed by shift in charge in the rank of Officer, Engineer or Sr. Engineer or Asst. Manager, who shall be responsible for handling the emergency. The other supporting/services and emergency sections like Fire Service, Ambulance, Security, Personnel, Water Supply, Transport departments etc. are also running for 24 hours shift wise with shift in charge and crew to handle emergency during the silent hour till main command personnel arrive. However, most of the key persons of the main command structure reside in nearby area and can reach within minimum time.

 The command structure of the silent hour shall be same as during normal hour, however, during the silent hour, the operation Shift-in charge of the concerned

175 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

area where the fire or leakage of gas has taken place, shall act as SIC-in – charge, till the arrival of actual designation members.

 Since WMC, SIC, CTL, RTL & ATL may not be available inside the plant; they shall be informed by the SIC-in-charge either by telephone or by sending special messengers to their residences.

 On receiving the information WMC, SIC, CTL, RTL & ATL shall reach the site immediately & simultaneously take actions to ensure the presence of their respective team members.

 Therefore the action plan as well as the role of key person shall be same as the normal hour execution of command structure.

7.9 ACTIVATION & CLOSING PROCEDURE FOR ON-SITE EMERGENCY

7.9.1 ACTIVATION PROCEDURE The person noticing the incident of fire or leakage of gas, shall inform about the location & nature of fire to the combat team Leader (CTL), security Gate and concerned Shift-in- charge.

Combat team Leader (CTL) shall inform site incident controller (SIC) and shall rush to the site immediately. He shall arrange for fire fighting and first aid available at site. He shall arrange to take necessary steps to eliminate the root cause of fire. Site incident controller (SIC) on getting information shall inform the WMC and reach the site at the earliest. He shall take over the charge and shall direct Rescue Team Leader (RTL)) to carry out rescue operations including fire fighting and medical attention. Site incident controller (SIC) shall co-ordinate with Combat team leader (CTL) to eliminate the root cause of fire.

- Work main controller (WMC), on arrival at site shall take stock of the situation from site incident controller (SIC) and then rush to emergency control room (ECR) to declare emergency on the basis of assessment made by (Site incident controller (SIC). He shall give direction to the security gate/ (Rescue team Leader) RTL to activate siren. Two Minutes with a pause of five seconds for 3 times for fire Accident. Three Minutes with a pause of five seconds for 5 times for leakage of gas. - Rescue Team Leader (RTL) shall mobilize fire fighting and medical resources to site and shall assist (Site incident Controller) SIC.

- Auxiliary Team Leader (ATL) shall take charge of Emergency Control Room (ECR), shall ensure smooth operation of ECR and shall inform relatives of casualties. Informs mutual Aid partners and ensures their arrival at site if required.

- Auxiliary Team Leader (ATL) informs statutory authorities and district administration regarding emergency suitably and coordinates their visit at site.

- Works main controller (WMC) coordinates and keeps the track of all the activities at site and off the site and arranges the recording of the activities in a chronological manner for review of the Onsite emergency Plan.

176 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

7.9.2 FACILITIES AVAILABLE FOR ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: (a.) Assembly Point: In any emergency it will be necessary to evacuate people from affected zones or the zones likely to be affected, to a safer place. Safer places are identified and designated as Assembly Points. Taking the area and hazard zones into consideration two assembly points have been marked in two different areas i.e. one near administrative building (Assembly Point-1) and other near the SMS Area (Assembly Point-2) Both the points are well connectable to the plant road and facilities like drinking water, temporary shelter and first aid is available there. This has been well marked in the lay out map as well as in the factory.

(b.) Escape routes: Escape routes are those that, allow reasonably safe passage of persons from the work area to assembly point during emergency situation. These routes would be different depending on wind direction, Fire and explosion scenario. Escape routes are ear marked on the drawings as well as on the routes, showing escape direction in broad arrow marks on fluorescent paints, which will facilitate all for safe evacuation.

(c.) Emergency Control Room (ECR): The emergency Control Room is a place from which all emergency management operation are directed and coordinated. Also it is the place from where all communication will be established, with outside agencies and district authority also. Facilities Available at ECR:

a. Plant general Layout, ear marked with hazard zone, Assembly points and escape routes. b. List of working personnel in various shifts and general shift. c. Mobile telephone Nos., of emergency command structure personnel. d. Emergency command structure. e. Rhythmical siren code for different emergency situation. f. Relevant material safety data sheet. g. Emergency Control Room Register. h. First Aid Box with antidotes. i. Required personal protective equipments with self carrying breathing app.

7.10 FACILITIES AVAILABLE

 Fire Hydrant System Fire pumps are to be connected to main fire hydrant to maintain a pressure of 7Kg/cm2. In case of temporary power failure, the fire pumps are to run through DG. An underground tank supply water to the fire main. A security jeep is stationed at main gate (main control) to meet the emergency.  Fire Extinguishers Required types of fire extinguishers are to be provided at different locations of the plant. Fire Buckets

177 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Fire buckets filled with dry sand must be provided in differentlocations of the plant.  Fire Tender The company may have a fire tender of its own for major firefighting operations.  Siren Company must have Siren/ hooter arrangement, which can be activated manually during fire related emergency.  Communication Public address system and EPABX telephone is available for effective communication inside the plant. Telephone directory is available in the entire department.  Dispensary A well organized First-aid centre with ambulance, stretchers, oxygen cylinder etc. shall be located inside the factory. The First-aid centre is manned by one doctor, 4nos. pharmacists, 4 nos. attendants, and one Ambulance with driver. The first-aid center is manned round the clock. In the event of emergency, the doctors and staff attend the first-aid centre. The existing first-aid centre is to be strengthened & well-equipped to meet the emergencies. In case of requirement outside ambulance services are to be contacted.  First Aid Box Company has provided First Aid boxes with required first aid medicines at different locations inside the plant for any injury. First aid boxes are checked by the pharmacists once in a month & and medicines are filled/replaced. The first aid boxes are provided in the following locations:

Blast Furnace, DRI, Coke Oven, Ferro Chrome, Power Plant, Electrical Substation, DG room, Administrative building, SMS, Rolling Mill and Security Office.

7.11 OBJECTIVE OF ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

The main objective of the plan is to take immediate actions to meet any emergency situation for speedy and efficient rescue and relief operations. The main steps in an onsite emergency plan is described below:

 Cordon and isolate the affected area for smooth rescue operation.

 Rescue and treat casualties and safeguards the rest.

 Minimise damage to persons, property and surroundings.

 Contain and ultimately bring the situation under control.

 Secure and safe rehabilitation of the affected area.

 Identify any dead and provide for the needs of the relatives.

 Provide necessary information to statutory agencies.

 Provide authoritative information to the news media.

 Ward off unsocial elements and prying onlookers.

 Counter rumor mongering and panic by relevant accurate information.

178 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Industrial Safety and Fire Fighting

For protection of working personnel, equipment and machineries from any damage or loss and to ensure uninterrupted production, adequate safety and firefighting measures have been planned for the proposed plant. Important provisions are as follows: Provision of adequate personal safety appliances to workers engaged in hazardous installations

 Provision of detection and alarm system to allow a developing fire to be detected at an early stage.

 Provision of water spray fire extinguishing system and portable extinguishers using carbon dioxide or chemical powder.

Portable Fire Extinguishers All plant units, office, buildings, stores, laboratories, etc. will be provided with adequate number of portable fire extinguishers to be used as first aid fire appliances. The distribution and selection of extinguishers will be done in accordance with the requirement of fire protection manual.

7.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

The modern definition of Occupational health is “The promotion and maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well-being of workers in all occupations – total health of all at work”. Occupational health is concerned with physical, mental and social well-being in humans in relation to his work and work environment, their adjustment to work and adjustment of work to humans ILOs’ Occupational health services recommendation, 1959 (No. 112) aims with following: Protecting workers against any health hazard, which may arise out of work or condition in which it is carried on. Contributing towards workers’ physical and mental adjustment, in particular by adaptation of work to workers and assignment to jobs in which they are suitable and; contributing to establishment and maintenance of highest possible degree of physical and mental social wellbeing of workers. 7.12.1 Occupational Health Hazard

Hazard is defined as “Source or situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury or ill health, damage to property, damage to the workplace environment, or a combination of these” 1972 ILO/WHO Conference Recommendations: Occupational health is a wide field, and during last decade relative importance of its component parts has changed. This changing concept has been linked with scientific progress in relation to occupational health and safety and also with changes in evolution of work and work environment on part of individuals. In past emphasis was on safety, now it is more on health and job satisfaction. In 1976, 29th session of World Health Assembly directed Director General to promote planning and implementation of comprehensive health programs for workers, as an integral part of National Health Programs.

179 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Legal Provisions

The Indian Constitution has shown notable concern to workmen in factories and industries as envisaged in its preamble as Directive Principles of State Policy.

 For securing the health and strength of workers, men and women  That the tender age of children is not abused  That the citizens are not forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their age or strength  Just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief are provided and,  That the Government will take steps, by suitable legislation or in any other way, to secure the participation of workers in the management of undertakings, establishments or other organizations engaged in any industry

The Factories Act, 1948, the Mines Act, 1952, the Dock Workers (Safety, Health & Welfare) Act, 1986 are some of the laws, which contain provisions regulating the health of workers in an establishment. Whereas the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 and the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 are compensatory in nature. These various legal provisions to protect health and safety of the workers are given in Chapter 8. It may be sufficient to indicate at this stage that metallurgical industries are classified as hazardous industry and legal provisions must be adhered to avoid any harm to work force and local residents in the vicinity of the industry. Occupational health hazard in steel plants are of two types. One occupational health hazard 1) common to all shops including Raw material/Product handling & 2) Hazards specific to individual Major Shop.

Gen. Tor 8 (i) Details Of Existing Occupational And Safety Hazards. What Are The Exposure Levels Of Above Mentioned Hazards And Whether They Are Within Permissible Exposure Level (PEL). If These Are Not Within PEL, What Measures The Company Has Adopted To Keep Them Within PEL So That Health Of The Workers Can Be Preserved.

(A)Existing Health hazards Common to a Steel Plant like M/s BEL are due to dust in eye contact, skin contact, inhalation of toxic gas, ingestion, coming in contact with molten metal or high temperature, and unpleasant sound level of running machineries.

Dust

The iron ore and coal are stored in raw material yard. The main health hazard in the storage yard is uncontrolled fugitive dust emission during loading/un loading and transportation of material in the stock yard.

Eye Contact:

Airborne dust may cause immediate or delayed irritation or inflammation. Eye contact with large amounts of dust particles can cause moderate eye irritation, chemical burns and blindness.. Eye exposures require immediate first aid and medical attention to prevent significant damage to eye.

Skin Contact:

180 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Dust of coal, Iron ore and silicon may cause dry skin, discomfort, irritation, severe burns and dermatitis. These dusts are capable of causing dermatitis by irritation. Skin affected by dermatitis may include symptoms such as, redness, itching, rash, scaling and cracking.

Inhalation Breathing dust may cause nose, throat or lung irritation, including choking, depending on the degree of exposure. Inhalation of high levels of dust can cause chemical burns to the nose, throat and lungs. Inhalation of toxic gases beyond TLV can even be fatal.

Ingestion:

Internal discomfort or ill effects are possible if large quantities are swallowed.

Burning

Burning is caused due to coming in contact with hot metal or bodies at high temperature or corrosive chemicals like acid or alkali. Similarly cold burning and blister formation is caused in coming contact with liquefied gases.

B)Common safety hazards in an Integrated Steel Plant are - Posture, Excess Load, Harmful Contact By Cranes : Defective Tackles, Slings, Excess Load, Wrong Signaling, Working Under Load, Unskilled Operator, Defects in Crane, Improper / Unauthorized Handling and most important is stress

7.12.2 EXPOSURE LIMITS The exposure limits for Manganese, Crystalline, silica, Coal Dust are as given in the following table for awareness.

SR. Raw Chemical *NIOSH Factory Target Symptoms NO. materials Name TLVTWA Act TLV Organs (mg/m3) (mg/m3) 1 Manganese Manganese 1mg/m3 C*05mg/m3 Resp. Asthenia, oxide System, CNS, insomnia, (Mn3O4) Blood, mental, Kidneys, confusion, low back pain, vomit; maliase, blassitude, kidney damage; pneumonitis 2 Silicon Si - 10600/(% Eyes, Skin, Irritation eyes, 10mg/m3(total) skin, upper (a) Quartz+10 Resp sys. respiratory; Crystalline mg/m cough 10/(% respirable) (b) Quartz -5mg/m3 (1) In (respiratory) Quartz+2) terms of mg/mt. dust count 10/(% & (2) In respirable)

181 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

terms of respirable dust.

3 Coal(Dust) <5%SiO2)2mg/ Not Respiratory Chronic m3 as the available system bronchitis, respirable dust decreased fraction) pulm function, 0.1mg/m3(as emphysema the respirable quartz fraction) 4 Iron ore Iron oxide 5mg/m3 5mg/m3 Respiratory Benign dust system pneumoconiosi &fume(as s( siderosis) Fe) (Fe2O3),Iro n(III) Oxide

Airborne concentrations of chemical substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, over a working lifetime, without adverse health effects are threshold limit values.

Permissible Exposure Level The expansion project will have Induction Furnace and Rolling mill. The workmen while handling raw material like sponge iron, pig iron or scrap may be exposed to Iron oxide

Fe2O3 fumes. Ferric oxide fumes are red brown in color and have a metallic taste. As per OSHA

standard for 8hr working the Possible Exposure Limit is 10mg of Fe2O3 per cubic meter of air (American standard 5mg/m3. Repeated exposure of iron ore fume over a period of years may cause x-ray changes of lungs but does not cause the exposed person to become ill. Exposure for 6 to 10 years is only recognized by X-ray. This may cause pneumoconiosis and benign of pneumoconiosis is termed siderosis.

If a person breathes a large amount of iron oxide fume must be shifted to fresh air at once and if breathing found to have stopped, artificial respiration to be given and affected person to be kept warm and at rest and get medical attention as soon as possible. Preventive measure to keep emission within PEL

7.12.3 FIRST AID MEASURES Following first aid measures shall be taken. Eye Contact: Rinse eyes thoroughly with water for at least 15 minutes, including under lids, to remove all particles. Seek medical attention for abrasions and burns. Skin Contact: Wash with cool water and a pH neutral soap or a milk skin detergent. Seek medical attention for rash, burns, irritation and dermatitis.

182 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Inhalation: Move person to fresh air. Seek medical attention for discomfort or if coughing or other symptoms. Falling from height Proper scaffolding to withstand the load, use of safety belt and other PPEs can protect from injuries. Ingestion: Vomiting not to be induced. If conscious, have person drink plenty of water. Seek medical attention.

7.12.4 EXPOSURE CONTROLS AND PERSONAL PROTECTION

Exposure Controls:  Control of dust through implementation of good housekeeping and maintenance;  The bag filters will be installed to control dust emission.  Use of PPE, as appropriate (e.g. masks and respirators)  Use of mobile vacuum cleaning systems to prevent dust buildup on paved areas; Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):  Respiratory Protection: When the dust level is beyond exposure limits or when dust causes irritation or discomfort use Respirator.  Eye Protection: Wear Safety goggles to avoid dust contact with the eyes. Contact lenses should not be worn when handling the materials.  Skin Protection: Wear impervious abrasion and alkali resistant gloves, boots, long sleeved shirt, long pants or other protective clothing to prevent skin contact. Preventive Measures  The storage yards are constructed and maintained as per the guidelines.  Regular weekly inspections of storage yards will be carried out with regard to proper earthling, adequate firefighting facilities, any combustible materials, prevention of growth of wild vegetation etc.  No naked fires will be allowed in and around coal storage areas and height of coal/ coke heap should not be high to prevent auto ignition.

Stress

The process by which we perceive and respond to certain events, called stressors, that we appraise as threatening or challenging. Uncertainty at work place cause high level of stress. The cause of uncertainty can be lack of information or instruction what exactly to do or lack of job knowledge. No job satisfaction i.e. boss is not happy with or what boss & colleagues think about his/her ability or receiving vague inconsistent instruction. Sometimes that work place is not safe and catastrophe anticipated due to wrong operation.

183 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

With increased stress, blood pressure increases, productivity thoughts decrease and destructive thoughts increase and there is likelihood of taking risky alternatives due to poor judgment and there may be greater tendency of escape behaviors. Alcohol & stress in combination are deadly and smoking is not the solution considering its long-term harmfulness. Communicating problems at work place to seniors, colleagues; asking in a positive way and executing their guide lines and giving much importance to each & every job that comes on the way can remove stress at work place.

Table 7.5 Health Hazard in Major Shops:

Sl. Group Item Potential Preventive measures No. Health hazard

I Raw materials Iron ore fines Eye/skin Water sprinkling’ and products irritation handling Coal, lime stone, Respiratory Dry fogging in Dolchar track diseases conveyors, ID fan Other fluxing due to Dust, bag filter, PPE minerals Acids/Alkalis Skin & eye Water jet for eye injury washing, first-aid

II Major shops MBF Hot metal & slag Burn injury Keeping area dry so CO & H gas Gas poisoning that molten Iron Metal 2 does not come in water Contact, wearing PPE Billet caster Hot molten metal Burn injury wearing PPE

Coke-Oven Red Hot Coke Burn injury PPE like safety shoes, hand gloves & helmet Sinter Plant Red Hot Sinter Burn injury PPE like safety shoes, hand gloves & helmet AFBC High pressure Burn injury and PPE like safety shoes, steam exposure to hand gloves & ear muff

high level noise damaging ear

ASU Liquid O2 & N2 at Cold burning of PPE like safety shoes, very low skin, cold hand gloves temperature blisters III Utilities Fuel gas Gas leaks Fire and gas Use of PPE Distribution Poisoning Electric power Short circuit Electric shock Use of PPE Supply IV All shops Falling from Collapse of Injury, breaking Proper scaffolding to height scaffoldings of bone withstandLoad Breaking of slings Use of safety belt

184 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Tested from time to time. Falling of heavy Head injury Use of helmet and Objects from height safety belt People working over Head, next floor

Gen.Tor-8(ii) Details Of Exposure If The Workers’ Health Is Being Evaluated By Pre Designed Format, Chest X-Rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision Testing(Far & Near Vision, Color Vision And Any Other Ocular Defect) ECG, During Pre Placement And Periodical Examinations Give The Details Of The Same. Details Regarding Last Month Analyzed Data Of Above Mentioned Parameters As Per Age, Sex, Duration Of Exposure And Departmental Wise.

From the periodic monitoring and annual health check up of the employee base of M/s BEL no trend of disease vectors were identified correlating to the type of job, or period of job for individuals.

Therefore, it may be inferred that the temporary ailments if identified within the employee are not related to working conditions.

Gen.ToR 8(iv) Plan and Fund Allocation to ensure Occupational health and Safety of all contract and casual labors.

M/s BEL has proposal for spending Rs 1.5 cr against occupational health and safety. Medical check up will be carried out once a year for both contract and casual workers.

Gen.ToR 8(iii) Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety

Summary of annual report of health status of workers with special reference to occupational Health and safety is attached as Annexure VIII

185 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Sp ToR (ii)The issues raised during public hearing and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the commitment and financial allocation thereto should be clearly provided.

186 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

7.8 PUBLIC HEARING

Public Hearing for proposed expansion from its 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant to 1.0 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant, 1.2 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 205 MW Power Plant at Dauka, PO- Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal by M/s Bengal Energy Limited was conducted on 15.05.2018, at 12.00 hrs at the project site , WB. The Proceedings as submitted by WBSPCB are as follows:

187 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

188 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

189 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

190 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

191 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

192 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

193 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

194 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

195 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Summary of Public Hearing report

Notice was given on 13.04.2018 in local daily ‘Ei Samay” and National daily “The Times of India “for Public hearing of 1.0 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant, 1.2 MTPA Non –Recovery Coke Oven and 205 MW of M/s BEL at Dauka, PO-Tentulmuri, Narayangarh, Dist- Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal. On 15.05.2018, at 12: 00 hrs, PH was conducted at factory site. Sri S K Meena, Additional District Magisterate (G) & D.L.L.R.O, Paschim Medinipur presided over the meeting. Sri S.K Mandal Sr, Environment Engineer were also present. Points raised in hearing by public and reply & commitment of Sri Navin Maheshwari, Director of M/s BEL, who represented the management have been given below.

Sl.No Name of Public Issues raised by Public Commitment of P P 1 Sri Sarat Pramanik, Source of water for the Water requirement will met from Tentulmuri plant and concern on nearby river for which the company pollution due to expansion has requisite permission. Pollution control norms of statutory authorities will be followed & proper control measures will be taken for abatement of pollution. Green belt will be further strengthened. 2 Sri Subod Dey, Concern on pollution due to Pollution control norms of statutory Khorigaria expansion, its control so as authorities will be followed & proper to provide a better control measures will be taken for Sri Sukumar Das, environment for local abatement of pollution. Green belt Khorigaria village. will be further strengthened. 3 Sri Mantu Behari Enquired about development CSR activities are being carried out Patra of the area due to expansion regularly and will also continue on regular basis. 4 Sri Anil Singh, Employment provision for The issue will be addressed. Banspukuria local people and their safety aspects. Sri Dipak Pal, Tentulmuri 5 Sri Badal Patra, Requested the proponent to CSR activities are being carried out Tentulmuri assist local people for health regularly and will also continue on protection and provide food regular basis. like gur and channa to the labours. 6 Sri Durgapada Das, Provision of training CSR activities are being carried out Khorigaria programs for skill regularly and will also continue on development to local and regular basis. Sri Dhananjoy employment opportunities. Bhuiya, Khorigaria

196 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Sri Bhadreswar Singh, Nangunia 7 Sri Sujit Khara, Concern about control of Pollution control norms of statutory Malka pollution and employment authorities will be followed & proper opportunities for locals. control measures will be taken for abatement of pollution. Green belt will be further strengthened.

General Public and local bodies were in favour of the proposed expansion project of M/s BEL,Kharagpur.

ToR 11 Adequate funds(at least 2.5% of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Social economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

197 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

7.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

The capital budget for CER purpose is 1810.00 lakhs (1% of 100 cr + 0.75 % of next 500 cr + 0.5 % of 1000 cr + 0.25 % of 3343 cr) of the project cost which will be spend towards the sustainability of project as well benefit of the public.

Ist Yr (in 2nd Yr 3rd Yr Total (in S.N0 Item Description lacs) (in lacs) (in lacs) lacs) Refreshers course to technical persons, on advanced industrial training and practical Rent Establishment + Training Material + Stipend+ 1 60 60 60 180 exposure to industries, like process, safety, faculty disaster etc. 12 Nos of New & Development of water shed and renovation of Existing water Digging, Paving, de-siltation 2 water bodies in Banspukuria, Tentulmuri 16 16 16 48 bodies @ 4 Nos/Yr. & removal of Aquatic weeds villages @ Rs 400000 3 Villages with community Construction of village community center and 3 3500000/ Village hall, recreational and study 35 35 35 105 its renovation centers Proposing 4 km CC Rs 1200000./Km for 4 Strengthening of approach roads Approach & Village 48 48 48 144 widening & strengthening Roads Renovation of the school Adoptation of primary schools and Anganwadi 3 Schools & 3 5 building, construction of 25 25 25 75 Centres Anganwadi centres toilets, provide bench & desk Providing deep irigation points with electricity, supply of high yield seeds, fertilizer to poor 6 Technical and Infrastructural aid to farmers. 35 30 65 130 farmers. The villages will be decided in consulattion with local administration. Hand loom and generic floor mats, bamboo crafts 7 Promote artisans are famous cottage industries of the area are in 15 22 18 55 ruined condition to be resumed with modernisation. Providing Tractors, Back Hoe cum toploader, dust 8 Swatch Bharat Mission 300 300 225 825 bins and development of the dump yard

198 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Electrification of the village with energy efficient 9 Energy efficient street light 77 78 76 231 LED bulbs. Plantation and distribution of saplings in and Adoptation of 5 villages for plantation and 10 5.4 7.2 4.4 17 around the villages distribution of saplings 11 Total expenditure 1810

This will be spent along the construction activities of the project and will cover all the issues raised by public during hearing and as committed by project proponent.

CONCLUSION

In This chapter a study on Identification of hazards, environmental risk evaluation, disaster management plan, Role of key persons during hazard. On-site emergency plan, occupational health, occupational Health Hazard, exposure Limits, exposure Controls And Personal Protection, health hazards. Public Consultation/Public hearing and outcome of public hearing is budgeted in corporate environment responsibility calculating the value as per the capital cost incurred in the project. After successful commissioning of the project, what will be its benefit to the society to compensate the adverse impact due to the project need to be elaborated in the next chapter.

199 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFIT

For the sustainability of the project and protection of environment the project proponent has to spend 18.1 cr of its project cost towards CER activities and this has to be spent along with setup of project.

These are the indicators of benefits that an integrated steel project can give to the society around it. Making profit should not be the sole aim of setting up an integrated steel project. Sustainability of project and environment, which include the people in it also.

8.1 PROJECT BENEFIT

 Infrastructure development.  Direct & indirect Employment opportunity  Revenue generation to central & state government.  Spending 18.1 cr against CER activities as per the issues raised by local public during Public Hearing.  Trickledown effect of enhance profitability to the local populace.

The comprehensive Environmental Management Plan will focus to completely reduce, recover, recycling/reuse of treated waste water achieving a zero-discharge standard, the maximum reuse of solid waste, adequate air pollution control measures so as to keep the resultant of the ground level concentration well within the NAAQS residential norms and the adequate green belt cover in one third of the project area for enhancement of the local ecology. M/s BEL has already achieved Zero discharge for its existing unit and planning to utilize all its waste products to achieve Zero waste and same principle will be followed for the expansion project also. All these achievements will obviously nullify the adverse impacts of the pollution problem. Then the beneficial impacts like the employment opportunity, improvement in infrastructure facilities, improved business opportunity etc. will obviously improve the socio-economic conditions of the locality.

8.2 INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

PhysicalInfrastructure The basic physical systems of a business or nation like Transportation, communication, sewage, water and electric systems are all examples of infrastructure. These systems tend to be high-cost investments; however, they are vital to a country's economic development and prosperity.

Infrastructure is also an asset class that tends to be less volatile than equities over the long term and generally provides a higher yield. As a result, some companies and individuals like to invest in infrastructure for its defensive characteristics.

The quality and efficiency of infrastructure services play a pivotal role in achieving the GDP growth target set for the country. The contribution of the private sectors and Public sectors in development of infrastructure plays vital role in economic growth of India.

Social Infrastructure Social Infrastructure is a subset of the infrastructure sector and typically includes assets that accommodate social services.

200 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Examples of Social Infrastructure Assets

Sector Examples

Health  Medical facilities

Education  Schools (primary and secondary)  Tertiary facilities  Residential student accommodation

Housing  State or Council housing

Civic and Utilities  Local government facilities  Water and wastewater treatment

Transport  Bus stands  Need-based road construction (excluding demand-risk toll roads)

Corrections and Justice  Prisons  Court houses

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

There has been direct employment, where local people have been given preference according to their education and skill and same procedure will be followed for the expansion projects also. There will be additional direct and indirect employment for expansion project. Direct employment will be 1355. Total man power taking existing, expansion and contract labors under housekeeping, canteen and security will be about 3,000. The breakup of manpower will be as follows.

Category-wise break-down of manpower

Category Total Management personnel 65 Technical specialist 150 Supervisory staff 185 Highly skilled staff 225 Skilled 535 Semi-skilled staff 167 Office staff 28 Total 1355 Indirect employment through contractors and ancillary industries like fly ash bricks etc. will bring economic development of the area. Skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled people will be get employment.

201 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

8.4 REVENUE GENERATION TO CENTRAL & STATE GOVERNMENT

Both state and central Govt. will earn through various taxes, excise, permit, license and services and improve their revenue.

CONCLUSION

This chapter has given a description on the project benefit including infrastructural development, social development including employment generation, revenue for the country.

The following chapter will have a brief description on environmental cost benefit analysis of the project,that is by spending on environment protection, a project is gainer in various ways.

202 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Environmental cost benefit analysis has not been recommended at the scope stage. The expenses made by project proponent to control soil, water, air and noise and bring into safe limit for sustenance of flora and fauna and more specifically human health, will be recovered through minimization of expenses to cure diseases, through sustained crop yield, The industry can not survive with contaminated water or polluted ambient air. There will be massive expenses on account of machine break down or process failure due to water and air. Employees will suffer from diseases caused due to polluted atmosphere and there will be loss of man days causing production loss to the company. So the expenses on environmental pollution control although seems to be high at the start up, its perennial benefit will be enjoyed by present as well as future generations.

CONCLUSION

The expenses made to control environment for sustenance is given in this chapter, after all the descriptions regarding the project; at the end it should have a well-defined Environment management plan. The following chapter gives a broad description on EMP.

203 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ADMINISTARATIVE)

10.1 EMP IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING

Various measures have been suggested in the EMP for mitigation of impacts in earlier chapters of this EIA report. These have to be implemented according to the suggestions and monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. This chapter deals with administrative aspect of ensuring that mitigation measures are physically implemented and their effectiveness monitored for improvement and implementation of corrective measure if deterioration is observed. A large part of the sampling and measurement activity will be concerned with long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or trends in the natural environment that could be associated with the steel plant facilities.

10.2 METEOROLOGY

A meteorological station will be set up at a suitable location to monitor wind speed & direction, air temperature and humidity on a continuous basis. This data will be used to identify the zones where air pollution levels due to release of pollutants will be more than the permissible limits levels.

10.3 EMISSIONS AND AIR QUALITY

Work zone air quality shall be monitored once a month, to assess the levels of particulate matter inside the steel plant complex. To the extent possible, on line monitoring for PM, SO2, NOx, CO, and CO2 for each stack will be provided. At least 4 no. of permanent AAQ station will be stationed around the steel plant and monitoring will be conducted twice a week.

Emissions from other de-dusting stack will also be monitored once a month. However the frequency of monitoring may be increased if the West Bengal State Pollution Control Board desires so.

10.4 DRAINAGE SYSTEM

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all drainage pipes/channels. Regular checking will be done to see that none of the drains are clogged due to accumulation of sludge/sediments etc. The clogged drains will be cleaned as soon as possible, preferably the same day. The catch-pits linked to the storm water drainage system from the coal handling areas will be regularly checked and cleaned to ensure their effectiveness. This checking and cleaning will be rigorous during the monsoon season, especially if rains are forecast.

204 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

10.5 WATER QUALITY

Raw water will be monitored daily. Drinking water being supplied inside the plant and the township will be monitored at least once a week. Although there is no effluent discharge outside the plant boundary, however bleed off from system either may be utilized for firefighting or discharge after proper treatment.

Surface water & Ground water quality to be monitored twice in a year. Pre and Post monsoon and trend to be observed and corrective measures to be taken.

10.6 NOISE LEVEL

Noise level at various equipments is to be measured once in every three months and greasing, acoustic enclosure repair, foundation bolt tightening etc to be suggested.

10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Routine medical examination of personnel shall be carried out as systematic programs.

10.8 LABORATORY FACILITIES

The plant’s chemical laboratory may be equipped and manned to carry out the necessary Environmental monitoring work. Alternately other accredited laboratories may be contracted for carrying out the necessary environmental monitoring.

10.9 UPDATING OF EMP

The periodicity of monitoring will be governed by the directives from statutory authorities and prevailing regulations. The action plan of EMP will be updated every year with respect to the results achieved and to plan activities for the next year.

10.10 ORGANISATION AND MANPOWER

M/s Bengal Energy Limited is having Environmental Management Cell working under Works Main Controller (WMC) who is also Organizational Head/Director. Environment Pollution Control Cell with Head of Environment Division, Asst. Environment Engineers, Chemist, laboratory technicians etc. are reporting to him. Again each plant has its laboratory to take routine analysis.

The teams in co-ordination with each other look after Environmental aspects of the project. The routine work of EMC is as follows:

a. Regular monitoring of stack emission & fugitive emission and report any abnormalities for immediate corrective measures.

b. Regular monitoring of ambient air quality in and around the plant.

c. Regular monitoring of re-circulating water quality, water quality of the storage ponds, ground water quality and surface water quality.

d. Regular noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area.

205 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

e. Green belt plantation, maintenance, development of other forms of greenery like lawns, nursery, gardens, etc. along the plant boundary and inside the plant premises, Colony and Guest House.

f. Regular monitoring of solid wastes quantity and ascertaining avenues for utilization of solid wastes.

g. Development of schemes for water conservation, rain water harvesting and reuse of treated wastewater.

Various measures have been suggested in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigation of impacts. These have to be implemented according to the suggestions and will be monitored regularly to prevent any lapse.

In addition to preparing an EMP, this permanent organizational set up also works to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, proposed plant will create a team consisting of officers from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. The department has a sophisticated Environment Laboratory. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be carried out to find out any deterioration in environmental quality and also to take corrective steps, if required, through respective internal departments.

The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems which include:

 Checking of safety related operating conditions.

 Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work specifying different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell will include:

 Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A SPCB registered agency will be retained to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC & A) will also be taken care of.

 Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of SPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.

 Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposed measures to improve environment preservation and protection.

 Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be employed for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on corrective actions, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

206 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 The comprehensive EMP will also include greenbelt development, disaster management plan and the peripheral socio-economic development plan for the region. The impact score with EMP is calculated and found to be slightly positive and hence the project may be implemented. The EMP will implement by the “Environment Management Department (EMD)” members created by the management of the plant.

Industrial activity can have harmful effects on ecological systems, climate and public health. Recognizing this, Proponents are desired to be committed to reducing their environmental footprint and promoting environmental stewardship at all levels of their organizations. A company’s goal must be aimed at minimizing its organization’s impact and maximize future generations’ ability to live, work, play and shared natural environment, with equal access to clean air, clean water, and natural resources.

Many corporations have established organization-wide environmental policies to define and advance their environmental goals. An environmental policy sends a clear message to employees, vendors, and the community at large that their company considers environmentally intelligent practices an organizational priority. When a company adopts such a policy, it’s a meaningful first step in any effort to improve environmental performance.

Gen.ToR-9(i) Does the company have a well laid down environment policy approved by its board of directors?

M/s BEL has well defined Environment Policy which has been given below as supplied by Project Proponent.

In the Policy the company has committed to work towards Environment protection, prevention of Environmental pollution and Environment improvement around its business unit and adopt sound environment practice to achieve sustainable growth.

Gen.ToR-9(ii) Does the environmental policy prescribes for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/ deviation/Violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions?

It can be seen from the Environment policy of M/s BEL given below that the company commits to comply with all applicable statutory and other norms/requirements for environmental protection.

207 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Environmental Policy of Bengal Energy Ltd ( BEL)

BEL recognizes that as a responsible member of society it has an important duty to operate in harmony with the environment. We also engage in business with the aim of contributing to ecologically sustainable development of society through production activities that respect environmental integrity, and by developing environmental preservation technologies & methods.

Our Action Plan

1. We aim to carry out environmental tasks in an organized way, and to implement environmental preservation activities continuously. 2. We will set appropriate objectives and targets for reducing the burden our activities impose on the environment with conserving biodiversity. 3. We aim to provide society with products and services that contribute to the preservation of the environment.

 We endeavor to increase the social value of our products in terms of environmental protection, safety and hygiene.  We will provide products and services that reduce environmental loads by obtaining a clear grasp of environmental needs and developing technologies.

Our policy for business facilities

Taking into consideration respective business activities, local communities and the surrounding environments by setting out its own environmental policy, objectives and targets drawing on methods compliant with international standards. Toward such ends, BEL continually strive:

 To respect laws and regulations and agreements we have concluded with external parties  To prevent pollution and reduce and appropriately treat waste, and to conserve the ecosystem  To improve “resource productivity” through implementation of energy efficiency, resource efficiency, and recycling  To inform employees and other companies residing within our facilities of our policies and require their cooperation

With regard to the observance of laws and regulations, we implemented environmental- related facilities with strict instruction to follow the rules & regulation of State & Central policies keeping global warming in our mind.

Gen.ToR-9(iii) What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions?

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise and soil as well as performance of pollution control facilities and safety measures in the plant are important for proper environmental management of any project. Therefore, the environment and safety cell has already been formed to handle monitoring of air and water pollutants as

208 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal well as the solid wastes generation as per the requirements of State Pollution Control Board and Central Pollution Control Board.

The company has an Environmental laboratory to analyze important pollution parameters like pH & BOD of water, analysis of raw material, product, noise monitoring near various equipments etc. However NABL/MoEF Accredited laboratory is being outsourced for periodic monitoring of stack flue gas, ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality and other various parameters. The company has well defined budget towards EMP, Implementation & its yearly maintenance.

Organization, manpower andhierarchical system M/s BEL is having Environmental Management Cell(EMC) working under Works Main Controller (WMC) who is also Organizational Head/Director. Environment Pollution Control Cell with Head of Environment Division, Asst. Environment Engineers, Chemist, laboratory technicians etc. are reporting to him. Again each plant has its laboratory to take routine analysis.

The teams in co-ordination with each other look after Environmental aspects of the project. The routine work of EMC is as follows: a. Regular monitoring of stack emission & fugitive emission and report any abnormalities for immediate corrective measures. b. Regular monitoring of ambient air quality in and around the plant. c. Regular monitoring of re-circulating water quality, water quality of the storage ponds, ground water quality and surface water quality. d. Regular noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area. e. Green belt plantation, maintenance, development of other forms of greenery like lawns, nursery, gardens, etc. along the plant boundary and inside the plant premises, Colony and Guest House. f. Regular monitoring of solid wastes quantity and ascertaining avenues for utilization of solid wastes. g. Development of schemes for water conservation, rain water harvesting and reuse of treated wastewater.

Various measures have been suggested in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigation of impacts. These have to be implemented according to the suggestions and will be monitored regularly to prevent any lapse.

In addition to preparing an EMP, this permanent organizational set up also works to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, proposed plant will create a team consisting of officers from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the activity of monitoring the stack emissions, ambient air quality, noise level etc. either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. The department has a sophisticated Environment Laboratory. Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be carried out to find out any deterioration in

209 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal environmental quality and also to take corrective steps, if required, through respective internal departments.

The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems which include:  Checking of safety related operating conditions.  Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work specifying different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed. Other responsibilities of the cell will include:  Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A SPCB registered agency will be retained to generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC & A) will also be taken care of.  Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of SPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.  Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection.  Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on corrective actions, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.  The comprehensive EMP will also include greenbelt development, disaster management plan and the peripheral socio-economic development plan for the region. The impact score with EMP is calculated and found to be slightly negative and hence the project may be implemented. The EMP will implement by the “Environment Management Department (EMD)” members created by the management of the plant.

Gen.ToR-9(iv)Does the company have system of reporting of non - compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/ or share holders or stake holders at large.

10.11 FUNCTIONS OF EMP CELL

Functions of EMP cell of M/s BEL are as follows: a) Maintaining Records

In line with the best practice, M/s BEL has established and maintained a system of records to demonstrate compliance with the environmental management systems and the extent of achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. In addition the other records (legislative, audit and review reports), management records also address the following: Details of failure in compliance and corrective action;

210 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 Details of indigents and corrective action;  Details of complaints and follow-up action;  Appropriate contractor and supplier information;  Inspection and maintenance reports;  Product identification and composition data;  Monitoring data;  Environmental training records. b) Audit

As a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986) as amended through the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests in April 1993, an Environmental Statement should be prepared annually. This should include the consumption of total resources (raw material and water per tons of product), quantity and concentration of pollutants (air and water discharged, quantity of hazardous and solid waste generation, pollution abatement measures, conservation of natural resources and cost of production vis-à-vis the investment on pollution abatement. This may be internal or external audits, but carried out impartially and effectively by a person properly trained for it. Broad knowledge of the environmental process and expertise in relevant disciplines is also required. c) Environmental Monitoring Regular monitoring programs of the environmental parameters are essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring is:  To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new developments;  To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical;  To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures;  To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations or through the modification in the operation of existing facilities; d) Objectives and Targets The objectives should be set with a view to realizing gradual and steady improvements in environmental performance through application of best available and economically viable technology. e) Reporting Performance with respect to monitoring results of various parameters is to be reported in writing to unit Head as well as statutory body like SPCB. Unit head in turn to intimate share holders and all stake holders.

211 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

212 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER-11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

ToR 1 Executive Summary

i) Project name and location Proposed Expansion project of M/s. BEL is located over 161.87 ha of land at village-Dauka, PO- Tentulmuri, PS- Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal, which extends from 220 15’ 22.96’’ N to 220 15’ 27.68’’ N and 870 22’ 53.37’’ E to 870 23’ 34.69’’ N with, with 32 AMSL appearing on Toposheet No-73M/6 (F45J6). The proposed expansion is confined over the same land of 161.87 ha.

ii) Products & Capacities (existing & proposed) M/s. BEL, was granted EC vide J-11011/28/2008-IA II (I), 2nd January, 2009for 0.5 MTPA Integrated steel in MBF,DRI, EAF & CCM route; 1.2 MTPACoke Oven & 140 MW CPP which included both WHRB & FBC. But the unit could install 0.6 MTPA Coke Oven & 40 MW CPP and has now applied and granted ToR for 1.0 MTPA integrated steel, 1.2 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke OVEN & 205 mw POWER Plant. The configuration & capacities are as given in table below.

Facility Existing Existing Proposed Proposed Final Product End use Configuration capacity in configuration capacity in capacity TPA TPA

Non.Recovery 1x0.6 MTPA 6,00,000 1x0.6 MTPA 6,00,000 12,00,000 Lam Coke MBF CO Plant CPP(Coke Oven gas) 1x40 MW 40 MW 1x40 MW 40 MW 80 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale DRI Kiln - Nil 4x500 TPD 6,40,000 10,88,000 Sponge Iron EAF & IF 4,48,000 4x350 TPD CPP (DRI) - Nil 68 MW 68 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale MBF,2.7T/m3day - Nil 2x320m3 5,96,000 5,96,000 Hot Metal EAF & IF

Sinter Plant 1x60m2 - Nil 1x60m2 10,00,000 10,00,000 Sinter MBF 2T/m2.hr, 340days

EAF with LF, - Nil 2x80T 8,32,000 8,32,000 Liq. Steel LF 16H/day, 325days

LF - Nil 1x25T Holding Liq. steel CCM

C C M - Nil 2,500 TPD 8,15,000 8,15,000 Steel Billet Sale

IF 15H/day, 325 - Nil 3x20T 2,92,500 2,92,500 Liq. Steel CCM days C C M - Nil 1,000 TPD 2,80,000 2,80,000 Steel Billet Sale

CPP (BF gas fired ) - Nil 1x22 MW 22 MW 22 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale AFBC - Nil 1x35 MW 35 MW 35 MW Elec. Power Internal use/Sale A S U - Nil 120 TPD 1,200 m3/hr 1,200 Oxygen Use in MBF m3/hr Nitrogen & EAF

213 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

iii) a. Requirement of land The project area is located at Vill-Dauka, Po-Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh in Paschim Medinipur district of West Bengal. The company has in its possession 161.87 ha of land. The proposed expansion will be accommodated in available vacant area of this land. This is an industrial barren land. b. Requirement of Raw material with source of supply. Major Raw material inventory for project after modification cum expansion with source and mode of transportation is estimated and given below.

Material Gross Capacity in TPA Source Mode of Transport Coking Coal 16,80,000 Imported Ship/Rail/Road Non-Coking Coal 17,96,780 Talcher Rail Iron Ore 19,98,800 Barbil, Banspani Rail Iron Ore fines 7,68,000 Barbil, Banspani Rail Dolomite 1,36,000 Biramitrapur Rail/Road Lime stone 1,39,000 Biramitrapur Rail/Road

Other chemicals required for the proposed project is

Sl No Item Description Unit Quantity Per Annum 1 DM plant resins KG 342 2 Hydrochloric acid KL 178 3 Caustic soda KG 287 4 Lubricants KG 3,112 5 Lubricants LTR 10,015 c. Requirement of water The total water requirement after the expansion project will be 13,165 m3/day, which will be sourced from river Kangsabati. Two intake wells at the river, one at Jinsar 220 23’ 34.42” N and 870 21’ 49.32” E and other at Uttershimla 220 23’ 19.30” N and 870 23’ 05.03” E has been set up. Transportation of water from river to project site will cover a pipe length of 23.7km and cross canal, NH-6, Howrah-Kharagpur Rly. Line and pass along the length of NH-60, and outfall at 220 14’ 45.48” N and 870 23’ 23.08” E. Permission has already been from Government of west Bengal, SE Rly etc. This water project is to supply 10 MGD i.e. 40,920 m3/day and part of job has already been completed. d. Requirement of Power Power requirement after expansion will be 153 MW. Own Captive Power generation will be 205 MW. After usage balance power of 52 MW will be supplied to State Grid. e. Requirement of Fuel 16,80,000 TPA Coking Coal, 17,96,780 TPA Non coking Coal will be used as fuel in project. iv) Process description in brief Steel production in proposed expansion will be in DRI/MBF-IF/EAF- route. Lump Iron Ore along with Coal and dolomite will be fed to Kilns for sponge iron production. Similarly, Iron ore agglomerate sinter will be manufactured in sinter plant and will be fed to MBFs with coke, Oxygen, dolomite & pulverised

214 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal coal injection for production of hot metal. Hot metal from MBF & Sponge Iron will be used in IFs and EAFs for production of liquid steel which will be casted in CCM for production of billets.. v) Capital cost of the project, estimated time schedule The total project cost has been estimated as Rs 4943 crore. This will include pollution control equipments which will be installed along with process equipments and a CER cost of 18.10 Crore. The plant will be commissioned and give commercial production in three after obtaining Environmental Clearance. vi) Site selected for the project The project is located at Dauka, Tentulmuri, Paschim Medinipur. The expansion has been proposed in the acquired area on which existing plant is running. It has well developed infrastructure like road network, railway siding etc. No national park or wildlife sanctuary or eco sensitive zones or places of archaeological importance are present within 10 km radius around the project and the site does not come under critical polluted area. Hence alternate site has not been considered. vii) Baseline Environmental data. For the preparation of EIA report a monitoring schedule covering winter season of the year was carried out from 1st Nov 2017 to 31st Jan 2018. The consultant had engaged NABL accreditated laboratory , M/s Kalyani Laboratories Pvt Ltd for carrying out monitoring under their strict supervision.The impact identification started with collection of baseline data such as existing ambient air quality, qualities of ground water, surface water, soil, noise level prevailing in the area and meteorological parameters like temperature, humidity, wind speed and direction, cloud cover etc.

Land The general land use/land cover features of the buffer zone include settlements, agricultural land, vegetation and forest, collieries both in use & disused, wasteland, water bodies, wet land, and industrial land, infrastructure and others. Agriculture land of buffer zone is about 66%, followed by 16.5 % rural settlement and about 3.1% dense forest. Water Kangsabati River is of high significance in the region as it caters to the water requirements of most of the villages and the majority of the industrial units in the region. River is about 20 km away from the project site. In 1978, the area was affected by flood and there after no flood hazard has been observed since last 40 years. The mean sea level of the river is 26m and the MSL of the plant is 33 m. Annual avg. Rain fall project area being 1440 mm and project area 20 ha there will be about 3,81,102m3 of rain water harvested per annum and will meet summer supply to plant i.e. lean period of river Kangsabati. The analytical results of surface water samples at different location for various parameters reveal that all the parameters comply with IS: 2296 (Class ‘C’) standards indicating their suitability for drinking and other purposes after conventional treatment followed by disinfection. Similarly the analysis results of groundwater samples showed all the parameters are within the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500 standards for drinking water. Climate Climate in the study region is generally dry and hot and is characterized with seasonal variations of temp., humidity, rainfall etc. Summer is from March to June. South West monsoon brings rain to the area from mid June to September. Post monsoon are October & November. November to February are winter in the area. The area receives fairly good amount of rainfall from the southwest monsoon during June to September. Light showers of rain occur during the months of October, November and sometimes in December also Annual Average rain fall 1440 mm Meteorological conditions In order to determine the micrometeorological conditions of the study area a temporary micro- meteorological monitoring observatory was set up near the site from Nov 2017-Jan 2018. The results

215 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal were compared with data of IMD station Midnapore. At the site Overall predominant wind direction has been from North and the North East direction during study period. The average wind velocity found to be 3.72 m/s and the calm period is 34.83%. Ambient air The study area represents mostly industrial environment. Air quality in the project area is affected by the presence of polluting industry nearby. The prominent sources of air pollution in the study area are due to emission from industries, vehicular movement and domestic coal burning as fuel in some parts of the study area. 3 During the study period, the concentrations of PM10 measured to vary between 93.6-61.9 g/m at 3 different locations of the study area. The concentrations of PM2.5 varied between 49.8-27.2 g/m at different locations of the study area. During the study period, the average levels of SO2 concentrations at 3 all location varied from 15.4-6.1 g/m . The concentrations of NOX values varied between 28.7-10.5 g/m3 at different locations. The concentrations of CO value ranged between 789-342 µg/m3 at different locations during the study period Soil analysis The study area analysis results of the soil parameters show deficiency normal nutrients and micro nutrients of. The bulk density of the study area ranges from 1.13 to 1.3 gm/cc. The other nutrient content like nitrogen, potassium and phosphate content of the soil is very low indicating land not suitable for agriculture purposes. This is to be taken care of in agricultural land as well as growing trees for green belt. Flora and Fauna Flora and Fauna of the study area reveals that no Schedule- I type of fauna found in the study area. In faunal population; cattle, goats, dogs, rats, insects are common in the study area. As per IUCN's "Red Data Book", none of the taxa found in this region could be marked as rare or endangered plant species. Socio Economic The socioeconomic features around the 10km radius of the plant site have been collected through primary and secondary data collection. The study area covers 12425 inhabitants. Out of the total population 53 % are male and 43% are female. SC population is 25%, ST 1.0% and other 74%. 57 % of the total population is literate. Priority to be given to local people in employment in proposed expansion project to improve economy of the locality. viii) Identification of Hazard in handling, processing and Storage of material and safety systems provided. All the shops will have their own list of hazards, which have been identified and damage to human being and environment has been discussed with risk management, which can reduce if not mitigated fully. The major on-site emergency situation may occur from storage and handling, fuel gas, molten metal and slag handling, acids, alkali storage and handling and electrical short-circuit. Proper safety equipments will be provided to the workers and proper standard operating procedure will be followed during handling and processing hazardous material. Hazards in various working area have been identified, its severity has been estimated and mitigation has been suggested. Hazard Identification & Risk Analysis for different units has been addressed with identification of most critical hazard operations. ix) Likely Impact of the project on air, water, land, flora fauna Air Environment: The pollutant emissions from the proposed project will have maximum ground level concentration as 3 3 3 3 33.48 µg/m for PM10, 31.23 µg/m for PM2.5, 44.65µg/m for NOx and 62.18 µg/m for SO2. With installation of APC systems like bag filters, and ESPs the maximum ground level concentration will come 3 3 3 down to 2.53 µg/m for PM10, 1.49 µg/m for PM2.5 and 34.11 µg/m for SO2. However there will be occasions when dust venting may be forced due to APC failure although inter locking provision has been suggested for tripping the unit. Action plan has been suggested to protect crops of the villagers during such situations. In case of failure of APC immediate action will be taken at most impact points with water jet mixed system which will be truck mounted.

216 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Water Management As the plant water system is designed based on maximum recirculation system. The effluents likely to be generated from the proposed plant are:  Backwash Waste from Filtration Plant;  Run-off water from Raw Material Storage Yards;  Waste Water from Billet Caster;  Cooling tower blow-down of various shops; and  Plant Sewage & Canteen Effluents.

The effluents will be treated in ETP and will be reused. M/s BEL abides to Zero Discharge Liquid norms for its existing plant. Rain water harvesting will be done to reduce raw water drawl during lean period of Damodar.

Noise Pollution Management The noise level within the plant boundary is occupational noise levels and confined within shops. The level will be further minimized when the noise reaches the plant boundary and the nearest residential areas beyond the plant boundary, as elaborate green belt development is envisaged for all along the boundary for attenuation of noise and fugitive emission. All the equipment in the steel plant will be designed/operated in such a way that the noise level shall not exceed 85 dB (A) as per the requirement of Standard.

Solid Waste Management The comprehensive EMP enlists the management plan for each individual unit.

Solid waste Quantity in Utilisation measures TPA EAF & IF slag 1,20,000 Use in construction work

IF & EAF flue dust 24.000 Will be used in making sinter for use in BF DRI Dolchar 2,72,000 Use in AFBC to generate steam for power generation

Power plant Fly ash 1,50,750 Supply to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per MOU. DRI ash & dust 5,75,600 Land feel and dump in abandoned coal mines for which permission to be sought BF slag 1,84,760 To be used in sinter plant & balance to be Sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU 20.09.2018 BF sludge + dust 2,93,670 To be used in sinter plant & balance to be Sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU 29.09.2018 Power plant Bottom Ash 1,00,500 Sold to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd, MOU 30th August, 2018

In case of excess BF slag and sludge over sale, this can be used as raw material for iron ore sinter making.

Measures for Improvement of Ecology: There is no wildlife sanctuary within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant. The core zone area is devoid of plantation. There will not be any loss of plantation because of the project. On the other hand, the company will provide the comprehensive green-belt cover in 33 % of the project area as per the MoEFCC norms to improve the local ecology. The company plans to acquire the nearby abandoned coal quarries with deep gorges and holes and will fill the same with the non-hazardous solid waste and will develop thick green belt cover over the sites. All these steps will considerably improve upon the ecology of the area.

217 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal x) Impact Mitigation Measure Gaseous Emission

e. Hot flue gas with particulate matter, SO2, CO2 and NOx will be generated from DRI kilns, Flue gas will pass through, DSC, ABC & ESPs for separation of particulate matter and clean gas will be sucked by ID fans and vented to atmosphere through high stack. Efficiency of ESPs being >99%, particulate matter emission will come down. In the existing plant 1 no. of ESPs for Cement rinding units is installed and additional 4 ESPs and 5 Bagfilters will be installed. f. Fumes generated from Induction Furnace will be cleaned in bag filters and vented to atmosphere through ID fan and stack. Emission will come down. g. Sinter plant and FBC will have ESPs to clean gaseous emission which are then sucked by ID fans and vented to atmosphere. h. Both DRI Kiln flue gas, Coke Oven gas will have WHRB boiler for removal of heat for generation of steam for power. Ventury scrubber will be used in MBF to remove particulate matter in the form of sludge. BF dust and sludge having residual carbon will be used in making sinter. With this pollution control measure the resultant ground level concentration will come down from estimated value as follows.

3 3 3 PM10 from 33.48 to 2.53 µg/m , PM2.5 from 31.23 µg/m to 1.49 µg/m , SO2 from 62.18 to 34.11 µg/m3

Liquid Effluent d. Industrial waste water from MBFs, DRI kilns and CPP will pass through ETP, where neutralization and settling will take place. After treatment the turbidity will come down from 60 to <15 NTU, oil & grease from 31 to <5PPM and suspended particle from 1000-5000 to <30 PPM. e. Domestic waste water will pass through STP having equalization, aeration and settling tank. Industrial and domestic effluent water after settling tanks will undergo filtration through gravel & sand bed and will be used for toilet flushing, green belt watering, dust suppression and vehicle washing. f. Water quenching will be avoided and dry quenching will be adopted for red hot coke. This will eliminate waste water generation and treatment from Coke Oven Plant.

Solid and Hazardous Waste d. Fly ash and bottom ash from CPP will be supplied to Gava Ecocrete Pvt Ltd as per MOU for fly ash brick manufacturing. Bottom ash , fly ash and kiln accretion from DRI kiln will be used as road making and land fill material. Possibility of dumping DRI ash & dust in abandoned coal mines to be explored. e. BF slag & sludge will be utilized in sinter making and balance will be sold to ASO Cement Ltd as per MOU. IF slag normally contains about 15% Iron, hence slag will be cooled, crushed and undergo magnetic separation. Residual iron thus recovered will be recycled to IF for re-melting and slag which has high silica content and equivalent to river sand will be used as construction material/land fill. f. Used oil, DM plant resins and lead batteries like hazardous materials will be handed over to authorized dealer/suppliers xi) Hazard Identification & Risk Analysis It may be observed that the major on-site emergency situation may occur from coal & chemicals storage and handling; fuel gas handling, molten metal and slag handling, acids and alkali storage and handling and electrical short-circuit. The off-site environmental disaster may occur if large-scale fire and explosion

218 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

occurs, the effect of which extends beyond the plant boundary. The off-site environmental disaster may occur due to significant environmental degradation for a sustained period. Probable Hazards has been identified through the process of HIRA for major units like ASU, DRI, SMS, Rolling mill, Sinter & CPP. The respective mitigation majors are also enlisted along with the onsite emergency Plan. The Environmental management plan includes the environmental Risk mitigation measures. BEL has a well-developed Disaster Management Plan consisting of the preparedness plan for onsite and offsite disasters and the role of key persons during occurrence of any disaster. An emergency cell headed by Works Main Controller and followed by Site Controller, Combat Leader, Rescue team operates to prevent any type of disaster. The DMP also states the activation and closing procedure for onsite emergency along with the responsibilities of each member.

xii) Issues raised during Public Hearing Public Hearing for proposed expansion from its 0.6 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 40 MW Power Plant to 1.0 MTPA Integrated Steel Plant, 1.2 MTPA Non-Recovery Coke Oven and 205 MW Power Plant at Dauka, PO- Tentulmuri, PS-Narayangarh, Dist-Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal by M/s Bengal Energy Limited was conducted on 15.05.2018, at 12.00 hrs at the project site, WB.

Sl.No Name of Public Issues raised by Public Commitment of P P 1 Sri Sarat Pramanik, Source of water for the plant and Water requirement will met from nearby Tentulmuri concern on pollution due to river for which the company has requisite expansion permission. Pollution control norms of statutory authorities will be followed & proper control measures will be taken for abatement of pollution. Green belt will be further strengthened. 2 Sri Subod Dey, Khorigaria Concern on pollution due to Pollution control norms of statutory expansion, its control so as to authorities will be followed & proper Sri Sukumar Das, provide a better environment for control measures will be taken for Khorigaria local village. abatement of pollution. Green belt will be further strengthened. 3 Sri Mantu Behari Patra Enquired about development of CSR activities are being carried out the area due to expansion regularly and will also continue on regular basis. 4 Sri Anil Singh, Banspukuria Employment provision for local The issue will be addressed. Sri Dipak Pal, Tentulmuri people and their safety aspects. 5 Sri Badal Patra, Tentulmuri Requested the proponent to CSR activities are being carried out assist local people for health regularly and will also continue on regular protection and provide food like basis. gur and channa to the labours. 6 Sri Durgapada Das, Provision of training programs CSR activities are being carried out Khorigaria for skill development to local and regularly and will also continue on regular Sri Dhananjoy Bhuiya, employment opportunities. basis. Khorigaria Sri Bhadreswar Singh, Nangunia 7 Sri Sujit Khara, Concern about control of Pollution control norms of statutory Malka pollution and employment authorities will be followed & proper opportunities for locals. control measures will be taken for abatement of pollution. Green belt will be

219 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

further strengthened.

xiii) CER Plan with proposed expenditure The company will spend 18.10 crores of its project cost on CER activities based on circular . This will be spent along the construction activities of the project and cover all the issues raised by public during Public Hearing and as committed by project proponent. 2nd Yr 3rd Ist Yr (in Total (in S.N0 Item Description (in Yr (in lacs) lacs) lacs) lacs) Refreshers course to technical persons, on advanced industrial training and Rent Establishment + Training Material + 1 60 60 60 180 practical exposure to Stipend+ faculty industries, like process, safety, disaster etc. 12 Nos of New & Development of water shed Existing water Digging, Paving, de- and renovation of water bodies 2 bodies @ 4 siltation & removal 16 16 16 48 in Banspukuria, Tentulmuri Nos/Yr. @ Rs of Aquatic weeds villages 400000 3 Villages with Construction of village community hall, 3 community center and its 3500000/ Village 35 35 35 105 recreational and renovation study centers Proposing 4 km CC Rs 1200000./Km for Strengthening of approach 4 Approach & widening & 48 48 48 144 roads Village Roads strengthening Renovation of the 3 Schools & 3 school building, Adoptation of primary schools 5 Anganwadi construction of 25 25 25 75 and Anganwadi Centres centres toilets, provide bench & desk Providing deep irigation points with electricity, supply of high yield seeds, Technical and Infrastructural 6 fertilizer to poor farmers. The villages will 35 30 65 130 aid to farmers. be decided in consulattion with local administration. Hand loom and Dhokra metal casting are famous cottage industries of the area are 7 Promote artisans 15 22 18 55 in ruined condition to be resumed with modernisation Providing Tractors, Back Hoe cum 8 Swatch Bharat Mission toploader, dust bins and development of 300 300 225 825 the dump yard Electrification of the village with energy 9 Energy efficient street light 77 78 76 231 efficient LED bulbs. Plantation and distribution of Adoptation of 5 villages for plantation and 10 5.4 7.2 4.4 17 saplings in and around the distribution of saplings

220 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

villages

11 Total expenditure 1810

xiv) Occupational Health Measures Sl. No. Group Item Potential Health hazard Preventive measures

I Raw materials Iron ore & Coke, Eye/skin irritation Water sprinkling’ and products Coal , lime stone/Dolo Respiratory track diseases Dry fogging in handling conveyors, ID fan Other fluxing minerals due to Dust, burning due to bag filter, PPE like safety shoes, Product steel local fire Dust mask and safety goggles. Acids/Alkalis Water jet for eye washing II Major shops DRI kiln flue gas CO, dust, heat Pollution Control Equipments for direct exhaust of the gas Sinter Plant Dust, heat, Respiratory track diseases, Well ventilation of work place with air ventilating systems noise Head Ache PPE like gloves, dust mask to prevent dust inhalation Captive power Fly ash, explosion, noise, Electric shock, injury due to Use of PPE, barricading plant vibration, HT, electric chemicals, burn/ eye injury high voltage area. equipments, Acid and alkali III Utilities Fuel gas Gas leaks Fire and gas Use of PPE Distribution Poisoning Electric power Short circuit Electric shock Use of PPE Supply IV All shops Falling from Collapse of scaffoldings Injury, breaking of bone Proper scaffolding to height withstand Breaking of slings Load and use of safety belt Tested from time to time. Falling of heavy People working over Head injury Use of helmet and Objects from Head, next floor safety shoes height

xv) Post Project Monitoring Plan Depending upon prevailing predominant wind direction AAQ monitoring stations have been decided where monitoring instruments shall be installed for measuring polluting parameters at regular intervals. Similarly Fugitive emission will be monitored twice a month and Stack monitoring will be continuous with Online monitoring systems. Three locations has been identified for Ground Water and Surface water monitoring which will be carried out twice in a year. ETP, STP, CT will be monitored once a month or as per the Standard Operating Procedures.

221 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

CHAPTER -12 CONSULTANT PROFILE

(A Techno-Enviro Consultant) (Earlier Named as Global Experts) NABET Accreditated consultant (Serial No 78) & SPCB, Odisha Empanelled Consultant. M/s Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd. (GTEEPL) is a professionally managed quality conscious organization, which provides environmental solutions to various industrial organizations with sustainable growth and environmental friendly ecosystem. It is a competent technical organization providing environmental solutions with latest technical know how, legal advice, liasioning with various authorities and community at large. More than 60 industries have engaged Global Experts as their consultant to obtain environmental & statutory clearances from various statutory bodies and Government Agencies. Presently more than 10 nos. of Integrated Steel Plants (Signed MoU with Govt. of Orissa) have engaged Global Experts for carrying out their EIA/ EMP Studies and other allied environmental clearances. The Global Experts is the first consultant in Orissa to prepare REIA/ EMP Study report for 1.5 MTPA Integrated Steel Project in Orissa. Recently Global Experts is been engaged in environmental clearance from MoEF, New Delhi, VISA Steel Ltd., ACC Bargarh Cement Works, Dungri Limestone Quarry, SPS Steel and Power Ltd., Maithan Ispat Ltd., various mines of Adhunik Metaliks Ltd. M/s Global Experts is the first consulting firm in Eastern and North-Eastern region of India to undertake the EIA/EMP Study along with Liasioning for MoEF clearance for Vedanta International University Project. Global Experts has a distinct track record in the field of liasioning with local public in order to carry out Public Hearing jobs for different Steel Plants to their utmost satisfaction. Our Internal resources and technical acumen blended with highest degree of Public Relationship has been our strength in providing a total solution for Environmental aspects of Mines and Industries. The technical team of Global Experts has wide experience in design, engineering, erection & commissioning of various pollution control devices, carrying out statutory Audits, drawing of water pipe line, Water and Air Quality modeling, Mine Plans, designing of Intake Well and other technical assignment for various industries. Global Experts is also deeply involved in Hazardous Waste Audits, and Water Harvesting Projects etc. We are associated with Administrative Staff College of India (ASCI) for the hazardous waste Inventorisation of all industries in Orissa for their initial preparation.

SERVICES:- Environmental:  Environment Impact Assessment  Environmental Management Plan  Pollution Prevention & Control (Design, Installation & Maintenance of ETPs, Air Pollution Control Equipment).  Preparation of Comprehensive EMP mitigation measures, advising on air pollution control, wastewater treatment.  Municipal Solid Waste Management (Vermin-technology & Bio-Technology), Industrial Waste, Urban Waste

222 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

 Environmental Monitoring & Survey.  Greenery Management (Plantation, Maintenance, Nursery raising & Sailing of seedling)  Watershed Management  Liasioning with OSPCB, CPCB & MoEF  Environment Auditing, Energy Auditing, Assessing the performance of environmental systems, environmental liabilities.  Bio-medical Waste Management  Third Party Hazardous Waste Audit  Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Soil)  Laboratory Testing of different samples in Laboratory

Techno-Functional:  Site Selection & Procurement of land.  Design, Erection & Commissioning of industrial units, water treatment plant, Effluent Treatment Plant, Sewage Treatment Plant etc.  Preparation of Mining Plan, Environmental Clearance, Forest Diversion Proposal Rehabilitation & Reclamation.  Liasioning with statutory authorities.  Mechanical Fabrication.  Engineering Designing  Turnkey Projects  Preparation of DPR for Integrated Steel Plants  Preparation of DPR for MSW Management practices  Preparation of Feasibility Report for Water Pipeline & Intake-well Design, Supervision & Commissioning  Design, Erection & Commissioning of Dust Suppression Equipments like Sprinkler System, Dry Fog System & Scrubber etc.  Dust Extraction System like Cyclone & Bag filter.  The list of participatory functionaries in preparation of this EIA is enclosed below along with the credentials validating the firm for this purpose.

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s. KIC Ltd

223 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following Capacity that developed the above EIA.

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person I, Manoranjan Nayak hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP report of M/s. KIC Metaliks Ltd. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

224 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

Signature:

Name: Manoranjan Nayak

Designation: Managing Director

Name of the EIA consultant organization: Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

225 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

The baseline environment monitoring of M/Bengal Energy Ltd has been carried out by M/s Kalyani Laboratories Pvt Ltd, MoEF accreditated laboratory. The accreditation certificated is enclosed herewith:

226 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

227 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.

EIA/EMP Report of M/s Bengal Energy Ltd, At: Dauka, P.O: Tentulmuri, P.S: Naraingarh, District: Paschim Medinipur, West-Bengal

NABL Accreditation Certificate

228 Global Tech Enviro Experts Pvt. Ltd.